e424b3
Filed
Pursuant to Rule 424(b)(3)
Registration
Nos. 333-173926-01
to
333-173926-17
PROSPECTUS
US$650,000,000
PRECISION DRILLING
CORPORATION
Offer to Exchange all outstanding US$650,000,000
6.625% Senior Notes due 2020 (the outstanding
notes) for an equal amount of 6.625% Senior Notes due
2020, which have been registered under the Securities Act (the
exchange notes).
The
Exchange Offer
|
|
|
|
|
We will exchange all outstanding notes that are validly tendered
and not validly withdrawn for an equal principal amount of
exchange notes that are freely tradable.
|
|
|
|
You may withdraw tenders of outstanding notes at any time prior
to the expiration date of the exchange offer.
|
|
|
|
The exchange offer expires at 11:59 p.m., New York City
time, on June 14, 2011, unless extended. We do not
currently intend to extend the expiration date.
|
|
|
|
The exchange of outstanding notes for exchange notes in the
exchange offer will not be a taxable event for U.S. federal
income tax purposes.
|
|
|
|
We will not receive any proceeds from the exchange offer.
|
The
Exchange Notes
|
|
|
|
|
The exchange notes are being offered in order to satisfy certain
of our obligations under the registration rights agreement
entered into in connection with the placement of the outstanding
notes.
|
|
|
|
The terms of the exchange notes to be issued in the exchange
offer are substantially identical to the outstanding notes,
except that the exchange notes will be freely tradable.
|
|
|
|
Certain of Precision Drilling Corporations United States
and Canadian subsidiaries initially jointly and severally,
irrevocably and unconditionally guarantee, on a senior basis,
the performance and full and punctual payment when due, whether
at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, of all obligations of
Precision Drilling Corporation under the outstanding notes, the
exchange notes and the indenture governing the notes.
|
Resales
of Exchange Notes
|
|
|
|
|
The exchange notes may be sold in the over-the-counter market,
in negotiated transactions or through a combination of such
methods. We do not plan to list the exchange notes on a national
market.
|
All untendered outstanding notes will continue to be subject to
the restrictions on transfer set forth in the outstanding notes
and in the indenture. In general, the outstanding notes may not
be offered or sold, unless registered under the Securities Act,
except pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not
subject to, the Securities Act, and applicable state securities
laws. Other than in connection with the exchange offer, we do
not currently anticipate that we will register the outstanding
notes under the Securities Act.
You should consider carefully the risk factors beginning on
page 9 of this prospectus before participating in the
exchange offer.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state
securities commission has approved or disapproved of the
exchange notes to be distributed in the exchange offer or passed
upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any
representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
Your ability to enforce civil liabilities under the United
States federal securities laws may be affected adversely because
we are incorporated in Canada, most of our officers and
directors and some of the experts named in this prospectus are
not residents of the United States, and many of our assets and
all or a substantial portion of the assets of such persons are
located outside of the United States.
Each broker-dealer that receives exchanges notes for its own
account pursuant to the exchange offer must acknowledge that it
will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such
exchange notes. The letter of transmittal states that by so
acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer
will not be deemed to admit that it is an
underwriter within the meaning of the Securities
Act. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from
time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with
resales of the exchange notes received in for the outstanding
notes where such outstanding notes were acquired by such
broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other
trading activities. Precision Drilling Corporation has agreed
that, for a period of 180 days after the expiration date,
it will make this prospectus available to any broker-dealer for
use in connection with any such resale. See Plan of
Distribution.
The date of this prospectus is May 17, 2011.
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
|
|
|
ii
|
|
|
|
|
ii
|
|
|
|
|
ii
|
|
|
|
|
iii
|
|
|
|
|
iv
|
|
|
|
|
iv
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
|
57
|
|
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
|
|
120
|
|
|
|
|
121
|
|
|
|
|
123
|
|
|
|
|
124
|
|
|
|
|
125
|
|
|
|
|
125
|
|
This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell, or a
solicitation of an offer to buy, any of the exchange notes to
any person in any jurisdiction where it is unlawful to make such
an offer or solicitation. The information contained or
incorporated by reference in this prospectus speaks only as of
the date of this prospectus or the date of such incorporated
document unless the information specifically indicates that
another date applies. No dealer, salesperson or other person has
been authorized to give any information or to make any
representations other than those contained or incorporated by
reference in this prospectus in connection with the offer
contained herein and, if given or made, such information or
representations must not be relied upon as having been
authorized by Precision Drilling Corporation. Neither the
delivery of this prospectus nor any sales made hereunder shall
under any circumstances create any implication that there has
been no change in our affairs or that of our subsidiaries since
the date hereof.
i
ENFORCEABILITY
OF CIVIL LIABILITIES AGAINST FOREIGN PERSONS
Precision Drilling Corporation is a corporation amalgamated
under the laws of the Province of Alberta and is governed by the
applicable provincial and federal laws of Canada. A majority of
our directors and officers and some of the experts named in this
prospectus and the documents incorporated by reference herein
reside principally in Canada. Because most of these persons are
located outside the United States, it may not be possible for
you to effect service of process within the United States on
these persons. Furthermore, it may not be possible for you to
enforce against us or them, in the United States, judgments
obtained in United States courts, because a portion of our
assets and a substantial portion of the assets of these persons
are located outside the United States.
There is doubt as to the enforceability, in original actions in
Canadian courts, of liabilities based on the United States
federal securities laws or blue sky laws of any
state within the United States and as to the enforceability in
Canadian courts of judgments of United States courts obtained in
actions based on the civil liability provisions of the United
States federal securities laws or any such state securities or
blue sky laws. Therefore, it may not be possible to enforce
those judgments against us, our directors and officers or some
of the experts named in this prospectus or the documents
incorporated by reference herein.
PRESENTATION
OF FINANCIAL INFORMATION
In this prospectus references to C$ and
Canadian dollars are to Canadian dollars and
references to US$ and U.S. dollars
are to United States dollars. See Currency
Translation below.
Rounding adjustments have been made in calculating some of the
financial information included in this prospectus or
incorporated by reference herein. As a result, numerical figures
shown as totals in some tables may not be exact arithmetic
aggregations of the figures that precede them.
The financial statements incorporated by reference in this
prospectus have been prepared in accordance with Canadian
generally accepted accounting principles, or Canadian
GAAP. Canadian GAAP differs in some material respects from
U.S. GAAP, and so these financial statements may not be
comparable to the financial statements of U.S. companies.
Certain financial information incorporated by reference in this
prospectus has been prepared in accordance with International
Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). IFRS differs
in some material respects from U.S. GAAP, and so this
financial information may not be comparable to the financial
information of U.S. companies.
The audited financial statements of Precision incorporated by
reference in this prospectus have been reconciled to
U.S. GAAP. For an explanation of the differences between
U.S. GAAP and Canadian GAAP as they relate to the audited
financial statements, see Note 20 to our audited
consolidated financial statements for the year ended
December 31, 2010, incorporated by reference in this
prospectus.
CURRENCY
TRANSLATION
The following table sets forth certain exchange rates based on
the noon exchange rate provided by the Bank of Canada (the
noon exchange rate). These rates are set forth as
U.S. dollars per C$1.00 and are the inverse of rates quoted
by the Bank of Canada for Canadian dollars per US$1.00. On May
3, 2011, the noon exchange rate was C$1.00 per US$1.0537.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
High for the period
|
|
US$
|
1.0782
|
|
|
US$
|
0.9716
|
|
|
US$
|
1.0289
|
|
|
US$
|
1.0905
|
|
|
US$
|
0.9099
|
|
Low for the period
|
|
|
0.9970
|
|
|
|
0.7692
|
|
|
|
0.7711
|
|
|
|
0.8437
|
|
|
|
0.8528
|
|
End of period
|
|
|
0.9980
|
|
|
|
0.9555
|
|
|
|
0.8256
|
|
|
|
1.0203
|
|
|
|
0.8621
|
|
Average for the period(1)
|
|
|
1.0300
|
|
|
|
0.8833
|
|
|
|
0.9397
|
|
|
|
0.9418
|
|
|
|
0.8846
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Average represents the average of the rates on the last day of
each month during the period. |
ii
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
November
|
|
December
|
|
January
|
|
February
|
|
March
|
|
April
|
|
High for the period
|
|
US$
|
1.0022
|
|
|
US$
|
1.0075
|
|
|
US$
|
1.0140
|
|
|
US $
|
1.0268
|
|
|
US $
|
1.0324
|
|
|
US $
|
1.0581
|
|
Low for the period
|
|
|
0.9722
|
|
|
|
0.9735
|
|
|
|
0.9978
|
|
|
|
1.0045
|
|
|
|
1.0083
|
|
|
|
1.0331
|
|
DOCUMENTS
INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE AND
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
The following documents of Precision Drilling Corporation
(Precision or the Company), filed with
the SEC (available on EDGAR at www.sec.gov) include important
business and financial information about the company and are
specifically incorporated by reference into and form an integral
part of this prospectus:
|
|
|
|
|
Precisions annual report on
Form 40-F
for the year ended December 31, 2010 (filed on Edgar on
March 30, 2011), which includes:
|
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
our annual information form dated March 25, 2011 for the
year ended December 31, 2010;
|
|
|
|
|
(b)
|
our consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended
December 31, 2010;
|
|
|
|
|
(c)
|
managements discussion and analysis of financial condition
and results of operations for the fiscal year ended
December 31, 2010;
|
|
|
|
|
|
the management information circular of Precision dated
April 1, 2011 (filed on EDGAR on
Form 6-K
on April 15, 2011);
|
|
|
|
the 2011 first quarter financial results of Precision (filed on
EDGAR on
Form 6-K
on April 26, 2011); and
|
|
|
|
Information we file, to the extent specified in such filing to
be incorporated by reference in this prospectus, with the SEC
after the date of this prospectus and prior to the consummation
of the exchange offer.
|
Any statement contained in a document incorporated by
reference herein shall be deemed to be modified or superseded
for the purposes of this prospectus to the extent that a
statement contained herein modifies or supersedes such
statement. The modifying or superseding statement need not state
that it has modified or superseded a prior statement or include
any other information set forth in the document that it modifies
or supersedes. The making of a modifying or superseding
statement shall not be deemed an admission for any purposes that
the modified or superseded statement, when made, constituted a
misrepresentation, an untrue statement of a material fact or an
omission to state a material fact that is required to be stated
or that is necessary to make a statement not misleading in light
of the circumstances in which it was made. Any statement so
modified or superseded shall not be deemed, except as so
modified or superseded, to constitute a part of this
prospectus.
Our SEC filings can be read and copied at the SECs public
reference room at the following location:
Public
Reference Room
100 F Street, N.E.
Room 1580
Washington, DC 20549
Please call the SEC at
1-800-SEC-0330
for further information on the public reference room. These SEC
filings are also available to the public from commercial
document retrieval services and at the Internet web site
maintained by the SEC at
http://www.sec.gov.
Reports and other information concerning us also may be
inspected at the offices of the New York Stock Exchange, which
is located at 20 Broad Street, New York, New York 10005.
This prospectus contains summaries of certain agreements that we
have entered into, such as the indenture governing the exchange
notes offered hereby, the registration rights agreement relating
to the exchange notes and certain other material agreements
described in this prospectus. The descriptions contained in this
prospectus of these agreements do not purport to be complete and
are subject to, or qualified in their entirety by reference to,
the definitive agreements. Copies of the definitive agreements
will be made available to you in response to a written request
to us at our offices at 4200, 150 6th Avenue,
S.W., Calgary, Alberta, Canada T2P 3Y7.
iii
MARKET
AND INDUSTRY DATA
Market data and other statistical information used throughout
this prospectus and the documents incorporated by reference
herein are based on internal company research, independent
industry publications, government publications, reports by
market research firms or other published independent sources.
Industry surveys, publications, consultant surveys and forecasts
generally state that the information contained therein has been
obtained from sources believed to be reliable. Although we
believe such information is accurate and reliable, we have not
independently verified any of the data from third-party sources
cited or used for our managements industry estimates, nor
have we ascertained the underlying economic assumptions relied
upon therein. While we believe internal company estimates are
reliable, such estimates have not been verified by any
independent sources, and we make no representations as to the
accuracy of such estimates. Statements as to our position
relative to our competitors or as to market share refer to the
most recent available data.
TRADEMARKS
AND SERVICE MARKS
We own or have rights to use the trademarks, service marks and
trade names that we use in connection with the operation of our
business. Each trademark, service mark and trade name of any
other company appearing in this prospectus or the documents
incorporated by reference herein is, to our knowledge, owned by
such other company. Solely for convenience, the trademarks,
service marks and trade names referred to in this prospectus or
the documents incorporated by reference herein are listed
without the
®,
sm
and
tm
symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate in any
way that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under
applicable law, our rights or the rights of the applicable
licensors to these trademarks, service marks and trade names.
iv
SUMMARY
This summary highlights information appearing elsewhere in
this prospectus. This summary is not complete and does not
contain all of the information that you should consider before
participating in the exchange offer. You should carefully read
the entire prospectus and the documents incorporated by
reference herein, including the financial data and related notes
and the section entitled Risk Factors.
Our
Company
We are a leading independent North American provider of oil and
natural gas drilling and drilling-related services and products.
We specialize in providing onshore drilling services in most
major conventional and unconventional oil and natural gas basins
in Canada and the United States and have an emerging presence
internationally. We also provide well servicing and ancillary
wellsite products and services primarily in Canada. As of the
date of this prospectus, we believe that we are the largest
contract land driller in Canada and the second largest in North
America, based on the number of rigs in our drilling rig fleet,
which presently consists of 355 land drilling rigs and
200 well servicing rigs.
Our business is carried out in two segments: Contract Drilling
Services and Completion and Production Services. In Canada, our
Contract Drilling Services segment includes land drilling
services, as well as procurement and distribution of oilfield
supplies and the manufacture and refurbishment of drilling and
service rig equipment principally for our own use. In the United
States and internationally, our Contract Drilling Services
segment carries out land drilling services. Our Completion and
Production Services segment provides service rigs for well
completion and workover services, snubbing services, water
treatment services and camp and catering services primarily for
the Canadian market. Our rental business provides oilfield
surface equipment, tubulars, well control equipment and wellsite
accommodations in support of the drilling and well service
markets in Canada.
The company was originally incorporated in 1985. Our principal
executive offices are located at 4200, 150
6th Avenue S.W., Calgary, Alberta, Canada T2P 3Y7, and our
telephone number is
(403) 716-4500.
Our website can be found at www.precisiondrilling.com.
Information on our website is not a part of this prospectus.
Recent
Developments
2011 Senior Note Offering. On March 15,
2011, Precision announced the closing of its offering (the
2011 Note Offering) of C$200 million aggregate
principal amount of 6.50% senior unsecured notes due 2019
(the existing notes) in a private placement offering
to Canadian investors. The net proceeds from the 2011 Note
Offering and available cash were used by Precision to repay its
outstanding indebtedness under its revolving credit facility.
Repayment of the 10% Senior Note. On
February 23, 2011, Precision repaid, in full, the
10% senior unsecured note (the 10% Senior
Note) issued to Her Majesty the Queen in Right of the
Province of Alberta, represented by the Alberta Investment
Management Corporation (AIMCo). The aggregate
repayment of approximately C$204 million, included the
C$175 million in principal, accrued interest and a
make-whole amount payable to AIMCo under the terms
of the 10% Senior Note. The repayment was made from cash on
hand and borrowings under our revolving credit facility. The
accrued interest and the make-whole premium were
charged to earnings in the first quarter of 2011.
Tax Reassessment. On February 9, 2011,
Precision received a notice of reassessment from Canada Revenue
Agency for C$216 million relating to a transaction that
occurred in the 2005 tax year. Precision will appeal this
reassessment as it vigorously defends what it believes to be a
correct filing position related to this transaction. The appeal
process required Precision to pay security of approximately
C$108 million, which has been paid.
International Expansion. In the first quarter
of 2011, Grey Wolf International, a wholly-owned subsidiary of
Precision, commenced opening new offices in Bogota, Colombia and
redeployed the rig used at the Copiapo mine rescue in Chile to
shore facilities in Santa Marta, Colombia. Grey Wolf also
commenced opening new offices in Dubai, United Arab Emirates in
the first quarter of 2011.
Transition to International Financial Reporting
Standards. As of January 1, 2011, Precision
began preparing its financial statements under IFRS and future
financial statements will be prepared in compliance with IFRS as
if Precision had always followed these standards. Certain
first-time adoption elections may be made which will impact the
opening balance sheet amounts.
1
The
Exchange Offer
On November 17, 2010, Precision completed the private
offering of US$650,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our
6.625% Senior Notes due 2020, which we refer in this
prospectus as the outstanding notes. The term
exchange notes refers to the 6.625% Senior
Notes due 2020 as registered under the Securities Act of 1933,
as amended (the Securities Act). References to the
notes in this prospectus are references to both the
outstanding notes and the exchange notes. This prospectus is
part of a registration statement covering the exchange of the
outstanding notes for the exchange notes.
Precision and the guarantors entered into a registration rights
agreement with the initial purchasers in the private offering in
which Precision and the guarantors agreed to deliver to you this
prospectus as part of the exchange offer and agreed to file the
registration statement to which this prospectus relates with the
Securities and Exchange Commission (the SEC) not
later than 270 days after the closing of the private
offering and to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause
such registration statement covering the exchange offer to be
declared effective. You are entitled to exchange in the exchange
offer your outstanding notes for exchange notes which are
identical in all material respects to the outstanding notes
except:
|
|
|
|
|
the exchange notes have been registered under the Securities Act;
|
|
|
|
the exchange notes are not entitled to certain registration
rights which are applicable to the outstanding notes under the
registration rights agreement; and
|
|
|
|
certain additional interest rate provisions are no longer
applicable.
|
|
|
|
The Exchange Offer |
|
We are offering to exchange up to US$650,000,000 aggregate
principal amount of our 6.625% Senior Notes due 2020, which
have been registered under the Securities Act, for up to
US$650,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our existing
6.625% Senior Notes due 2020. Outstanding notes may be
exchanged only in denominations of US$2,000 and integral
multiples of US$1,000 in excess of US$2,000. |
|
Resale |
|
Based on an interpretation by the staff of the SEC set forth in
no-action letters issued to third parties, we believe that the
exchange notes issued pursuant to the exchange offer in exchange
for the outstanding notes may be offered for resale, resold and
otherwise transferred by you (unless you are our
affiliate within the meaning of Rule 405 under
the Securities Act) in the United States without compliance with
the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the
Securities Act, provided that: |
|
|
|
you are acquiring the exchange notes in the ordinary
course of your business; and
|
|
|
|
you have not engaged in, do not intend to engage in,
and have no arrangement or understanding with any person to
participate in, a distribution of the exchange notes.
|
|
|
|
If you are a broker-dealer and receive exchange notes for your
own account in exchange for outstanding notes that you acquired
as a result of market-making activities or other trading
activities, you must acknowledge that you will deliver this
prospectus in connection with any resale of the exchange notes.
See Plan of Distribution. |
|
|
|
Any holder of outstanding notes who: |
|
|
|
is our affiliate;
|
|
|
|
does not acquire exchange notes in the ordinary
course of its business; or
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
tenders its outstanding notes in the exchange offer
with the intention to participate, or for the purpose of
participating, in a distribution of exchange notes;
|
|
|
|
cannot rely on the position of the staff of the SEC enunciated
in Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated (available
June 5, 1991) and Exxon Capital Holdings
Corporation (available May 13, 1988), as interpreted in
Shearman & Sterling (available July 2,
1993), or similar no-action letters and, in the absence of an
exemption therefrom, must comply with the registration and
prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in
connection with any resale of the exchange notes in the United
States. |
|
Expiration Date; Withdrawal of Tender |
|
The exchange offer will expire at 11:59 p.m., New York City
time, on June 14, 2011, unless extended by us. We do not
currently intend to extend the expiration date. You may withdraw
the tender of your outstanding notes at any time prior to the
expiration of the exchange offer. We will return to you any of
your outstanding notes that are not accepted for any reason for
exchange, without expense to you, promptly after the expiration
or termination of the exchange offer. |
|
Conditions to the Exchange Offer |
|
The exchange offer is subject to customary conditions, which we
may waive. See The Exchange Offer Conditions
to the Exchange Offer of this prospectus for more
information. |
|
Procedures for Tendering Outstanding Notes |
|
If you wish to participate in the exchange offer, you must
complete, sign and date the accompanying letter of transmittal
according to the instructions contained in this prospectus and
the letter of transmittal. You must then mail or otherwise
deliver the letter of transmittal together with your outstanding
notes and any other required documents, to the exchange agent at
the address set forth on the cover page of the letter of
transmittal.
|
|
|
|
If you hold outstanding notes through The Depository
Trust Company (DTC) and wish to participate in
the exchange offer, you must comply with the Automated Tender
Offer Program procedures of DTC by which you will agree to be
bound by the letter of transmittal. By signing, or agreeing to
be bound by, the letter of transmittal, you will represent to us
that, among other things: |
|
|
|
you are not our affiliate within the
meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act;
|
|
|
|
you do not have an arrangement or understanding with
any person or entity to participate in the distribution of the
exchange notes;
|
|
|
|
you are acquiring the exchange notes in the ordinary
course of your business; and
|
|
|
|
if you are a broker-dealer that will receive
exchange notes for your own account in exchange for outstanding
notes that were acquired as a result of market-making
activities, you will deliver a prospectus, as required by law,
in connection with any resale of such exchange notes in the
United States.
|
3
|
|
|
Special Procedures for Beneficial Owners |
|
If you are a beneficial owner of outstanding notes which are
registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank,
trust company or other nominee, and you wish to tender such
outstanding notes in the exchange offer, you should contact such
registered holder promptly and instruct such registered holder
to tender on your behalf. If you wish to tender on your own
behalf, you must, prior to completing and executing the letter
of transmittal and delivering your outstanding notes, either
make appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the
outstanding notes in your name or obtain a properly completed
bond power from the registered holder. The transfer of
registered ownership may take considerable time and may not be
able to be completed prior to the expiration date. |
|
Guaranteed Delivery Procedures |
|
If you wish to tender your outstanding notes and your
outstanding notes are not immediately available or you cannot
deliver your outstanding notes, the letter of transmittal or any
other required documents, or you cannot comply with the
procedures under DTCs Automated Tender Offer Program for
transfer of book-entry interests prior to the expiration date,
you must tender your outstanding notes according to the
guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in this prospectus
under The Exchange Offer Guaranteed Delivery
Procedures. |
|
Effect on Holders of Outstanding Notes |
|
As a result of the making of, and upon acceptance for exchange
of all validly tendered outstanding notes pursuant to the terms
of the exchange offer, we and the guarantors will have fulfilled
a covenant contained in the registration rights agreement and,
accordingly, there will be no increase in the interest rate on
the outstanding notes under the circumstances described in the
registration rights agreement. If you are a holder of
outstanding notes and you do not tender your outstanding notes
in the exchange offer, you will continue to hold such
outstanding notes and you will be entitled to all the rights and
limitations applicable to the outstanding notes as set forth in
the indenture, except we and the guarantors will not have any
further obligations to you to provide for the exchange and
registration of untendered outstanding notes under the
registration rights agreement. To the extent that outstanding
notes are tendered and accepted in the exchange offer, the
trading market for outstanding notes that are not so tendered
and accepted could be adversely affected. |
|
Consequences of Failure to Exchange |
|
All untendered outstanding notes will continue to be subject to
the restrictions on transfer provided for in the outstanding
notes and in the indenture. In general, the outstanding notes
may not be offered or sold in the United States, unless
registered under the Securities Act, except pursuant to an
exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the
Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. Other than
in connection with the exchange offer, we and the guarantors do
not currently anticipate that we will register the outstanding
notes under the Securities Act. |
|
Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences |
|
The exchange of outstanding notes in the exchange offer will not
constitute a taxable event for United States federal or Canadian
federal |
4
|
|
|
|
|
income tax purposes. See Certain Federal Income Tax
Considerations. |
|
Accounting Treatment |
|
We will record the exchange notes in our accounting records at
the same carrying value as the outstanding notes, which is the
aggregate principal amount as reflected in our accounting
records on the date of exchange. Accordingly, we will not
recognize any gain or loss for accounting purposes upon the
consummation of the exchange offer. We will record the expenses
of the exchange offer as incurred. |
|
Regulatory Approvals |
|
Other than compliance with the Securities Act and other
applicable securities laws and qualification of the indenture
governing the notes under the Trust Indenture Act, there
are no federal or state regulatory requirements that must be
complied with or approvals that must be obtained in connection
with the exchange offer. |
|
Use of Proceeds |
|
We will not receive any cash proceeds from the issuance of
exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offer. See Use of
Proceeds. |
|
Exchange Agent |
|
The Bank of New York Mellon is the exchange agent for the
exchange offer. The contact information for the exchange agent
is set forth in the section captioned The Exchange
Offer Exchange Agent of this prospectus. |
5
The
Exchange Notes
|
|
|
Issuer |
|
Precision Drilling Corporation |
|
Securities Offered |
|
US$650,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 6.625% Senior
Notes due 2020. |
|
Maturity |
|
November 15, 2020. |
|
Interest |
|
The notes bear interest at a rate of 6.625% per year. We will
make interest payments in U.S. dollars. |
|
Interest Payment Dates |
|
May 15 and November 15, beginning on May 15, 2011. |
|
Guarantees |
|
The notes are guaranteed, jointly and severally, by current and
future U.S. and Canadian subsidiaries that also guarantee our
revolving credit facility and certain other future indebtedness. |
|
Mandatory Redemption |
|
We are not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund
payments with respect to the notes. |
|
Optional Redemption |
|
Prior to November 15, 2013, we may redeem up to 35% of the
notes with the net proceeds of certain equity offerings. At any
time prior to November 15, 2015, we may redeem the notes in
whole or in part at their principal amount, plus the applicable
premium and accrued interest. We may redeem the notes in whole
or in part at any time on or after November 15, 2015, at
the redemption prices described under the heading
Description of the Exchange Notes Optional
Redemption. |
|
Additional Amounts and Redemption for Changes in Canadian
Withholding Taxes |
|
Except as required by law, we will make payments on the notes
free of withholding or deduction for Canadian taxes. If
withholding or deduction is required, we will, subject to
certain customary exceptions, be required to pay additional
amounts so that the net amounts you receive will equal the
amount you would have received if withholding or deduction had
not been imposed. If, as a result of a change in law occurring
on or after the date of the indenture, we are required to pay
such additional amounts, we may redeem the notes in whole but
not in part, at any time at 100% of their principal amount, plus
accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date. See
Description of the Exchange Notes Payment of
Additional Amounts and Description of the Exchange
Notes Optional Redemption Redemption for
Changes in Tax Law. |
|
Change of Control Repurchase |
|
Upon specified change of control events, each holder of a note
will have the right to sell to us all or a portion of its notes
at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal
amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of
purchase. |
|
Ranking |
|
The notes are: |
|
|
|
our senior unsecured obligations;
|
|
|
|
equal in ranking (pari passu) with all
of our existing and future senior unsecured indebtedness; and
|
|
|
|
senior in right of payment to our subordinated
indebtedness.
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
Our secured debt, including borrowings under our revolving
credit facility, and all of our other secured obligations in
effect from time to time are effectively senior to the notes to
the extent of the value of the assets securing such debt or
other obligations. |
|
|
|
The notes will be effectively subordinated to all existing and
future obligations, including indebtedness and trade payables,
of any of our subsidiaries that do not guarantee the notes. For
the year ended December 31, 2010, our non-guarantor
subsidiaries accounted for a de minimus amount of our revenue
and EBITDA. As of December 31, 2010, our non-guarantor
subsidiaries also accounted for a de minimus amount of our
consolidated assets and liabilities. |
|
|
|
Each guarantee of the notes is: |
|
|
|
a senior unsecured obligation of that guarantor;
|
|
|
|
pari passu with all existing and future senior
indebtedness of that guarantor; and
|
|
|
|
senior in right of payment to subordinated
indebtedness of that guarantor.
|
|
|
|
Secured debt of that guarantor, including guarantees of
borrowings under our revolving credit facility, and all other
secured obligations of that guarantor in effect from time to
time will be effectively senior to the guarantee to the extent
of the value of the assets securing such debt or other
obligations. |
|
Certain Covenants |
|
The indenture governing the notes limits our ability and the
ability of certain of our subsidiaries to, among other things: |
|
|
|
incur additional indebtedness and issue preferred
stock;
|
|
|
|
create liens;
|
|
|
|
make restricted payments;
|
|
|
|
create or permit to exist restrictions on our
ability or the ability of certain of our subsidiaries to make
certain payments and distributions;
|
|
|
|
engage in amalgamations, mergers or consolidations;
|
|
|
|
make certain dispositions and transfers of assets;
and
|
|
|
|
engage in transactions with affiliates.
|
|
|
|
These covenants are subject to important exceptions and
qualifications, which are described under Description of
the Exchange Notes Certain Covenants in this
prospectus. |
|
|
|
If the notes receive an investment grade rating by
Standard & Poors and Moodys Investors
Service and we and our subsidiaries are not in default under the
indenture governing the notes, we and our subsidiaries will not
be required to comply with particular covenants contained in the
indenture. See Description of the Exchange
Notes Certain Covenants. |
|
No Prior Market |
|
The exchange notes will be new securities for which there is
currently no market. Although the initial purchasers in the
private offering of the |
7
|
|
|
|
|
outstanding notes have informed us that they intend to make a
market in the outstanding notes and, if issued, in the exchange
notes, they are not obligated to do so and they may discontinue
any market making activities at any time without notice.
Accordingly, we cannot assure you that a liquid market for the
outstanding notes or exchange notes will develop or be
maintained. |
|
Use of Proceeds |
|
There will be no cash proceeds to us from the exchange offer. |
In evaluating an investment in the exchange notes, prospective
investors should carefully consider, along with the other
information in this prospectus and the documents incorporated by
reference herein, the specific factors set forth under
Risk Factors for risks involved with an investment
in the exchange notes.
8
RISK
FACTORS
You should carefully consider the risk factors set forth
below as well as the other information contained in this
prospectus and the documents incorporated by reference herein
before you decide to tender outstanding notes in the exchange
offer, including, without limitation, the risk factors discussed
under the heading Risk Factors in the annual
information form of Precision dated March 25, 2011 for the
year ended December 31, 2010 (filed on EDGAR on
Form 40-F
on March 30, 2011 and incorporated by reference herein).
The risks described below are not the only risks that may affect
us. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us
or those we currently view to be immaterial may also materially
and adversely affect our business, financial condition or
results of operations. Any of the following risks could
materially and adversely affect our business, financial
condition or results of operations. In such a case, you may lose
all or a part of your investment.
Risks
Related to the Exchange Offer
If you
choose not to exchange your outstanding notes, the present
transfer restrictions will remain in force and the market price
of your outstanding notes could decline.
If you do not exchange your outstanding notes for exchange notes
in the exchange offer, then you will continue to be subject to
the transfer restrictions on the outstanding notes as set forth
in the offering circular distributed in connection with the
private offering of the outstanding notes. In general, the
outstanding notes may not be offered or sold in the United
States unless they are registered or exempt from registration
under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws.
Except as required by the registration rights agreement, we do
not intend to register resales of the outstanding notes under
the Securities Act. You should refer to
Summary The Exchange Offer and The
Exchange Offer for information about how to tender your
outstanding notes.
The tender of outstanding notes under the exchange offer will
reduce the principal amount of the outstanding notes
outstanding, which may have an adverse effect upon, and increase
the volatility of, the market price of the outstanding notes due
to reduction in liquidity.
Certain
persons who participate in the exchange offer must deliver a
prospectus in connection with resales of the exchange
notes.
Based on interpretations of the staff of the SEC contained in
Exxon Capital Holdings Corp., SEC no-action letter
(May 13, 1988), Morgan Stanley & Co.
Inc., SEC no-action letter (June 5, 1991) and
Shearman & Sterling, SEC no-action letter
(July 2, 1993), we believe that you may offer for resale,
resell or otherwise transfer the exchange notes in the United
States without compliance with the registration and prospectus
delivery requirements of the Securities Act. However, in some
instances described in this prospectus under Plan of
Distribution, certain holders of exchange notes will
remain obligated to comply with the registration and prospectus
delivery requirements of the Securities Act to transfer the
exchange notes in the United States. If such a holder transfers
any exchange notes in the United States without delivering a
prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act or
without an applicable exemption from registration under the
Securities Act, such a holder may incur liability under the
Securities Act. We do not and will not assume, or indemnify such
a holder against, this liability.
Risks
Related to the Notes
The following risks apply to the outstanding notes and will
apply equally to the exchange notes.
Our
substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our financial
condition and prevent us from fulfilling our obligations under
our revolving credit facility, our existing notes and the
notes.
We have a significant amount of debt. As of December 31,
2010, our total outstanding long-term debt was
C$804 million.
9
Our substantial debt could have a material adverse effect on our
financial condition and results of operations as well as our
ability to fulfill obligations under our revolving credit
facility, our existing notes and the notes. In particular, it
could:
|
|
|
|
|
increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and
industry conditions and require us to dedicate a substantial
portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our
indebtedness, thereby reducing the availability of our cash flow
to fund working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions,
other debt service requirements and other general corporate
purposes;
|
|
|
|
decrease our ability to satisfy our obligations under our
revolving credit facility, our existing notes and the notes;
|
|
|
|
increase our vulnerability to covenants relating to our
indebtedness which may limit our ability to obtain additional
financing for working capital, capital expenditures and other
general corporate activities;
|
|
|
|
increase our exposure to risks inherent in interest rate
fluctuations and changes in credit ratings or statements from
rating agencies because certain of our borrowings (including
borrowings under our revolving credit facility) are at variable
rates of interest, which would result in higher interest expense
to the extent we have not hedged these risks against increases
in interest rates;
|
|
|
|
increase our exposure to exchange rate fluctuations because a
change in the value of the Canadian dollar against the
U.S. dollar will result in an increase or decrease in our
U.S. dollar denominated debt, as expressed in Canadian
dollars, as well as in the related interest expense;
|
|
|
|
limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes
in our business or the industry in which we operate;
|
|
|
|
place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our
competitors that have less debt;
|
|
|
|
limit our ability to borrow additional funds to meet our
operating expenses, to make acquisitions and for other
purposes; and
|
|
|
|
limit our ability to construct, purchase or acquire new rigs.
|
We may incur substantial additional debt in the future,
including additional secured debt. This could further exacerbate
the risks associated with our substantial debt.
The
notes and guarantees are unsecured and effectively subordinated
to our and our subsidiaries existing and future secured
indebtedness.
Our obligations under the notes are not secured and the
guarantors obligations under the guarantees are not
secured, while our obligations under our revolving credit
facility and each guarantors obligations under their
respective guarantees under our revolving credit facility are
secured by substantially all of our tangible and intangible
assets, including our shares of our U.S. and Canadian
subsidiaries. Therefore, the lenders under our revolving credit
facility and holders of any other secured debt that we may incur
in the future will have claims with respect to these assets that
have priority over the claims of holders of the notes.
In the event that we are declared bankrupt, become insolvent or
are liquidated or reorganized, or if there is an event of
default under our revolving credit facility, the lenders could
declare all of the funds borrowed thereunder, together with
accrued interest, to be immediately due and payable and
terminate all commitments to extend further credit. If we were
unable to repay such indebtedness, the lenders could foreclose
or otherwise realize on the pledged assets to the exclusion of
holders of the notes, even if an event of default exists under
the indenture under which the notes were issued. Furthermore, if
the lenders foreclose or otherwise realize upon and sell the
pledged equity interests in any guarantor under the notes, then
that guarantor will be released from its guarantee of the notes
automatically and immediately upon such sale. In any such
events, because the notes are not be secured by any of our
assets or the equity interests in guarantors, it is possible
that there would be no assets remaining from which your claims
could be satisfied or, if any assets remained, they might be
insufficient to satisfy your claims fully.
10
As of December 31, 2010, we had C$23 million of
secured indebtedness for borrowed money (consisting of
C$23 million of outstanding letters of credit). We had
approximately C$524 million of secured debt available for
additional borrowing (including letters of credit) under our
revolving credit facility as of December 31, 2010, as well
as an incremental facility of up to C$99 million (subject
to certain conditions), and up to C$40 million
(US$40 million) (including outstanding letters of credit)
of secured debt available for borrowing under operating
facilities.
We
need significant amounts of cash to service our indebtedness,
including our obligations under the notes. If we are unable to
generate a sufficient amount of cash to service our
indebtedness, our financial condition and results of operations
could be negatively impacted.
We need significant amounts of cash in order to service and
repay our indebtedness. Our ability to generate cash in the
future will be, to a certain extent, subject to general
economic, financial, competitive and other factors that may be
beyond our control. In addition, our ability to borrow funds in
the future to service our debt, if necessary, will depend on
covenants in the indenture governing the notes, the credit
agreement governing our revolving credit facility, the indenture
governing our existing notes and other debt agreements we enter
into in the future. Future borrowings may not be available to us
under our revolving credit facility or from the capital markets
in amounts sufficient to enable us to pay our obligations as
they mature or to fund other liquidity needs. If we are not able
to obtain such borrowings or generate cash flow from operations
in an amount sufficient to enable us to service and repay our
indebtedness, we will need to refinance our indebtedness or be
in default under the agreements governing our indebtedness and
could be forced to reduce or delay investments and capital
expenditures or to dispose of material assets. Such refinancing
or alternative measures may not be available on favorable terms
or at all. The inability to service, repay
and/or
refinance our indebtedness could negatively impact our financial
condition and results of operations.
In addition, we conduct a substantial portion of our operations
through our subsidiaries, certain of which are not guarantors of
the notes or our other indebtedness. Accordingly, repayment of
our indebtedness, including the notes, is dependent on the
generation of cash flow by our subsidiaries and their ability to
make such cash available to us, by dividend, debt repayment or
otherwise. Unless they are guarantors of the notes or our other
indebtedness, our subsidiaries do not have any obligation to pay
amounts due on the notes or our other indebtedness or to make
funds available for that purpose. Our subsidiaries may not be
able to, or may not be permitted to, make distributions to
enable us to make payments in respect of our indebtedness,
including the notes. Each subsidiary is a distinct legal entity,
and, under certain circumstances, legal and contractual
restrictions may limit our ability to obtain cash from our
subsidiaries. While the indenture that governs the notes and the
agreements governing certain of our other existing indebtedness
limit the ability of our subsidiaries to incur consensual
restrictions on their ability to pay dividends or make other
intercompany payments to us, these limitations are subject to
qualifications and exceptions. In the event that we do not
receive distributions from our subsidiaries, we may be unable to
make required principal and interest payments on our
indebtedness, including the notes.
Our inability to generate sufficient cash flows to satisfy our
debt obligations, or to refinance our indebtedness on
commercially reasonable terms or at all, would materially and
adversely affect our financial position and results of
operations and our ability to satisfy our obligations under the
notes.
If we cannot make scheduled payments on our debt, we will be in
default and the holders of the notes could declare all
outstanding principal and interest to be due and payable, the
lenders under our revolving credit facility could terminate
their commitments to lend money and foreclose against the assets
securing their borrowings and we could be forced into bankruptcy
or liquidation. All of these events could result in you losing
your investment in the notes.
Despite
our current level of indebtedness, we and our subsidiaries may
still be able to incur substantially more debt. This could
further exacerbate the risks to our financial condition
described above.
We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur significant
additional indebtedness in the future. Although the indenture
governing our existing notes, the indenture governing the notes
and our revolving credit facility contain restrictions on the
incurrence of additional indebtedness, these restrictions are
subject to a number of qualifications
11
and exceptions, and the additional indebtedness incurred in
compliance with these restrictions could be substantial. If we
incur any additional indebtedness that ranks equally with the
notes, subject to collateral arrangements, the holders of that
debt will be entitled to share ratably with you in any proceeds
distributed in connection with any insolvency, liquidation,
reorganization, dissolution or other winding up of our company.
These restrictions also will not prevent us from incurring
obligations that do not constitute indebtedness. In addition, as
of December 31, 2010, our revolving credit facility
provided for unused commitments of C$524 million, which could
increase by C$99 million, subject to certain conditions.
All of those borrowings would be secured indebtedness. If new
debt is added to our current debt levels, the related risks that
we and the guarantors now face could intensify. See
Description of the Exchange Notes.
Our
indebtedness contains restrictive covenants.
The indenture governing our existing notes, our revolving credit
facility and the indenture governing the notes impose
significant operating and financial restrictions on us. These
restrictions limit our ability and that of our restricted
subsidiaries to, among other things:
|
|
|
|
|
pay dividends on, repurchase or make distributions in respect of
our capital stock or make other restricted payments;
|
|
|
|
incur additional indebtedness and issue preferred or
disqualified stock;
|
|
|
|
create liens;
|
|
|
|
create or permit to exist restrictions on the ability of our
restricted subsidiaries to make certain payments and
distributions;
|
|
|
|
engage in amalgamations, mergers or consolidations or sell or
otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets;
|
|
|
|
make certain dispositions and transfers of assets;
|
|
|
|
alter the businesses we conduct;
|
|
|
|
engage in transactions with affiliates; and
|
|
|
|
designate subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries.
|
In addition, under our revolving credit facility, we are
required to satisfy and maintain certain financial ratio tests.
Our ability to meet such tests could be affected by events
beyond our control, and we may not be able to meet such tests.
These ratios may be changed by the lenders in certain
circumstances.
A breach of any of these covenants could result in a default
under our revolving credit facility, the indenture governing our
existing notes or the indenture governing the notes. Upon the
occurrence of an event of default under our revolving credit
facility, the lenders could elect to declare all amounts
outstanding under our revolving credit facility to be
immediately due and payable and terminate all commitments to
extend further credit. Upon the occurrence of an event of
default under our existing notes, the noteholders could elect to
declare all amounts outstanding under our existing notes to be
immediately due and payable. If we are unable to repay those
amounts, the lenders under our revolving credit facility could
proceed to foreclose or otherwise realize upon the collateral
granted to them to secure that indebtedness. If the lenders
under our revolving credit facility or the noteholders of our
existing notes accelerate the repayment of borrowings, we may
not have sufficient assets to repay our revolving credit
facility as well as our unsecured indebtedness, including our
existing notes and the notes. The acceleration of our
indebtedness under one agreement may permit acceleration of
indebtedness under other agreements that contain cross-default
or cross-acceleration provisions. If our indebtedness is
accelerated, we may not be able to repay our indebtedness or
borrow sufficient funds to refinance it. Even if we are able to
obtain new financing, it may not be on commercially reasonable
terms or on terms that are acceptable to us. The restrictions
contained in our revolving credit facility, the indenture
governing the notes or the indenture governing our existing
notes may adversely affect our ability to finance our future
operations and capital needs and to pursue available business
opportunities. Moreover, any new indebtedness we incur may
impose financial restrictions and other covenants on us that may
be
12
more restrictive than our revolving credit facility, the
indenture governing our existing notes or the indenture
governing the notes.
Our
variable rate indebtedness subjects us to interest rate risk,
which could cause our debt service obligations to increase
significantly.
Borrowings under our revolving credit facility are at variable
rates of interest and expose us to interest rate risk. If
interest rates increase, our debt service obligations on the
variable rate indebtedness will increase even though the amount
borrowed remained the same, and our net income and cash flows,
including cash available for servicing our indebtedness, will
correspondingly decrease. Assuming all revolving loans are fully
drawn, each quarter point change in interest rates would result
in a C$1 million change to annual interest expense of our
indebtedness under our revolving credit facility. From time to
time, we may enter into interest rate swaps that involve the
exchange of floating for fixed rate interest payments in order
to reduce interest rate volatility. However, we may not maintain
interest rate swaps with respect to all of our variable rate
indebtedness, and any swaps we enter into may not fully mitigate
our interest rate risk.
Claims
of noteholders will be structurally subordinated to claims of
creditors of our subsidiaries that do not guarantee the
notes.
The notes are not guaranteed by any of our
non-U.S. and
non-Canadian subsidiaries or certain other subsidiaries.
Accordingly, claims of holders of the notes are structurally
subordinated to the claims of creditors of these non-guarantor
subsidiaries, including trade creditors. All obligations of
these subsidiaries will have to be satisfied before any of the
assets of such subsidiaries would be available for distribution,
upon a liquidation or otherwise, to us or creditors of us,
including the holders of the notes.
In addition, the indenture that governs the notes, subject to
some limitations, permits these subsidiaries to incur additional
indebtedness and does not contain any limitation on the amount
of other liabilities, such as trade payables, that may be
incurred by these subsidiaries.
For the year ended December 31, 2010, our non-guarantor
subsidiaries accounted for a de minimus amount of our
revenue and EBITDA. As of December 31, 2010, our
non-guarantor subsidiaries also accounted for a de minimus
amount of our consolidated assets and liabilities.
In addition, our subsidiaries that provide, or will provide,
guarantees of the notes will be automatically released from
those guarantees upon the occurrence of certain events,
including the following:
|
|
|
|
|
the designation of that guarantor as an unrestricted subsidiary;
|
|
|
|
the release or discharge of any guarantee or indebtedness that
resulted in the creation of the guarantee of the notes by such
guarantor; or
|
|
|
|
the sale or other disposition, including the sale of
substantially all of the assets, of that guarantor.
|
If any guarantor is released, no holder of the notes will have a
claim as a creditor against that subsidiary, and the
indebtedness and other liabilities, including trade payables and
preferred stock, if any, whether secured or unsecured, of that
subsidiary will be effectively senior to the claim of any
holders of the notes. See Description of the Exchange
Notes Guarantees.
U.S.
federal and state statutes (and Canadian federal and provincial
statutes) may allow courts, under specific circumstances, to
void the guarantees and require noteholders to return payments
received from guarantors.
Under U.S. federal bankruptcy law and comparable provisions
of state fraudulent transfer laws, a guarantee could be deemed a
fraudulent transfer if the guarantor received less than a
reasonably equivalent value in exchange for giving the guarantee
and:
|
|
|
|
|
was insolvent on the date that it gave the guarantee or became
insolvent as a result of giving the guarantee;
|
13
|
|
|
|
|
was engaged in business or a transaction, or was about to engage
in business or a transaction, for which property remaining with
the guarantor was an unreasonably small capital; or
|
|
|
|
intended to incur, or believed that it would incur, debts that
would be beyond the guarantors ability to pay as those
debts matured.
|
Similarly, under Canadian federal bankruptcy law and comparable
provisions of provincial fraudulent preference and fraudulent
conveyance laws, a guarantee or a payment under a guarantee
could be deemed to be a fraudulent preference or fraudulent
conveyance, or could be otherwise avoided if:
|
|
|
|
|
the guarantor becomes bankrupt and was insolvent or on the eve
of insolvency at the time the guarantee was given or the payment
was made or has an Initial Bankruptcy Event as
defined in the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act (Canada)
within one year of giving us the guarantee or making the payment
under the guarantee;
|
|
|
|
we were a creditor of the guarantor when the guarantee or
payment was given; and
|
|
|
|
(1) the guarantee or the payment under the guarantee was
found to have been given with a view to giving us a preference
over other of the guarantors creditors; or (2) the
guarantee or the payment under the guarantee has the effect of
giving us a preference over any of guarantors other
creditors (in which case it is subject to a rebuttable
presumption that a preference was intended).
|
A payment under a guarantee could also be deemed a fraudulent
preference or conveyance if it is found by a court to have been
given with the purpose of hindering, delaying or defrauding any
entity to which the guarantor was or became indebted, on or
after the date the guarantee was given (and, in the case of
fraudulent preferences, if the guarantor was insolvent or on the
eve of insolvency at that time). The measures of insolvency for
purposes of the foregoing considerations will vary depending
upon the law applied in any proceeding with respect to the
foregoing. Generally, however, a guarantor would be considered
insolvent if:
|
|
|
|
|
the sum of its debts, including contingent liabilities, is
greater than all its assets, at a fair valuation;
|
|
|
|
the present fair saleable value of its assets is less than the
amount that would be required to pay its probable liability on
its existing debts, including contingent liabilities, as they
become absolute and mature; or
|
|
|
|
it could not pay its debts as they become due.
|
The indenture governing the notes contains a provision intended
to limit each guarantors liability under its guarantee to
the maximum amount that it could incur under applicable laws
without causing the guarantee or a payment thereunder to be a
fraudulent transfer. This provision may not be effective to
protect the guarantees or a payment thereunder from being voided
under applicable fraudulent transfer law. If a guarantee is
deemed to be a fraudulent transfer it could be voided
altogether, or it could be subordinated to all other debts of
the guarantor. In such case, any payment by the guarantor
pursuant to its guarantee could be required to be returned to
the guarantor or to a fund for the benefit of the creditors of
the guarantor. If a guarantee is voided or held unenforceable
for any other reason, holders of the notes would cease to have a
claim against the guarantor based on the guarantee and would be
creditors only of us and any guarantor whose guarantee was not
similarly voided or otherwise held unenforceable.
Certain
bankruptcy and insolvency laws may impair your ability to
enforce your rights or remedies under the indenture governing
the notes.
Your ability and the rights of the trustee, or any co-trustee,
who represents the holders of the notes to enforce your rights
or remedies under the indenture governing the notes may be
significantly impaired by the provisions of applicable Canadian
federal bankruptcy, insolvency and other restructuring
legislation or by Canadian federal or provincial receivership
laws. For example, the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act
(Canada), the Companies Creditors Arrangement
Act (Canada) and the
Winding-up
and Restructuring Act (Canada) contain provisions enabling
an insolvent debtor to obtain a stay of proceedings against its
creditors and others and to prepare and file a proposal or a
plan of arrangement and reorganization for consideration by all
or some of its creditors, to be voted on by the various classes
of creditors affected thereby. Such a restructuring proposal or
arrangement and reorganization, if accepted by the requisite
majority of each class of affected creditors and if approved by
the relevant Canadian court, would be binding on all creditors
of the
14
debtor within the affected classes, including those creditors
who vote against such a proposal. Moreover, certain provisions
of the relevant Canadian insolvency legislation permit an
insolvent debtor to retain possession and administration of its
property in certain circumstances, subject to court oversight,
even though such debtor may be in default in respect of certain
of its obligations during the period that the stay of
proceedings remains in place.
The powers of the court under Canadian bankruptcy, insolvency
and restructuring legislation and Canadian federal and
provincial receivership laws, and particularly under the
Companies Creditors Arrangement Act (Canada), are
exercised broadly to protect a debtor and its estate from
actions taken by creditors and others. We cannot predict whether
payments under the notes would be made during any proceedings in
bankruptcy, receivership, insolvency or other restructuring,
whether or when you or the trustee, or any co- trustee, could
exercise their rights under the indenture governing the notes or
whether, and to what extent, the holders of the notes would be
compensated for any delays in payment of principal, interest and
costs, including fees and disbursements of the trustee, or any
co-trustee. Accordingly, if we were to become subject to such
proceedings, we may cease making payments on the notes and you
and the trustee, or any co-trustee, may not be able to exercise
your rights under the indenture governing the notes following
commencement of or during such proceedings without leave of the
court.
You
might have difficulty enforcing your rights against us, certain
of the guarantors and our directors and officers.
We and certain of the guarantors are incorporated or otherwise
organized under the laws of the province of Alberta, Canada. The
majority of our directors and officers and certain of the
experts named in this prospectus and the documents incorporated
by reference herein reside principally in Canada or otherwise
outside the United States. Because we, certain of the guarantors
and these persons are located outside the United States, it may
not be possible for you to effect service of process within the
United States on us or them. Furthermore, it may not be possible
for you to enforce against us or them, in the United States,
judgments obtained in United States courts, because a
substantial portion of our and their assets are located outside
the United States. There is doubt as to the enforceability, in
original actions in Canadian courts, of liabilities based on the
United States federal securities laws or the securities or
blue sky laws of any state within the United States
and as to the enforceability in Canadian courts of judgments of
United States courts obtained in actions based on the civil
liability provisions of the United States federal securities
laws or any such state securities or blue sky laws. Therefore,
it may not be possible to enforce those judgments against us,
our directors and officers or some of the experts named in this
prospectus or the documents incorporated by reference herein.
We may
not have the ability to finance the change of control repurchase
offer required by the indenture governing the
notes.
Upon certain change of control events, as that term is defined
in the indenture governing the notes, including a change of
control caused by an unsolicited third party, we will be
required to make an offer in cash to repurchase all or any part
of each holders notes at a price equal to 101% of the
aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued interest. The
source of funds for any such repurchase would be our available
cash or cash generated from operations or other sources,
including borrowings, sales of equity or funds provided by a new
controlling person or entity. We cannot assure you that
sufficient funds will be available at the time of any change of
control event to repurchase all tendered notes pursuant to this
requirement. Our failure to offer to repurchase notes, or to
repurchase notes tendered, following a change of control will
result in a default under the indenture for the notes, which
could lead to a cross-default under our revolving credit
facility, the indenture governing our existing notes and under
the terms of our other indebtedness. Additionally, we may be
prohibited from repurchasing the notes by our revolving credit
facility, the indenture governing our existing notes or by the
terms of future indebtedness. Prior to repurchasing the notes
upon a change of control event, as required under the indenture
governing the notes, we may be required to either repay
outstanding indebtedness under our revolving credit facility or
obtain the consent of the lenders under that facility. If we do
not obtain the required consents or repay our outstanding
indebtedness under our revolving credit facility, we may be
prohibited from offering to repurchase the notes. Our revolving
credit facility also provides that a change of control, as
defined therein, will be a default that permits the lenders to
accelerate the maturity of borrowings thereunder and, if such
debt is not repaid, to enforce the security interests in the
collateral securing such debt. The indenture governing our
existing notes also provides that upon certain change of control
events, we will be required to
15
make an offer to repurchase those notes at a price equal to 101%
of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus a make whole
premium and accrued interest. For further information, see
Description of the Exchange Notes.
One of the events which would trigger a change of control is a
sale of all or substantially all of our assets. The
phrase all or substantially all as used in the
definition of change of control has not been
interpreted under New York law (which is the governing law of
the indenture governing the notes) to represent a specific
quantitative test. As a consequence, investors may not be able
to determine when a change of control has occurred, giving rise
to the repurchase obligations under the indenture governing the
notes. It is possible, therefore, that there could be a
disagreement between us and some or all of the holders of the
notes over whether a specific asset sale or sales is a change of
control triggering event and that holders of the notes might not
receive a change in control offer in respect of that
transaction. In addition, in the event the holders of the notes
elected to exercise their rights under the indenture governing
the notes and we elected to contest such election, there could
be no assurance as to how a court interpreting New York law
would interpret the phrase all or substantially all.
In addition, certain important corporate events, such as
leveraged recapitalizations that would increase the level of our
indebtedness, would not constitute a change of
control under the indenture governing the notes.
Your
ability to transfer the notes may be limited by the absence of
an active trading market, and there is no assurance that any
active trading market will develop for the notes.
We do not intend to apply for a listing of the exchange notes on
a securities exchange or on any automated dealer quotation
system. There is currently no established market for the
exchange notes, and we cannot assure you as to the liquidity of
markets that may develop for the exchange notes, your ability to
sell the exchange notes or the price at which you would be able
to sell the exchange notes. If such markets were to exist, the
exchange notes could trade at prices that may be lower than
their principal amount or purchase price depending on many
factors, including prevailing interest rates, the market for
similar notes, our financial and operating performance and other
factors. The initial purchasers in the private offering of the
outstanding notes have advised us that they intend to make a
market with respect to the exchange notes as permitted by
applicable laws and regulations. However, these initial
purchasers are not obligated to do so, and any market making
with respect to the exchange notes may be discontinued at any
time without notice. In addition, such market making activity
may be limited during the pendency of the exchange offer or the
effectiveness of a shelf registration statement in lieu thereof.
Therefore, we cannot assure you that an active market for the
exchange notes will develop or, if developed, that it will
continue. Historically, the market for non-investment grade debt
has been subject to disruptions that have caused substantial
volatility in the prices of securities similar to the exchange
notes. The market, if any, for the exchange notes may experience
similar disruptions and any such disruptions may adversely
affect the prices at which you may sell your exchange notes.
Certain
covenants contained in the indenture will no longer be
applicable once the notes are rated investment grade by
Moodys and S&P.
The indenture provides that certain covenants will no longer be
applicable once the notes are rated investment grade by both
Moodys and S&P. These covenants restrict, among other
things, our ability to pay dividends, incur debt, incur liens,
sell assets, enter into transactions with affiliates, enter into
business combinations and enter into other transactions. There
can be no assurance that the notes will ever be rated investment
grade.
However, termination of these covenants would allow us to engage
in certain transactions that would not be permitted while these
covenants were in force, even if the notes are subsequently
downgraded below investment grade. See Description of the
Exchange Notes Certain Covenants
Covenant Termination.
Credit
ratings will not reflect all risks of an investment in the notes
and may change.
Any credit ratings applied to notes are an assessment of our
ability to pay our obligations, including obligations under the
notes. Consequently, real or anticipated changes in the credit
ratings will generally affect the market value of the notes. We
cannot assure you that any credit rating assigned to the notes
will remain in effect for any given period of time or that any
rating will not be lowered or withdrawn entirely by the relevant
rating agency. However, credit ratings will not reflect all
risks associated with an investment in the notes. Credit
ratings, for example, may not reflect the potential impact of
risks related to structure, market or other factors discussed
herein on the value of notes.
16
USE OF
PROCEEDS
We will not receive any cash proceeds from the issuance of the
exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offer. In consideration
for issuing the exchange notes as contemplated in this
prospectus, we will receive in exchange a like principal amount
of outstanding notes, the terms of which are identical in all
material respects to the exchange notes, except that the
exchange notes are registered under the Securities Act, are not
entitled to the registration rights which are applicable to the
outstanding notes, and are not subject to certain additional
interest rate provisions applicable to the outstanding notes.
The outstanding notes surrendered in exchange for the exchange
notes will be retired and canceled and cannot be reissued.
Accordingly, issuance of the exchange notes will not result in
any material change in our capitalization.
17
SELECTED
HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA
Our selected consolidated financial data as of December 31,
2010 and 2009 and for each of the years ended December 31,
2010, 2009 and 2008 have been derived from our audited
consolidated financial statements incorporated by reference in
this prospectus. The selected consolidated financial data as of
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 and for each of the years
ended December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006 have
been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements
which are not incorporated by reference in this prospectus. Our
financial statements have been prepared in accordance with
Canadian GAAP, which differs in certain material respects from
U.S. GAAP. For a discussion of the principal differences
between U.S. GAAP and Canadian GAAP as they relate to our
financial statements, see Note 20 to our audited
consolidated financial statements for the years ended
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, incorporated by reference
in this prospectus. The selected consolidated financial data set
forth below is qualified in its entirety by reference to, and
should be read in conjunction with, our complete consolidated
financial statements, including the notes thereto, and the
related Managements Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations incorporated
by reference in this prospectus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(in Cdn GAAP, C$ in thousands)
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
C$
|
1,429,653
|
|
|
C$
|
1,197,446
|
|
|
C$
|
1,101,891
|
|
|
C$
|
1,009,201
|
|
|
C$
|
1,437,584
|
|
Expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating
|
|
|
886,748
|
|
|
|
692,243
|
|
|
|
598,181
|
|
|
|
516,094
|
|
|
|
688,207
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
107,522
|
|
|
|
98,202
|
|
|
|
67,174
|
|
|
|
56,032
|
|
|
|
81,217
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
182,719
|
|
|
|
138,000
|
|
|
|
83,829
|
|
|
|
71,604
|
|
|
|
73,234
|
|
Loss on asset decommissioning
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
82,173
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,722
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign exchange
|
|
|
(12,712
|
)
|
|
|
(122,846
|
)
|
|
|
(2,041
|
)
|
|
|
2,398
|
|
|
|
(353
|
)
|
Finance charges
|
|
|
211,327
|
|
|
|
147,401
|
|
|
|
14,174
|
|
|
|
7,318
|
|
|
|
8,029
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(408
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings from continuing operations before income taxes
|
|
|
54,049
|
|
|
|
162,273
|
|
|
|
340,574
|
|
|
|
349,033
|
|
|
|
587,658
|
|
Income taxes:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current
|
|
|
7,634
|
|
|
|
(14,901
|
)
|
|
|
6,102
|
|
|
|
(737
|
)
|
|
|
34,526
|
|
Future
|
|
|
(15,676
|
)
|
|
|
15,471
|
|
|
|
31,742
|
|
|
|
6,950
|
|
|
|
(19,380
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total income tax
|
|
|
(8,042
|
)
|
|
|
570
|
|
|
|
37,844
|
|
|
|
6,213
|
|
|
|
15,146
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings from continuing operations
|
|
|
62,091
|
|
|
|
161,703
|
|
|
|
302,730
|
|
|
|
342,820
|
|
|
|
572,512
|
|
Discontinued operations, net of tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,956
|
|
|
|
7,077
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net earnings
|
|
C$
|
62,091
|
|
|
C$
|
161,703
|
|
|
C$
|
302,730
|
|
|
C$
|
345,776
|
|
|
C$
|
579,589
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. GAAP
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
C$
|
1,429,653
|
|
|
C$
|
1,197,446
|
|
|
C$
|
1,101,891
|
|
|
C$
|
1,009,201
|
|
|
C$
|
1,437,584
|
|
Earnings from continuing operations
|
|
|
61,956
|
|
|
|
160,093
|
|
|
|
302,913
|
|
|
|
342,855
|
|
|
|
572,512
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(in Cdn GAAP, C$ in thousands)
|
|
|
Balance Sheet Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
C$
|
256,831
|
|
|
C$
|
130,799
|
|
|
C$
|
61,511
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Working capital
|
|
|
460,179
|
|
|
|
320,860
|
|
|
|
345,329
|
|
|
|
140,374
|
|
|
|
166,484
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
4,296,788
|
|
|
|
4,191,713
|
|
|
|
4,833,702
|
|
|
|
1,763,477
|
|
|
|
1,761,186
|
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
804,494
|
|
|
|
748,725
|
|
|
|
1,368,349
|
|
|
|
119,826
|
|
|
|
140,880
|
|
Unitholders/Shareholders equity
|
|
|
2,577,919
|
|
|
|
2,584,501
|
|
|
|
2,323,879
|
|
|
|
1,316,673
|
|
|
|
1,217,075
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Other Financial Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(1)
|
|
|
1.25
|
|
|
|
2.12
|
|
|
|
24.17
|
|
|
|
44.64
|
|
|
|
65.92
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
For purposes of computing the ratio of earnings to fixed
charges, prepared in accordance with Canadian GAAP,
(A) earnings consist of earnings from continuing operations
before income taxes plus fixed charges, plus amortization of
capitalized interest, distributed income of equity investors
paid less interest capitalized and (B) fixed charges
consist of interest expensed and capitalized, discounts and
capitalized expenses related to indebtedness and an estimate of
the interest within rental expense. |
19
MANAGEMENT
Board of
Directors
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name(1)
|
|
Age(2)
|
|
Position with Precision Drilling Corporation
|
|
William T. Donovan(3)(5)
|
|
|
58
|
|
|
Director
|
W.C. (Mickey) Dunn(4)(5)
|
|
|
57
|
|
|
Director
|
Robert J.S. Gibson(3)(5)
|
|
|
64
|
|
|
Director
|
Allen R. Hagerman(3)
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
Director
|
Stephen J. J. Letwin(4)
|
|
|
55
|
|
|
Director
|
Patrick M. Murray(3)
|
|
|
67
|
|
|
Director
|
Kevin A. Neveu
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
Director, President and Chief Executive Officer
|
Frederick W. Pheasey(4)
|
|
|
68
|
|
|
Director
|
Robert L. Phillips(3)(4)(5)
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
Chairman and Director
|
Trevor M. Turbidy(4)(5)
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
Director
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Each directors term of office expires not later than the
close of business at our next annual meeting, or until
successors are appointed or a directors office is vacated. |
|
(2) |
|
As of April 1, 2011. |
|
(3) |
|
Member of the Audit Committee. |
|
(4) |
|
Member of the Compensation Committee. |
|
(5) |
|
Member of the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee. |
William T. Donovan of North Palm Beach, Florida, U.S.A.
has been a director of Precision Drilling Corporation since
December, 2008. Mr. Donovan has been the Chairman of the
Board of Rockland Industrial Holdings, LLC, a Wisconsin entity
engaged in manufacturing wood flooring products for the truck
trailer and domestic container industries since April, 2006. He
also serves as a director for several private companies in the
United States, the United Kingdom and Russia. Mr. Donovan
was a director of Grey Wolf, Inc. from June 1997 to December
2008, prior to its acquisition and was subsequently appointed as
director of Precision Drilling Corporation on December 23,
2008. From 1997 to 2005, Mr. Donovan also served as
President, Chief Executive Officer and director of Total
Logistics, Inc., a Wisconsin corporation, which engaged in
various operating and investment activities. Mr. Donovan
previously served as President, Chief Financial Officer and was
a director of Christiana Companies, Inc., prior to its merger
with Weatherford International, Inc. in February 1999. From 1980
to 1998, Mr. Donovan was a Principal and Managing Director
of Lubar & Co., a private investment and venture
capital firm. Prior to joining Lubar & Co.,
Mr. Donovan was an officer with Manufacturers Hanover
Trust Company from 1976 until 1980, where he specialized in
merger and acquisition financing.
W.C. (Mickey) Dunn of Calgary, Alberta, Canada has been a
director of Precision Drilling Corporation since September 1992.
Mr. Dunn serves as the Chairman of Bellatrix Exploration
Inc. and a founding shareholder of CashStore Financial Services
Inc. From 1982 to 1999, Mr. Dunn was President and Chief
Executive Officer of Cardium Service and Supply Limited, Cardium
Tool Services Inc and Colorado Silica Sand Inc., an
international manufacturer and service provider of specialty
downhole equipment and services, in addition to developer,
provider and marketer of high grade silica sand products.
Robert J.S. Gibson of Calgary, Alberta, Canada has been a
director of Precision Drilling Corporation since June 1996.
Mr. Gibson has served as President of a private investment
firm, Stuart & Company Limited, since 1973 and is also
the Managing Director of Alsten Holdings Ltd. since 1976. He
serves on the Board of Cash Store Financial Services Inc.
Mr. Gibson also serves as a director for a number of
private companies which are active in real estate investment,
oil and gas exploration, finance and investments. He is also
Chairman and Director of the Canadian Defence and Foreign
Affairs Institute.
Allen R. Hagerman, FCA of Calgary, Alberta, Canada has
been a director of Precision Drilling Corporation since December
2006. Mr. Hagerman currently holds the position of
Executive Vice President of Canadian Oil
20
Sands Limited, an oil sands mining and upgrading entity, and is
currently responsible for overseeing crude oil marketing
operations. Prior to 2007, Mr. Hagerman was Chief Financial
Officer of Canadian Oil Sands Limited. Mr. Hagerman is lead
director of Capital Power Income LP and a director of the
Calgary Exhibition and Stampede. He is also a member of the
Canadian Institute of Chartered Accountants, the Financial
Executives Institute and is past President of Financial
Executives Institute, Calgary Chapter, as well as past Chair of
the Alberta Childrens Hospital Foundation. Previous board
positions included Syncrude Canada Ltd. and University of
Calgary. He is a fellow of the Institute of Chartered
Accountants of Alberta and received their Distinguished Service
Award.
Stephen J.J. Letwin of Toronto, Ontario, Canada has been
a director of Precision Drilling Corporation since December
2006. Effective November 1, 2010, Mr. Letwin was
appointed Director and President and Chief Executive Officer of
IAMGOLD Corporation, a leading mid-tier gold mining company
producing approximately one million ounces annually, from eight
gold mines on three continents. Mr. Letwin has been a
senior executive with Enbridge since March 1999. Most recently,
since May 2006, he held the position of Executive Vice President
of Gas Transportation & International with Enbridge,
Inc., with responsibility for Enbridges natural gas
operations, including certain natural gas pipelines, a gas
distribution company and its international business unit. He
also serves on the board of a private corporation.
Mr. Letwin serves as Patron for Unicef Alberta, was a
former director of YMCA Calgary, served on the Board of
Governors at McMaster University, and is an Honorary Director of
Westpark Hospital in Toronto. Mr. Letwin is a member of the
Financial Executives Institute. He also previously served as a
director of the Canadian and American Gas Association, as well
as the Interstate Natural Gas Association of America.
Patrick M. Murray of Dallas, Texas, U.S.A. has been a
director of Precision Drilling Corporation since July 2002.
Mr. Murray served as Chairman and CEO of Dresser Inc. from
2001 until retiring in May 2007. Dresser Inc. is a leading
manufacturer and marketer of highly engineered equipment for the
energy industry. Prior to becoming Chairman of the Board of
Dresser, Inc., Mr. Murray served as President and CEO.
Previously, Mr. Murray was President of Halliburton
Companys Dresser Equipment Group from 1998 to 2000 and
Senior Vice President, Strategic Initiatives of Dresser
Industries, Inc. in 1997. Mr. Murray is on the Board of
Directors of Harvest Natural Resources, Inc., the Maguire Energy
Institute, the World Affairs Council of Dallas/Fort Worth,
and the Board of Regents of Seton Hall University.
Mr. Murray was also on the Board of Directors of Wellstream
Holdings, Plc from 2007 until his resignation in February 2011.
He is also a member of the American Petroleum Institute (API)
and the Society of Petroleum Engineers (SPE).
Kevin A. Neveu of Calgary, Alberta, Canada was appointed
Chief Executive Officer and a director of Precision Drilling
Corporation in August 2007 and became President and Chief
Executive Officer in January 2009. Mr. Neveu was previously
President of the Rig Solutions Group of National Oilwell Varco
in Houston from 2002 to 2007, where he was responsible for the
companys drilling equipment business. Over the past
25 years, Mr. Neveu has held senior management
positions with National Oilwell Varco and its predecessor
companies in London, Moscow, Houston, Edmonton and Calgary.
Mr. Neveu holds a Bachelor of Science degree and is a
graduate of the Faculty of Engineering at the University of
Alberta. Mr. Neveu is a Professional Engineer, as
designated by the Association of Professional Engineers,
Geologists and Geophysicists of Alberta. In 2002, Mr. Neveu
attended the Advanced Management Program at the Harvard Business
School. Mr. Neveu serves on the boards of RigNet Inc.,
Houston, Texas (since 2004), the Heart and Stroke Foundation of
Alberta (since 2009) and he was appointed a Member of the
Board of Directors and a Member of the Executive Committee of
the International Association of Drilling Contractors, Houston,
Texas in January 2010.
Frederick W. Pheasey of Edmonton, Alberta, Canada has
been a director of Precision Drilling Corporation since July
2002. Mr. Pheasey founded Dreco Energy Services Ltd., a
company which designs and manufactures drilling rigs and
components and downhole tools. In 1997, Dreco and its
subsidiaries were merged into National Oilwell, Inc. (now
National Oilwell Varco, Inc.), a company that designs and
manufactures systems and components used in oil and gas drilling
and production. Mr. Pheasey became Executive Vice President
of National Oilwell, Inc. following the merger and continued in
that position until 2004. He was a director of National Oilwell,
Inc. from 1997 to 2005 and continues to be a director and
employee of Dreco Energy Services Ltd. In 1999, Mr. Pheasey
was made a honourary member of the Canadian Association of
Oilwell Drilling Contractors. In 2002, he was inducted into the
Canadian Petroleum Hall of Fame. Mr. Pheasey served on the
leadership committee of the City of Edmontons Committee to
End Homelessness and on the Housing Subcommittee in 2008.
21
Robert L. Phillips of Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada
has been a director of Precision Drilling Corporation since May
2004 and was appointed as Chairman of the Board of Directors in
August 2007. Mr. Phillips is an experienced senior
corporate executive having most recently been the President and
Chief Executive Officer of BCR Group of Companies from 2001 to
2004. Within the oil and gas exploration and production and
oilfield service sectors, he has served as Vice President of
Husky Oil Limited and as President and Chief Executive Officer
of PTI Group Inc. and Dreco Energy Services Ltd.
Mr. Phillips has served on the boards of publicly-traded
and private corporations for more than twenty years, including
several oil and gas exploration and production and oilfield
service companies. In addition to Precision Drilling
Corporation, he currently serves on the boards of several major
Canadian corporations. Mr. Phillips is an active private
investor. He also practiced corporate and securities law for
over fifteen years.
Trevor M. Turbidy of Houston, Texas, U.S.A. has been a
director of Precision Drilling Corporation since December 2008.
Mr. Turbidy has served as an Energy Industry Advisor with
Avista Capital Partners since December 2007. From August 2005
until July 2007, Mr. Turbidy served as President and Chief
Executive Officer of Trico Marine Services, Inc., an
international marine support and transportation company. From
August 2003 until August 2005, he served as Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer of Trico. From November 2000 until May
2002, Mr. Turbidy served as a director in the Investment
Banking Department of Credit Suisse First Boston. From 1991
until November 2000, he held various positions in investment
banking covering the U.S. energy industry with a focus on
oilfield services and equipment, exploration and production and
refining. Mr. Turbidy was a Director of Grey Wolf, Inc.
from December 2005 to December 2008, prior to its acquisition by
Precision Drilling Trust and his subsequent appointment as a
director of Precision Drilling Corporation in December 2008.
Mr. Turbidy serves as a director of a number of private
energy companies, including a European exploration and
production company concentrating on the Southern North Sea; a
U.S. based jackup rig operator; a European based
exploration and production company focused on onshore Europe; a
natural gas company focused on the Marcellus; and a
U.S. based exploration and production company with assets
in the Niobrara and the Eagle Ford.
Executive
Officers
Our executive officers serve at the pleasure of our board of
directors. Our executive officers are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name
|
|
Age(1)
|
|
Position with Precision
|
|
Kevin A. Neveu
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
President and Chief Executive Officer
|
Joanne L. Alexander
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary
|
Kenneth J. Haddad
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
Vice President, Business Development
|
Robert J. McNally
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
|
Darren J. Ruhr
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
Vice President, Corporate Services
|
Gene C. Stahl
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
President, Drilling Operations
|
Douglas J. Strong
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
President, Completion and Production Services
|
Kevin A. Neveu is our President and Chief Executive
Officer. See information regarding directors of Precision set
forth above.
Joanne L. Alexander of Calgary, Alberta, Canada is Vice
President and General Counsel since 2008 and Corporate Secretary
since 2009. From 2007 to 2008, Ms. Alexander was General
Counsel of Marathon Oil Canada Corporation and in 2007, she was
General Counsel of Western Oil Sands Inc. Ms. Alexander was
General Manager of Stakeholder Engagement & Regulatory
Affairs at ConocoPhillips Canada Ltd. in 2006 and Vice President
of Legal and Regulatory Affairs at Burlington Resources Canada
Ltd. from 2000 to 2006.
Kenneth J. Haddad of Houston, Texas, U.S.A. is Vice
President of Business Development since 2008. Prior to that, he
was a Director of Merger & Acquisitions at Halliburton
Company from 2002 to 2008.
22
Robert J. McNally of Calgary, Alberta, Canada is
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer and was
appointed to that position in 2010. Prior to that appointment,
Mr. McNally served as investment Principal at Kenda Capital
from 2007 to 2010, except for a period during 2008 when he
served as Chief Executive Officer of Dalbo Holdings. He also
served as Executive Vice President of Finance and Operations and
a member of the board of directors of Warrior Energy Services
Corporation in 2006. From 2000 to 2005, Mr. McNally was an
Investment Banker at Simmons and Company.
Darren J. Ruhr of Calgary, Alberta, Canada is Vice
President of Corporate Services and has held that position since
2009. Prior to that, Mr. Ruhr was Vice President of
Corporate Services & Corporate Secretary from 2005 to
2009, Director, Information Technology, Real Estate &
Travel, from 2003 to 2005 and Director, Information Technology,
from 2000 to 2003.
Gene C. Stahl of Houston, Texas, U.S.A. is President of
Drilling Operations since 2008. Prior to that, he was President
and Chief Operating Officer since 2005, Vice President, of
Precision Rentals from 2003 to 2005 and General Manager of
Ducharme Rentals/Big D Rentals from 2002 to 2003.
Douglas J. Strong of Calgary, Alberta, Canada was
appointed President of Completion and Production Services in
2010. Previously, Mr. Strong was Chief Financial Officer
from 2005 to 2010, Chief Financial Officer of Precision
Diversified Services Ltd. from 2001 to 2005 and Group Controller
from 2001 to 2005.
23
COMPENSATION
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
Executive
Summary
This Compensation Discussion and Analysis
(CD&A) describes our executive compensation
program for 2010 and certain revisions to our 2011 program. Our
compensation programs are designed to attract, motivate and
retain executives who lead our business in delivering High
Performance, High Value services to our customers and
ultimately deliver value to our shareholders over the long-term.
This CD&A reviews how the Compensation Committee determined
the compensation for the following named executive officers
(NEOs):
|
|
|
|
|
Kevin A. Neveu: President and Chief Executive Officer
(CEO)
|
|
|
|
Robert J. McNally: Executive Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer (CFO)
|
|
|
|
Douglas J. Strong: President, Completion and Production Services
|
|
|
|
Gene C. Stahl: President, Drilling Operations
|
|
|
|
Darren J. Ruhr: Vice President, Corporate Services
|
The conversion of Precision from an income trust structure to a
corporate structure was approved on May 10, 2010 at our
Annual & Special Meeting and became effective
June 1, 2010. The Compensation Committee of our Board of
Directors (the Compensation Committee), in
consultation with its advisors, confirmed that the conversion
would not trigger the change of control provisions under any
employment agreements or long-term incentive plans. All
outstanding grants under our long-term incentive plans were
rolled over into economically equivalent grants under the new
corporate structure and the associated plan documents were
revised to account for the new corporate structure.
Our strong performance in 2010 exceeded most of the financial
and operational targets set at the beginning of the year,
demonstrating an exceptional recovery from the severe global
economic down-turn and financial challenges of 2009. In
addition, during 2010 we were successful with several strategic
initiatives including: continued focus on our High
Performance, High Value organic growth initiatives by
securing contracts for nine new build rigs and 12 rig upgrades,
strategic market repositioning to capture emerging oil activity
opportunities shifting operations and rigs to oil and
liquids-rich gas plays, refinancing and significantly improving
our capital structure while lowering interest expense,
implementing strategic employee Talent and Performance
Management processes, implementing the CEO, NEOs and Senior
Manager Succession Plan, and recruiting and appointing key
executives for finance and operations. We also implemented a
comprehensive enterprise-wide legal, ethics, Health, Safety and
Environmental Policy (HSE policy) compliance and
certification process, which reinforces risk accountability and
compliance throughout all levels of our organization on a
quarterly basis.
Based on recommendations provided by the Compensation Committee
in consultation with Mercer, the Compensation Committees
compensation consultant, our Board of Directors (the
Board) approved the following executive compensation
decisions in 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted the base salary of the CEO to be slightly below the
25th percentile, and his total direct compensation to be
slightly below the median, of our compensation comparator group.
|
|
|
|
Increased base salaries of the other NEOs and reduced their STIP
(as defined below) targets to realign NEO compensation to be
closer to the median compensation offered by our comparator
group.
|
|
|
|
Determined that the level of funding for the 2010 STIP bonus
pool based on 2.5% operating earnings (EBIT) was
inappropriate given our strong performance against the metrics
and achievement of strategic objectives and used our discretion
to increase the STIP bonus pool to 3.1% of EBIT.
|
|
|
|
Increased the share ownership requirement for the CEO to three
times his annual base salary from two times. The requirement for
other NEOs was increased to two times annual base salary from
one times.
|
|
|
|
Approved the appointments of Robert McNally as CFO after a
thorough search process and Douglas Strong as President,
Completion and Production Services in July 2010.
|
24
|
|
|
|
|
Based on recommendations provided by the Compensation Committee
in consultation with Mercer, the Board also approved the
following executive compensation decisions in February 2011:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Approved base salary increases of 2% for each of the NEOs.
|
|
|
|
Approved long-term incentive plan (LTIP) grants
consisting of approximately 50% Options and 50% PSUs (as defined
below) in terms of value for the CEO, CFO, President, Drilling
Operations and President, Completion and Production Services and
a grant consisting of approximately 25% RSUs, 25% PSUs and 50%
Options in terms of value for the Vice President, Corporate
Services.
|
|
|
|
Reviewed the design of the STIP and determined that it was
appropriate to remove the 2.5% EBIT cap to ensure awards are
aligned with performance achieved against predetermined
corporate financial and operational metrics as well as an
assessment of individual performance.
|
|
|
|
Reviewed the design of the PSU Plan (as defined below) and
determined that, for the 2011 PSU grants, it was appropriate to
remove the discretionary threshold on average return on capital
which may reduce the payout to the participant by one-half if
the threshold is not attained, and to continue to measure our
relative total shareholder return performance.
|
The following table provides information on the total
compensation received by our NEOs for the past three years along
with information about our 2011 compensation known to date such
as long-term incentives that were granted on February 9,
2011. Please see the Summary Compensation Table below for
additional information about the compensation of our NEOs.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
(C$)
|
|
|
(C$)
|
|
|
(C$)
|
|
|
(C$)(11)
|
|
|
Kevin A. Neveu President and Chief Executive
Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Base Salary Earned
|
|
|
500,000
|
|
|
|
500,000
|
|
|
|
603,366
|
|
|
|
635,479
|
|
Short-Term Incentive Plan(2)
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
500,000
|
|
|
|
351,460
|
|
|
|
TBD
|
|
Legacy LTIP(1)
|
|
|
1,200,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restricted Share Units(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
436,410
|
|
|
|
421,769
|
|
|
|
|
|
Performance Share Units(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
436,410
|
|
|
|
651,981
|
|
|
|
942,732
|
|
Options(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
436,198
|
|
|
|
844,406
|
|
|
|
942,288
|
|
Pension Value(4)
|
|
|
10,500
|
|
|
|
11,000
|
|
|
|
11,225
|
|
|
|
TBD
|
|
All Other Compensation(5)(6)
|
|
|
6,488
|
|
|
|
6,488
|
|
|
|
6,600
|
|
|
|
TBD
|
|
Total Compensation
|
|
|
1,716,988
|
|
|
|
2,326,506
|
|
|
|
2,890,807
|
|
|
|
|
|
Robert J. McNally Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer(7)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Base Salary Earned
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
157,774
|
|
|
|
355,868
|
|
Short-Term Incentive Plan(2)(8)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
222,828
|
|
|
|
TBD
|
|
Restricted Share Units(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,503,602
|
|
|
|
|
|
Performance Share Units(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
864,571
|
|
|
|
347,354
|
|
Options(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
544,905
|
|
|
|
337,631
|
|
Pension Value(4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TBD
|
|
All Other Compensation(5)(6)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
73,258
|
|
|
|
TBD
|
|
Total Compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,366,938
|
|
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
(C$)
|
|
|
(C$)
|
|
|
(C$)
|
|
|
(C$)(11)
|
|
|
Douglas J. Strong President, Completion and
Production Services
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Base Salary Earned
|
|
|
231,911
|
|
|
|
252,000
|
|
|
|
303,904
|
|
|
|
330,030
|
|
Short-Term Incentive Plan(2)
|
|
|
291,400
|
|
|
|
252,000
|
|
|
|
210,286
|
|
|
|
TBD
|
|
Legacy LTIP(1)(3)
|
|
|
200,000
|
|
|
|
600,000
|
|
|
|
200,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restricted Share Units(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
193,050
|
|
|
|
154,620
|
|
|
|
|
|
Performance Share Units(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
193,050
|
|
|
|
240,520
|
|
|
|
345,564
|
|
Options(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
172,253
|
|
|
|
272,389
|
|
|
|
344,949
|
|
Pension Value(4)
|
|
|
10,500
|
|
|
|
11,000
|
|
|
|
11,225
|
|
|
|
TBD
|
|
All Other Compensation(5)(6)
|
|
|
5,291
|
|
|
|
5,524
|
|
|
|
5,341
|
|
|
|
TBD
|
|
Total Compensation
|
|
|
739,102
|
|
|
|
1,678,877
|
|
|
|
1,398,285
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gene C. Stahl President, Drilling Operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Base Salary Earned
|
|
|
257,675
|
|
|
|
282,335
|
|
|
|
362,776
|
(9)
|
|
|
355,868
|
|
Short-Term Incentive Plan(2)
|
|
|
351,014
|
|
|
|
194,140
|
(10)
|
|
|
158,487
|
|
|
|
TBD
|
|
Legacy LTIP(1)(3)
|
|
|
250,000
|
|
|
|
750,000
|
|
|
|
250,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restricted Share Units(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
193,050
|
|
|
|
152,668
|
|
|
|
|
|
Performance Share Units(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
193,050
|
|
|
|
237,483
|
|
|
|
347,354
|
|
Options(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
172,253
|
|
|
|
268,950
|
|
|
|
337,631
|
|
Pension Value(4)
|
|
|
10,500
|
|
|
|
11,000
|
|
|
|
2,480
|
|
|
|
TBD
|
|
All Other Compensation(5)(6)
|
|
|
5,596
|
|
|
|
5,876
|
|
|
|
27,497
|
|
|
|
TBD
|
|
Total Compensation
|
|
|
874,785
|
|
|
|
1,801,704
|
|
|
|
1,460,341
|
|
|
|
|
|
Darren J. Ruhr Vice President, Corporate
Services
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Base Salary Earned
|
|
|
201,635
|
|
|
|
205,000
|
|
|
|
246,346
|
|
|
|
259,192
|
|
Short-Term Incentive Plan(2)
|
|
|
274,675
|
|
|
|
135,000
|
|
|
|
119,170
|
|
|
|
TBD
|
|
Legacy LTIP(1)(3)
|
|
|
200,000
|
|
|
|
352,500
|
|
|
|
166,750
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restricted Share Units(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
128,700
|
|
|
|
85,900
|
|
|
|
99,180
|
|
Performance Share Units(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
128,700
|
|
|
|
133,145
|
|
|
|
99,180
|
|
Options(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
132,503
|
|
|
|
194,564
|
|
|
|
197,046
|
|
Pension Value(4)
|
|
|
10,082
|
|
|
|
10,250
|
|
|
|
11,225
|
|
|
|
TBD
|
|
All Other Compensation(5)(6)
|
|
|
4,762
|
|
|
|
4,874
|
|
|
|
4,847
|
|
|
|
TBD
|
|
Total Compensation
|
|
|
691,154
|
|
|
|
1,097,527
|
|
|
|
961,947
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes:
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The amounts for 2010 and 2009 represent the grant date fair
value of 2010 and 2009 RSU, PSU and Option awards. U.S. dollar
amounts were converted to Canadian dollars using the
February 11, 2010 exchange rate of 1.0523 for 2010 awards
and May 6, 2009 exchange rate of 1.1731 for 2009 awards for
all NEOs with the exception of Mr. McNally.
Mr. McNallys 2010 award was converted to Canadian
dollars using the July 19, 2010 exchange rate of 1.0559.
The amounts for 2008 represent the grant date fair value of the
2008 Retention Awards under the Legacy LTIP for
Messrs. Neveu, Strong, Stahl and Ruhr. |
|
(2) |
|
The amounts represent the bonus amounts earned during the year
indicated and relate to performance criteria which were met for
that year, but the cash amounts, as applicable, are paid during
the subsequent year and include amounts related to the STIP for
2010 and 2009, and both the Annual Performance Incentive Plan
(APIP) and PSP (as defined below) for years prior to
2009. |
|
(3) |
|
The amounts for 2010 and 2009 represent the payments received
under the Legacy LTIP Retention Awards granted in 2007 and 2006,
respectively, for Messrs. Strong, Stahl and Ruhr. |
26
|
|
|
(4) |
|
The amounts represent the employer matching contributions under
the DCPP (as defined below). Mr. McNally does not
participate in the DCPP. |
|
(5) |
|
The amounts include employer contributions provided under the
401(k) plan and the employer portion of benefits premiums for
Messrs. McNally and Stahl. |
|
(6) |
|
The value of perquisites and other personal benefits received by
each NEO did not exceed the lesser of C$50,000 or 10% of the
annual base salary of the NEO. |
|
(7) |
|
Mr. McNally was appointed Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer effective July 19, 2010. His base
salary and all other compensation amounts reflect the length of
time of his employment with us and were converted to Canadian
dollars using the July 19, 2010 to December 31, 2010
average exchange rate of 0.9767, unless otherwise noted. |
|
(8) |
|
Mr. McNally joined us on July 19, 2010 and was
provided with a one-time signing bonus of U.S.$150,000 which was
paid in addition to, and concurrently with, his 2010 STIP award
of U.S.$78,144. The total amount of U.S.$228,144 was converted
to Canadian dollars using the July 19, 2010 to
December 31, 2010 average exchange rate of 0.9767. |
|
(9) |
|
Mr. Stahls base salary earned for 2010 was
U.S.$352,244. This amount was converted to Canadian dollars
using the 2010 average exchange rate of 1.0299. |
|
(10) |
|
Mr. Stahls 2009 STIP award was U.S.$170,000. This
amount was converted to Canadian dollars using the 2009 average
exchange rate of 1.1420. |
|
(11) |
|
The Base Salary Earned amounts shown for 2011 were estimated and
reflect the base salary increases for the NEOs which were
effective March 1, 2011. The amounts for 2011 RSU, PSU and
Option awards represent the grant date fair values. U.S. dollar
amounts were converted to Canadian dollars using the
February 9, 2011 exchange rate of 0.9947. |
At the end of 2010, we had approximately 6,584 employees,
including 685 in salaried non-field positions. Approximately 647
salaried employees participated in the STIP and 365 salaried
employees participated in the LTIP in 2010.
Executive
Compensation Program
Philosophy
Our compensation philosophy is to attract and retain high
performing executives by ensuring that:
|
|
|
|
|
compensation programs support the achievement of our short and
long-term strategies and align the interests of our executives
with growth in shareholder value;
|
|
|
|
the design of compensation programs supports our values and
culture;
|
|
|
|
compensation opportunities are competitive and reward
achievements of both corporate and individual performance,
without subjecting us to excessive or unnecessary risk; and
|
|
|
|
compensation programs are viewed as fair and reasonable by
shareholders and regulators, and bear a solid relationship to
our financial performance and strength.
|
Our strategy is to increase net earnings and create shareholder
value through excellence in customer service, organic growth in
high performance capabilities, and growth through acquisition
and business line diversification. We pride ourselves on having
a strong
pay-for-performance
culture that starts with our senior management and NEOs but is
strongly embraced by our entire organization. Our programs
create a clear and direct linkage between compensation and the
achievement of business objectives, in the short, medium and
long-term, by providing an appropriate mix of fixed versus
at-risk compensation, and immediate income versus future income
linked to our share price performance.
Our executives participate in the same compensation programs
provided to our salaried employees, which consists of base
salary, short-term cash incentives, longer-term share-based
incentives, pension and other benefits.
27
We target base salaries at or slightly below the median against
a comparator group of public companies. Our short-term incentive
plan is designed to reward the annual achievement of performance
relative to company-wide financial and operational metrics, as
well as individual performance. Our long-term incentive plans
are designed to align the interests of executives with
shareholders by rewarding for growth in shareholder value, and
to retain executives in a competitive and highly cyclical
environment. Total compensation, including annual and long-term
incentives, is targeted at the median for typical/median
performance and at or above the 75th percentile for
exceptional corporate and individual performance. Actual pay
positioning for each executive is based on demonstrated
performance, leadership and management skills, experience,
education, succession planning considerations, competitive
pressures and internal equity.
The table below shows the key components of our compensation
programs and their respective form and performance period:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Elements
|
|
Component
|
|
Form
|
|
Performance Period
|
|
Base Salary
|
|
Fixed amount
|
|
Cash
|
|
One year
|
Short-Term Incentives
|
|
At-risk, based on corporate and
individual performance
|
|
Cash
|
|
One year
|
Long-Term Incentives
|
|
At-risk, based on share price
|
|
Restricted Share Units
|
|
|
|
|
performance
|
|
which are settled in cash
|
|
Three years
|
|
|
At-risk, based on performance against
comparator group and share price performance
|
|
Performance Share Units
which are settled in cash
|
|
Three years
|
|
|
At-risk, based on appreciation of share
price
|
|
Options
|
|
Seven years
|
We consider our short-term incentive plan and long-term
incentive plans, consisting of RSUs, PSUs and Options, as
at-risk compensation.
Executive
Share Ownership Guidelines
We have guidelines for our senior executives to own Precision
shares. These guidelines reflect our belief that equity
ownership by executives further aligns the interests of
management with those of our shareholders.
The Compensation Committee, with the assistance of Mercer,
reviewed our ownership guidelines relative to comparable
Canadian companies. In February 2010, the Compensation Committee
recommended, and the Board approved, an increase to the
ownership guidelines. Under the revised guidelines, the CEO is
expected to own Precision shares with a value equal to at least
three times his annual base salary. The CFO and other officers
are expected to own Precision shares with a value equal to at
least two times their annual base salary. Vice Presidents who
are not corporate officers are expected to own Precision shares
with a value equal to at least the amount of their annual base
salary. Executives have five years from February 2010 or their
appointment to an executive position, whichever is later, to
accumulate the Precision shares in accordance with these
guidelines.
In calculating the value of Precision shares held by an
executive for purposes of evaluating adherence to the
guidelines, we use the higher of the actual purchase cost, or
the current market value of the Precision shares to determine
the executives ownership position. In determining
Precision share ownership, we only consider actual Precision
shares held and therefore do not include RSUs, PSUs or Options.
Under the previous guidelines, the CEO was expected to own
Precision shares with a value equal to at least two times his
annual base salary. The CFO and other officers were expected to
own Precision shares with a value equal to at least one time
their annual base salary.
28
The following table summarizes the targets and actual ownership
in Precision shares as a multiple of base salary for the NEOs
(as at December 31, 2010):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010 Target Share
|
|
|
Actual Share
|
|
|
|
|
Named Executive Officer
|
|
Ownership
|
|
|
Ownership
|
|
|
Meets Guidelines
|
|
|
Kevin A. Neveu
|
|
|
3x annual base salary
|
|
|
|
193,156
|
|
|
|
Yes
|
|
President and CEO
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Robert J. McNally
|
|
|
2x annual base salary
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
See Note (1
|
)
|
Executive Vice President and Chief
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Douglas J. Strong
|
|
|
2x annual base salary
|
|
|
|
35,729
|
|
|
|
Yes
|
|
President, Completion and Production Services
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gene C. Stahl
|
|
|
2x annual base salary
|
|
|
|
53,729
|
|
|
|
Yes
|
|
President, Drilling Operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Darren J. Ruhr
|
|
|
2x annual base salary
|
|
|
|
11,525
|
|
|
|
See Note (2
|
)
|
Vice President, Corporate Services
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes:
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Mr. McNally joined Precision on July 19, 2010 and has
until July 19, 2015 to meet the share ownership guideline. |
|
(2) |
|
Mr. Ruhr met the requirements under the previous guideline
of one time his annual base salary. He has until 2015 to meet
the new guidelines. |
Compensation
Consultant
The Compensation Committee has retained the services of Mercer,
an external executive compensation consultant, to assist and
advise the Compensation Committee in its review of executive
compensation, including the competitiveness of pay levels,
executive compensation design issues, market trends and
technical considerations. In 2010, the support provided by
Mercer consisted of:
|
|
|
|
|
providing compensation benchmark market data, industry trends
and issues;
|
|
|
|
reviewing and revising comparator groups;
|
|
|
|
reviewing executive share ownership guidelines;
|
|
|
|
reviewing director compensation;
|
|
|
|
reviewing and advising on compensation for the NEOs and other
executives;
|
|
|
|
advising on compensation-related governance matters;
|
|
|
|
reviewing the Compensation Discussion and Analysis section of
Precisions management circular; and
|
|
|
|
attending Compensation Committee meetings, as required.
|
The Compensation Committee pre-approves the provision of all
services provided by Mercer to ensure they do not compromise
Mercers objectivity. The total fees paid to Mercer for the
past three years are as outlined below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Services to the
|
|
Pension & Benefits
|
Year
|
|
Compensation Committee
|
|
Consulting Services
|
|
2010
|
|
$
|
85,000
|
|
|
$
|
58,000
|
|
2009
|
|
$
|
181,900
|
|
|
$
|
17,900
|
|
2008
|
|
$
|
231,400
|
|
|
|
|
|
The higher fees paid to Mercer in 2008 and 2009 were associated
with the redesign of our short and long-term incentive plans.
29
Competitive
Positioning
We review our compensation for NEOs and other executives against
a group of comparator companies. In 2009, with the assistance of
Mercer, the Compensation Committee established the comparator
group of companies with whom we compete with for executive
talent and includes contract drilling or well servicing
companies, offshore drilling companies and companies from the
broader oilfield services industry. The Compensation Committee
took the following factors into consideration when selecting the
comparator group:
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue;
|
|
|
|
Assets;
|
|
|
|
Total employees;
|
|
|
|
Market capitalization;
|
|
|
|
Enterprise value;
|
|
|
|
Geographic footprint; and
|
|
|
|
Complexity of their service offerings.
|
The Compensation Committee, with the assistance of Mercer,
reviewed the comparator group in 2010 and determined that it was
still appropriate to use for 2010 compensation planning
purposes. The comparator group of companies and their associated
data points as at December 31, 2010 are shown below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period Ending
|
|
|
|
All values in Cdn $ millions
|
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mkt. Cap.
|
|
|
Enterprise
|
|
|
Geographic
|
|
|
1-yr
|
|
|
3-yr
|
|
|
5-yr
|
|
Company Name
|
|
(1)
|
|
|
Assets(1)
|
|
|
Employees(1)
|
|
|
(2)
|
|
|
Value(2)
|
|
|
Footprint
|
|
|
TSR(3)
|
|
|
TSR(3)
|
|
|
TSR(3)
|
|
|
Basic Energy Services Inc.
|
|
$
|
527
|
|
|
$
|
1,040
|
|
|
|
3,800
|
|
|
$
|
680
|
|
|
$
|
1,083
|
|
|
|
United States
|
|
|
|
85
|
%
|
|
|
(9
|
)%
|
|
|
(4
|
)%
|
Complete Production Services
|
|
$
|
1,056
|
|
|
$
|
1,589
|
|
|
|
5,235
|
|
|
$
|
2,302
|
|
|
$
|
2,809
|
|
|
|
North America
|
|
|
|
127
|
%
|
|
|
18
|
%
|
|
|
n/a
|
|
Ensco International Inc.
|
|
$
|
1,946
|
|
|
$
|
6,747
|
|
|
|
3,585
|
|
|
$
|
7,607
|
|
|
$
|
6,968
|
|
|
|
International
|
|
|
|
37
|
%
|
|
|
(3
|
)%
|
|
|
4
|
%
|
Ensign Energy Services Inc.(4)
|
|
$
|
1,138
|
|
|
$
|
2,128
|
|
|
|
7,095
|
|
|
$
|
2,300
|
|
|
$
|
2,356
|
|
|
|
International
|
|
|
|
3
|
%
|
|
|
2
|
%
|
|
|
(7
|
)%
|
Flint Energy Services Ltd.(4)
|
|
$
|
1,877
|
|
|
$
|
975
|
|
|
|
10,280
|
|
|
$
|
829
|
|
|
$
|
905
|
|
|
|
North America
|
|
|
|
88
|
%
|
|
|
0
|
%
|
|
|
(1
|
)%
|
Helmerich & Payne
|
|
$
|
1,894
|
|
|
$
|
4,161
|
|
|
|
5,384
|
|
|
$
|
5,138
|
|
|
$
|
5,422
|
|
|
|
International
|
|
|
|
22
|
%
|
|
|
7
|
%
|
|
|
10
|
%
|
Hercules Offshore Inc.
|
|
$
|
743
|
|
|
$
|
2,277
|
|
|
|
2,200
|
|
|
$
|
399
|
|
|
$
|
1,128
|
|
|
|
International
|
|
|
|
(27
|
)%
|
|
|
(47
|
)%
|
|
|
(34
|
)%
|
Key Energy Services, Inc.
|
|
$
|
1,079
|
|
|
$
|
1,664
|
|
|
|
8,470
|
|
|
$
|
1,836
|
|
|
$
|
2,322
|
|
|
|
United States
|
|
|
|
48
|
%
|
|
|
(3
|
)%
|
|
|
(1
|
)%
|
Parker Drilling Co.
|
|
$
|
753
|
|
|
$
|
1,243
|
|
|
|
2,372
|
|
|
$
|
531
|
|
|
$
|
953
|
|
|
|
International
|
|
|
|
(8
|
)%
|
|
|
(15
|
)%
|
|
|
(16
|
)%
|
Patterson-UTI Energy, Inc.
|
|
$
|
782
|
|
|
$
|
2,662
|
|
|
|
4,200
|
|
|
$
|
3,321
|
|
|
$
|
3,347
|
|
|
|
North America
|
|
|
|
42
|
%
|
|
|
5
|
%
|
|
|
(6
|
)%
|
Pioneer Drilling Co.
|
|
$
|
326
|
|
|
$
|
823
|
|
|
|
1,700
|
|
|
$
|
477
|
|
|
$
|
743
|
|
|
|
International
|
|
|
|
12
|
%
|
|
|
(9
|
)%
|
|
|
(13
|
)%
|
Pride International Inc.
|
|
$
|
1,594
|
|
|
$
|
6,143
|
|
|
|
3,550
|
|
|
$
|
5,799
|
|
|
$
|
7,031
|
|
|
|
International
|
|
|
|
3
|
%
|
|
|
1
|
%
|
|
|
3
|
%
|
Rowan Cos.
|
|
$
|
1,770
|
|
|
$
|
5,211
|
|
|
|
4,846
|
|
|
$
|
4,406
|
|
|
$
|
4,979
|
|
|
|
International
|
|
|
|
54
|
%
|
|
|
(4
|
)%
|
|
|
0
|
%
|
Superior Energy Services, Inc.
|
|
$
|
1,449
|
|
|
$
|
2,517
|
|
|
|
4,800
|
|
|
$
|
2,758
|
|
|
$
|
3,591
|
|
|
|
International
|
|
|
|
44
|
%
|
|
|
1
|
%
|
|
|
11
|
%
|
Trican Well Service Ltd.(4)
|
|
$
|
811
|
|
|
$
|
1,030
|
|
|
|
2,794
|
|
|
$
|
2,898
|
|
|
$
|
2,964
|
|
|
|
International
|
|
|
|
44
|
%
|
|
|
2
|
%
|
|
|
(6
|
)%
|
Trinidad Energy Services Ltd.(4)
|
|
$
|
583
|
|
|
$
|
1,624
|
|
|
|
2,038
|
|
|
$
|
761
|
|
|
$
|
1,323
|
|
|
|
International
|
|
|
|
(8
|
)%
|
|
|
(12
|
)%
|
|
|
(11
|
)%
|
Unit Corp.
|
|
$
|
703
|
|
|
$
|
2,228
|
|
|
|
1,416
|
|
|
$
|
2,226
|
|
|
$
|
2,360
|
|
|
|
United States
|
|
|
|
9
|
%
|
|
|
0
|
%
|
|
|
(3
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
$
|
1,119
|
|
|
$
|
2,592
|
|
|
|
4,339
|
|
|
$
|
2,604
|
|
|
$
|
2,958
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34
|
%
|
|
|
(4
|
)%
|
|
|
(5
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Precision Drilling Corporation
|
|
$
|
1,197
|
|
|
$
|
4,192
|
|
|
|
5,380
|
|
|
$
|
2,646
|
|
|
$
|
3,122
|
|
|
|
North America
|
|
|
|
25
|
%
|
|
|
(9
|
)%
|
|
|
(18
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes:
|
|
|
(1) |
|
2009 annual revenue, total assets and employees. |
|
(2) |
|
Market capitalization and enterprise value at December 31,
2010. |
|
(3) |
|
TSR denotes annualized Total Shareholder Return, or change in
share price adjusted for dividends. |
|
(4) |
|
These companies were excluded in determining CEO compensation.
Please see the Compensation of the Chief
Executive Officer section for more information. |
30
In circumstances where equivalent executive positions are not
disclosed in the proxy data, we use third party compensation
surveys and extract relevant data from other similarly-sized
energy sector companies, generally measured in terms of revenue.
Role
of Management in Determining Compensation
The CEO participates in the compensation design process by
providing recommendations to the Compensation Committee with
respect to the other executives and recommends to the
Compensation Committee the specific performance targets to be
used for the various incentive plans. The Vice President,
Corporate Services assists the CEO in developing and presenting
managements recommendations and supporting material to the
Compensation Committee regarding the compensation of the
executives.
Each year, the CEO completes a formal evaluation of the
performance of the NEOs. These evaluations are based on the
achievement of specific goals established at the beginning of
the year for each NEO as well as an assessment of his
performance against a matrix used to evaluate all of our
salaried employees. The CEO also evaluates NEO performance
relative to the achievement of our annual objectives and
assesses the leadership of the NEOs in advancing our long-term
strategic objectives. The results of these evaluations are
shared with the Compensation Committee.
Base
Salary
Base salary provides a fixed amount of cash compensation for
performing
day-to-day
responsibilities and reflects the individuals experience,
potential, performance and market competitiveness against our
comparator group.
For 2009, in response to the economic uncertainty and the
expected decline in demand for drilling services in the short
term, we maintained salaries at their 2008 levels for the CEO
and all other senior executives, notwithstanding the fact
salaries for most of the NEOs were below our target pay
positioning. Mr. Stahl received a salary increase effective
December 1, 2009 in recognition of his relocation to the
United States and his expanded scope and responsibilities as
President, Drilling Operations.
In February 2010, the Compensation Committee, with the
assistance of Mercer, reviewed the 2010 compensation for the CEO
and the other NEOs.
After consideration of Mercers analysis, the Compensation
Committee recommended and the Board approved base salary
increases for the NEOs. For more details of the compensation of
the CEO, see Compensation of the Chief
Executive Officer. Effective March 1, 2010, the
Compensation Committee approved base salary increases for the
other NEOs and reduced their 2010 STIP targets to restructure
total NEO compensation to be closer to the median of the
comparator group. Please see the 2010 NEO STIP
Targets section.
For 2011, upon consultation with Mercer, salary increases of
2 percent were approved for each of our NEOs.
The following table compares the year-end salaries for 2008
through 2010, as well as the new base salary effective
March 1, 2011 for each of our NEOs:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008 Base
|
|
|
2009 Base
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
2010 Base
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
2011 Base
|
|
|
%
|
|
Named Executive Officer
|
|
Salary
|
|
|
Salary
|
|
|
Increase
|
|
|
Salary(1)
|
|
|
Increase
|
|
|
Salary(2)
|
|
|
Increase
|
|
|
Kevin A. Neveu
|
|
C$
|
500,000
|
|
|
C $
|
500,000
|
|
|
|
0
|
%
|
|
C$
|
625,000
|
|
|
|
+25
|
%
|
|
C$
|
637,500
|
|
|
|
+2
|
%
|
President and CEO
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Robert J. McNally
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S.$
|
350,000
|
(4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S.$
|
357,000
|
|
|
|
+2
|
%
|
Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Douglas J. Strong
|
|
C$
|
252,000
|
|
|
C$
|
252,000
|
|
|
|
0
|
%
|
|
C$
|
325,000
|
(5)
|
|
|
+29
|
%
|
|
C$
|
331,500
|
|
|
|
+2
|
%
|
President, Completion and
Production Services
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gene C. Stahl
|
|
C$
|
277,000
|
|
|
C$
|
350,000
|
(3)
|
|
|
+26
|
%
|
|
U.S.$
|
350,000
|
|
|
|
0
|
%
|
|
U.S.$
|
357,000
|
|
|
|
+2
|
%
|
President, Drilling Operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Darren J. Ruhr
|
|
C$
|
205,000
|
|
|
C$
|
205,000
|
|
|
|
0
|
%
|
|
C$
|
255,000
|
|
|
|
+24
|
%
|
|
C$
|
260,000
|
|
|
|
+2
|
%
|
Vice President, Corporate Services
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31
Notes:
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Base salary increases in 2010 were effective March 1, 2010,
unless indicated otherwise. |
|
(2) |
|
Base salary increases in 2011 were effective March 1, 2011,
unless indicated otherwise. |
|
(3) |
|
Mr. Stahl received a 26% salary increase effective
December 1, 2009 in recognition of his relocation to the
United States and his expanded scope and responsibilities as
President, Drilling Operations. |
|
(4) |
|
Mr. McNally was appointed Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer of Precision on July 19, 2010. |
|
(5) |
|
Mr. Strong received a 19% base salary increase on
March 1, 2010 while he was Chief Financial Officer and
received a further increase of 8% to C$325,000 when he assumed
the position of President, Completion and Production Services. |
Short
Term Incentive Plan (STIP)
The STIP is designed to recognize and reward individuals for the
annual achievement of performance relative to company-wide
financial and operational metrics, as well as their individual
performance. Each participant has the opportunity to earn annual
cash bonuses that are tied to specified target awards defined as
a percentage of their base salary (STIP Target). The
individual performance component can result in awards ranging
from 0% to 50% of STIP Target, while the corporate performance
component can range from 0% to 150% of STIP Target, for a total
bonus award of up to 200% of STIP Target. The Compensation
Committee believes this weighting reinforces our
pay-for-performance
philosophy by rewarding individual performance while maintaining
the emphasis of the program on company-wide performance which
promotes our collaborative culture.
The overall STIP bonus pool is capped at 2.5% of EBIT. In the
case of the STIP bonus pool funding being insufficient to pay
out at target, the individual component is first paid out, and
the corporate component reduced. The Compensation Committee may
use its discretion to increase or decrease the size of the bonus
pool if the Compensation Committee determines that the
calculated size of the bonus pool resulted in a significant
overpayment or underpayment based on actual performance achieved
in the year.
Individual
Component
We fully implemented and executed a performance management
system in 2010, with all STIP-eligible employees establishing
annual performance objectives. These objectives are monitored by
managers throughout the year and bonus awards are linked to
achievement of the objectives and overall employee performance,
with awards for individual performance ranging from 0% to 50% of
STIP Target. Managers make recommendations on the awards which
are then approved by senior Management. The CEO makes
recommendations to the Compensation Committee for each of the
other NEOs awards. The Compensation Committee recommends
the CEOs award and the other NEOs awards for final
approval by the Board.
Corporate
Component
The corporate component is awarded based on our performance
relative to company-wide financial and operational metrics and
targets which are approved by the Compensation Committee at the
beginning of each year. Each metric is weighted and has
threshold, plan and stretch objectives. The operational and
financial metrics in aggregate will result in awards ranging
from 0% to 150% of STIP Target. The operational metrics used are
highly descriptive and directly measure our safety, operational
and employee retention performance, all of which we consider
critical components of our High Performance, High Value
competitive strategy. The objectives for each operational
metric are established to encourage our NEOs to strive towards
achieving high performance results with stretch objectives that
are set at a level that requires exceptional performance. These
metrics were first introduced in 2009 and we exceeded the plan
objectives set for that year. These metrics represent 15% of the
CEOs target cash compensation (base salary plus STIP
Target) and 13% of the other NEOs target cash
compensation. The threshold, plan and stretch objectives for the
operational metrics are not disclosed for competitive reasons.
32
2010 NEO
STIP Targets
In 2010, after a review of the compensation for our NEOs, the
Compensation Committee realigned the total compensation for each
NEO to be closer to the median level of the comparator group. As
a result, in conjunction with adjustments to base salaries, the
Compensation Committee reduced each NEOs STIP Target to
75% of base salary from 100%. The CEOs STIP Target remains
at 100% of base salary.
2010
Corporate Performance
The metrics are as outlined in the table below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Range (%
|
|
|
|
|
Threshold
|
|
Plan
|
|
Stretch
|
|
2010 Actual
|
|
of STIP
|
|
Uncapped
|
Metric
|
|
Objective
|
|
Objective
|
|
Objective
|
|
Performance
|
|
Target)
|
|
Payout
|
|
Return on Capital Employed
|
|
8%
|
|
14%
|
|
26%
|
|
|
|
|
|
0%
|
EBIT
|
|
C$137 million
|
|
C$172 million
|
|
C$240 million
|
|
C$253 million
|
|
0% -45%
|
|
45%
|
Safety Performance
Mechanical Downtime
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operational metrics are not disclosed as they are critical
components of our competitive strategy which we market as part
of our High Performance, High Value service offering to
new and existing customers. Transparency of these metrics would
provide our competitors with direct access to our competitive
advantage.
|
|
0% - 20% 0% - 20%
0% - 20%
|
|
33%
|
Employee Retention
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0% - 150%
|
|
78%
|
Following the 2010 year-end, the Compensation Committee
reviewed our achievements against the metrics and confirmed that
the corporate component uncapped payout was 78% of STIP Target.
Consistent with the plan design, the Compensation Committee
calculated the STIP bonus pool by applying the 2.5% EBIT cap,
resulting in a reduction to the corporate component payout from
78% down to 15% after providing for funding of the individual
component. The Compensation Committee determined that this level
of funding was inappropriate given our strong performance
against the metrics and achievement of strategic objectives and
used its discretion to increase the STIP bonus pool to 3.1% of
EBIT or approximately $1.6 million, resulting in a
corporate component payout of 27% of STIP Target.
Each participants award consisted of 27% of STIP Target
for the corporate component and 0% to 50% of STIP Target for the
individual component based on individual performance.
2010 STIP
Awards
The following table shows the actual 2010 and 2009 STIP awards
for each NEO:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Individual
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Component
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010 Base
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
based on
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Salary
|
|
|
|
|
|
Corporate
|
|
|
Performance
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earned(2) in
|
|
|
STIP
|
|
|
Component
|
|
|
Assessment in
|
|
|
2010 Actual STIP Award ($)(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Local
|
|
|
Target
|
|
|
(27%) in Local
|
|
|
Local
|
|
|
In Local
|
|
|
Converted to
|
|
|
2009 Actual STIP
|
|
|
|
|
Named Executive Officer
|
|
Currency(1)
|
|
|
(%)
|
|
|
Currency(1)
|
|
|
Currency(1)
|
|
|
Currency(1)
|
|
|
Cdn$
|
|
|
In Cdn$
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
Kevin A. Neveu
|
|
|
603,366
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
162,908+
|
|
|
|
188,552=
|
|
|
|
351,460
|
|
|
|
351,460
|
|
|
|
500,000
|
|
|
|
(30
|
)%
|
President and CEO
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Robert J. McNally
|
|
|
161,538
|
|
|
|
75
|
%
|
|
|
32,711+
|
|
|
|
45,433=
|
|
|
|
78,144
|
(4)
|
|
|
76,323
|
(5)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Douglas J. Strong
|
|
|
303,904
|
|
|
|
75
|
%
|
|
|
61,541+
|
|
|
|
148,745=
|
|
|
|
210,286
|
|
|
|
210,286
|
|
|
|
252,000
|
|
|
|
(17
|
)%
|
President, Completion and Production Services
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gene C. Stahl
|
|
|
352,244
|
|
|
|
75
|
%
|
|
|
71,329+
|
|
|
|
82,557=
|
|
|
|
153,886
|
|
|
|
158,487
|
(6)
|
|
|
194,140
|
(7)
|
|
|
(18
|
)%
|
President, Drilling Operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Darren J. Ruhr
|
|
|
246,346
|
|
|
|
75
|
%
|
|
|
49,885+
|
|
|
|
69,285=
|
|
|
|
119,170
|
|
|
|
119,170
|
|
|
|
135,000
|
|
|
|
(12
|
)%
|
Vice President, Corporate Services
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
33
Notes:
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The amounts shown are kept in the currency in which each NEO is
paid. Amounts for Messrs. McNally and Stahl are in U.S.
dollars and amounts for all other NEOs are in Canadian dollars. |
|
(2) |
|
STIP awards are calculated based on base salary earned and
reflect base salary changes during the year. |
|
(3) |
|
2009 and 2010 STIP Awards were determined based on actual base
salary earned in the respective calendar years and were paid on
March 9, 2010 and March 8, 2011, respectively. |
|
(4) |
|
Mr. McNally joined us on July 19, 2010 and was
provided with a one-time signing bonus of U.S.$150,000 which was
paid in addition to, and concurrently with, his 2010 STIP award. |
|
(5) |
|
This amount was converted using the July 19, 2010 to
December 31, 2010 average exchange rate of 0.9767. |
|
(6) |
|
This amount was converted using the 2010 average exchange rate
of 1.0299. |
|
(7) |
|
Mr. Stahl received a 2009 STIP award of U.S.$170,000. This
amount was converted to Canadian dollars using the 2009 average
exchange rate of 1.1420. |
For the 2011 plan, the Compensation Committee, in consultation
with Mercer, removed the 2.5% EBIT cap to ensure awards are
aligned with performance achieved against the company-wide
financial and operational metrics. Mercers analysis
indicated that our inclusion of a bonus pool cap was not
consistent with our
pay-for-performance
philosophy. Each participants maximum bonus opportunity
will remain capped at 200% of their STIP Target.
Long-Term
Incentive Plans
Restricted
Share Units (RSUs)
RSUs are notional share-based awards to recognize, retain and
motivate key employees to create shareholder value with payouts
that are directly tied to our absolute share value. A plan
participant is awarded a fixed number of RSUs that vest equally
over three years. On each vesting date we redeem the vested RSUs
for cash. The RSU plan is non-dilutive and unvested RSUs are
forfeited upon resignation.
Performance
Share Units (PSUs)
PSUs are notional share-based awards that are designed to
recognize, retain, motivate and reward key employees to create
Shareholder value relative to industry peers over a three-year
period. A plan participant is awarded a fixed number of PSUs
that cliff vest at the end of a three-year period. The PSUs are
settled in cash, based on the absolute value of Precision shares
multiplied by a payout multiplier. The payout multiplier is
determined based on the relative performance of total return to
our shareholders (commonly referred to as Total Shareholder
Return or TSR) compared to the PSU performance
comparator group.
Prior to the grant, the Compensation Committee, with the
assistance of Mercer, determines the companies against which our
TSR performance will be measured over the three-year performance
period. The Compensation Committee recognizes that the PSU
Performance Comparator Group may differ from the Compensation
Comparator Group, as the group used for competitive executive
compensation considerations and may differ from the companies
with which we compete for investors. The Compensation Committee
reviews the appropriateness of the comparator groups annually.
At the end of the three-year performance period, the
Compensation Committee reviews our relative TSR and sets the
multiplier in accordance with the following:
|
|
|
Ranking
|
|
Payout Multiplier
|
|
75% or higher ranking among peer group
|
|
2.0 times payout
|
50% (median) ranking among peer group
|
|
1.0 times payout
|
35% ranking among peer group
|
|
0.4 times payout
|
Below 35% ranking among peer group
|
|
0 payout
|
34
TSR will be adjusted to reflect any distributions or dividends
paid and the multiplier will be interpolated for performance in
between the ranges in the table and are independently calculated
by Mercer and approved by the Compensation Committee. For the
2009 and 2010 PSU grants, the Compensation Committee has the
discretion to reduce the plan payout by half if our average
return on capital did not exceed 10%.
The Compensation Committee reviews our TSR ranking and average
return on capital and recommends the payout multiplier to the
Board for final approval. The final payout is based on:
PSU
Payout Calculation
|
|
|
|
Number of PSUs granted to participant
|
|
times
|
Payout Multiplier
|
|
times
|
5-Day
Weighted Average Price of Precision shares*
|
|
equals
|
Payout Amount
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Weighted average price of one Precision share for the five
trading days prior to the date of vesting. |
2009 PSU
Performance Comparator Group
The following table lists the PSU Performance Comparator Group
for the 2009 PSU Plan:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009 PSU Performance
|
|
Comparator Group
|
|
|
|
Atwood Oceanics, Inc.
|
|
Nabors Industries Ltd.
|
|
Pioneer Drilling Co.
|
|
Transocean Ltd.
|
Diamond Offshore Drilling Inc.
|
|
Noble Corp.
|
|
Pride International Inc.
|
|
Trinidad Energy Services Ltd.
|
Ensco International Inc.
|
|
Parker Drilling Co.
|
|
Rowan Cos.
|
|
Unit Corp.
|
Ensign Energy Services Inc.
|
|
Patterson-UTI Energy Inc.
|
|
Savanna Energy Services Corp.
|
|
Union Drilling Inc.
|
To coincide with the grant of Options, the Compensation
Committee, upon consultation with Mercer, set the performance
period for the 2009 PSU grant from May 6, 2009 to
December 31, 2011 (less than three years) as the
performance period for determination of relative TSR
performance. Beginning in 2010, the PSU performance periods were
tied to calendar years.
35
The following graph shows our TSR performance relative to the
2009 PSU Performance Comparator Group for the period from
May 6, 2009 to December 31, 2010:
Our TSR for the
20-month
period is 95%, which puts us at the 99th percentile of the
comparator group and would result in a two times performance
multiplier before taking into account the average return on
capital threshold.
2010
PSU Performance Comparator Group
In 2010, the Compensation Committee reviewed the PSU Performance
Comparator Group. As part of its review, the Compensation
Committee considered analysis provided by Mercer which indicated
that the correlation of TSR between us and onshore companies was
higher than offshore companies. For the 2010 PSU Plan, the
Compensation Committee determined that it was appropriate to
remove offshore drilling companies and add companies from the
broader oilfield services sector due to the limited number of
onshore drilling companies. The new comparator group increases
the alignment with the compensation comparator group and
reflects our non-drilling businesses.
The following table lists the PSU Performance Comparator Group
for the 2010 PSU Plan:
2010 PSU
Performance Comparator Group
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic Energy Services
|
|
Nabors Industries
|
|
Superior Energy Services
|
Complete Production Services
|
|
Parker Drilling
|
|
Trican Oilwell Services
|
Ensign Energy Services
|
|
Patterson-UTI Energy
|
|
Trinidad Energy Services
|
Helmerich & Payne
|
|
Pioneer Drilling
|
|
Union Drilling
|
Key Energy Services
|
|
Savanna Energy Services
|
|
Unit Corp
|
Grants under the 2010 PSU Plan were made on February 11,
2010 during our normal annual LTIP grant cycle. The performance
period is from January 1, 2010 to December 31, 2012.
36
The following graph shows our TSR performance relative to the
2010 PSU Performance Comparator Group for the period from
January 1, 2010 to December 31, 2010:
Our TSR for the
12-month
period is 33%, which puts it at the 62nd percentile of the
comparator group and would result in a 1.48 times performance
multiplier before taking into account the average return on
capital threshold.
2011 PSU
Plan (PSU Plan)
In early 2011, the Compensation Committee, with the assistance
of Mercer, reviewed the PSU Performance Comparator Group and
determined that the comparator group used in 2010 should remain
unchanged for the 2011 PSU grants. The Compensation Committee
also reviewed the design of the PSU Plan and determined that,
for the 2011 PSU grant, it was appropriate to remove the
discretionary threshold on average return on capital which may
reduce the payout to the participant by half if the threshold is
not attained. The Compensation Committee noted that our STIP
already included a metric on return on capital and Mercer
advised that it was uncommon to have this type of reducing
factor on a PSU Plan that is designed to measure relative TSR
performance.
Stock
Options
Options are designed to retain, motivate and reward key
employees with an incentive to enhance shareholder value by
providing a form of compensation that is tied directly to
increases in the market value of Precision shares. Options have
a seven year term and vest
1/3
each year commencing on the first anniversary date of the grant.
The LTIP value for each plan participant is calculated using the
industry standard Black-Scholes options pricing model in
accordance with Mercers recommendations.
The option plan was approved by shareholders on May 6,
2009. The aggregate number of Options reserved for issuance is
11,103,253, including provision for issuance of up to 800,000
DSUs (as defined below) to our independent directors. The
maximum number of Options that can be issued in any one year may
not exceed 1% of the issued and outstanding Precision shares.
The maximum aggregate number of Precision shares reserved for
issuance that may be issued is 2% to any one individual, and 10%
to all insiders, of the issued and outstanding Precision shares.
Please see the Employee Stock Option Plan
Administration Details section for more information.
37
Options that were previously granted to employees are not taken
into consideration when new grants are determined.
The following table provides information on the number of
Options granted each year since the Option Plan was first
implemented:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of Shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of Shares
|
|
|
|
# of Options
|
|
|
Outstanding
|
|
|
# of Options
|
|
|
Outstanding
|
|
|
Measure of Dilution
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Annual Grant(1)
|
|
|
2,118,755
|
|
|
|
0.77
|
|
|
|
1,929,200
|
|
|
|
0.70
|
|
Options Outstanding(2)
|
|
|
3,723,123
|
|
|
|
1.35
|
|
|
|
1,787,700
|
|
|
|
0.65
|
|
Options Available for Grant(3)
|
|
|
6,556,798
|
|
|
|
2.38
|
|
|
|
8,515,553
|
|
|
|
3.09
|
|
Overhang(4)
|
|
|
10,279,921
|
|
|
|
3.73
|
|
|
|
10,303,253
|
|
|
|
3.74
|
|
Notes:
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Annual Grant represents the total number of options granted
under the Option Plan during each respective year. |
|
(2) |
|
Options Outstanding represents the total number of options
outstanding (including the annual grant) under the Option Plan
at the end of each year. |
|
(3) |
|
Options Available for Grant represents the number of options
remaining in the reserve approved by shareholders and available
for grant under the Option Plan at the end of each year. |
|
(4) |
|
Overhang represents the number of Options outstanding plus the
number of Options remaining in reserve approved by shareholders
and available for future grants. |
None of our NEOs has exercised any of the Options granted to
them under the Option Plan.
LTIP
Awards
For 2009 and 2010, the mix of the LTIP vehicles granted to our
NEOs was generally the same as those provided to other key
employees to promote the collaborative orientation of our
culture. For 2011, LTIP grants to the CEO, CFO, President,
Drilling Operations and President, Completion and Production
Services were approximately 50% Options and 50% PSUs in terms of
value, with no RSUs awarded to these NEOs.
The following table outlines the LTIP awards granted to our
NEOs, including the grants made for the 2011 plan year:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Grant
|
|
|
RSU Awards
|
|
|
PSU Awards
|
|
|
Option Awards
|
|
|
Total
|
|
Named Executive Officer
|
|
Grant Date
|
|
|
Price (C$)
|
|
|
(Units /C$)(1)
|
|
|
(Units /C$)(1)
|
|
|
(Units /C$)(2)
|
|
|
(C$)
|
|
|
Kevin A. Neveu
|
|
|
Feb. 9, 2011
|
|
|
|
10.44
|
|
|
|
0 /0
|
|
|
|
90,300 /942,732
|
|
|
|
197,500 /942,288
|
|
|
|
1,885,020
|
|
President and CEO
|
|
|
Feb. 11, 2010
|
|
|
|
8.59
|
|
|
|
49,100 /421,769
|
|
|
|
75,900 /651,981
|
|
|
|
217,000 /844,406
|
|
|
|
1,918,156
|
|
|
|
|
May 6, 2009
|
|
|
|
5.85
|
|
|
|
74,600 /436,410
|
|
|
|
74,600 /436,410
|
|
|
|
164,600 /436,198
|
|
|
|
1,309,018
|
|
Robert J. McNally
|
|
|
Feb. 9, 2011
|
|
|
|
10.55
|
|
|
|
0 /0
|
|
|
|
33,100 /347,354
|
(4)
|
|
|
72,300 /337,631
|
(4)
|
|
|
684,986
|
(4)
|
Executive Vice President
|
|
|
Jul. 19, 2010
|
|
|
|
7.12
|
|
|
|
200,000 /1,503,602
|
(3)
|
|
|
115,000 /864,571
|
(3)
|
|
|
160,000 /544,905
|
(3)
|
|
|
2,913,078
|
(3)
|
and Chief Financial Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Douglas J. Strong
|
|
|
Feb. 9, 2011
|
|
|
|
10.44
|
|
|
|
0 /0
|
|
|
|
33,100 /345,564
|
|
|
|
72,300 /344,949
|
|
|
|
690,513
|
|
President, Completion and
|
|
|
Feb. 11, 2010
|
|
|
|
8.59
|
|
|
|
18,000 /154,620
|
|
|
|
28,000 /240,520
|
|
|
|
70,000 /272,389
|
|
|
|
667,529
|
|
Production Services
|
|
|
May 6, 2009
|
|
|
|
5.85
|
|
|
|
33,000 /193,050
|
|
|
|
33,000 /193,050
|
|
|
|
65,000 /172,253
|
|
|
|
558,353
|
|
Gene C. Stahl
|
|
|
Feb. 9, 2011
|
|
|
|
10.55
|
|
|
|
0 /0
|
|
|
|
33,100 /347,354
|
(4)
|
|
|
72,300 /337,631
|
(4)
|
|
|
684,986
|
(4)
|
President, Drilling Operations
|
|
|
Feb. 11, 2010
|
|
|
|
8.06
|
|
|
|
18,000 /152,668
|
(4)
|
|
|
28,000 /237,483
|
(4)
|
|
|
70,000 /268,950
|
(4)
|
|
|
659,100
|
(4)
|
|
|
|
May 6, 2009
|
|
|
|
5.85
|
|
|
|
33,000 /193,050
|
|
|
|
33,000 /193,050
|
|
|
|
65,000 /172,253
|
|
|
|
558,353
|
|
Darren J. Ruhr
|
|
|
Feb. 9, 2011
|
|
|
|
10.44
|
|
|
|
9,500 /99,180
|
|
|
|
9,500 /99,180
|
|
|
|
41,300 /197,046
|
|
|
|
395,406
|
|
Vice President, Corporate
|
|
|
Feb. 11, 2010
|
|
|
|
8.59
|
|
|
|
10,000 /85,900
|
|
|
|
15,500 /133,145
|
|
|
|
50,000 /194,564
|
|
|
|
413,609
|
|
Services
|
|
|
May 6, 2009
|
|
|
|
5.85
|
|
|
|
22,000 /128,700
|
|
|
|
22,000 /128,700
|
|
|
|
50,000 /132,503
|
|
|
|
389,903
|
|
Notes:
|
|
|
(1) |
|
RSUs and PSUs were valued on the date of grant using the five
day weighted average trading price of Precision shares on the
Toronto Stock Exchange (the TSX) and NYSE, for
Canadian and U.S. units, respectively. |
38
|
|
|
(2) |
|
Options were valued on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes
option pricing model. See the Summary Compensation Table for
details of the assumptions used in determining the Option values. |
|
(3) |
|
Mr. McNally joined us on July 19, 2010 and was granted
200,000 RSUs, 115,000 PSUs and 160,000 Options as part of his
offer which was intended to compensate him for deferred
compensation he relinquished with his former employer. These
amounts have been converted to Canadian dollars using the
July 19, 2010 exchange rate of 1.0559. |
|
(4) |
|
These amounts were converted to Canadian dollars using the
exchange rate on the date of grant, as follows: February 9,
2011 = 0.9947 and February 11, 2010 = 1.0523. |
Benefits
Executives participate in the same benefit program provided to
our salaried employees. We believe benefits are an integral part
of total compensation and are important for attracting and
retaining employees, including NEOs. Our employee benefits are
competitive, in terms of coverage and employee cost sharing, and
are similar to those offered by the companies in our
compensation peer group. The program consists of basic, optional
and dependent life insurance; basic, optional, accidental death
and dismemberment insurance; extended health and dental care;
short and long-term disability insurance; and an employee
assistance plan. NEOs are provided supplementary accidental
death and dismemberment insurance benefits as well.
Retirement
Plans
NEOs participate in the same retirement program provided to our
salaried employees. Our retirement plans assist eligible
employees in accumulating capital toward their retirement and
are competitive to those offered by the companies in our
compensation comparator group. In Canada, our retirement plan
consists of two voluntary components: a Defined Contribution
Pension Plan (DCPP) and a Group Registered
Retirement Savings Plan (GRRSP). Our United States
retirement plan consists of a 401(k) plan. As a 401(k) plan is
not considered a pension plan under Canadian proxy disclosure
rules, the amounts are reported under All
Other Compensation in the Summary Compensation Table for
the applicable NEOs.
Perquisites
We provide a limited amount of perquisites to our NEOs as part
of a competitive total compensation package that allows them to
focus on their daily responsibilities and the achievement of our
business objectives. Eligibility reflects competitive practices
and includes perquisites common in the drilling and oilfield
services industry.
In 2010, each of the NEOs was provided with a company vehicle,
including operating costs. Mr. McNally and Mr. Stahl,
who are working as expatriates, are provided with tax
preparation services. Other perquisites offered vary by
position, and may include health and business club memberships
and/or
comprehensive executive medical programs.
Any perquisites that are deemed to be taxable to the NEOs are
not grossed up to compensate for taxes otherwise payable.
For information on the perquisites provided to the CEO, please
see the Compensation of the Chief Executive
Officer section.
Legacy
Long-Term Incentive Plan (Legacy LTIP)
In 2009, we discontinued the Legacy LTIP plan which was
implemented in 2006. Grants were provided under the plan from
2006 to 2008. No awards were granted after 2008.
The Legacy LTIP had two components:
|
|
|
|
|
a Retention Award, being a cash award for 2006 and 2007, and a
unit-based award for 2008 that vests after three years; and
|
|
|
|
a Performance Award, being a cash award that is contingent on
performance and vests after three years.
|
39
Awards were granted on an annual basis in the first quarter of
2006, 2007 and 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
for the 2006 award, 25% of the Legacy LTIP was denominated as a
Retention Award that provided a fixed dollar amount to award
recipients in March 2009 and 75% of the Legacy LTIP was
denominated as a Performance Award that provided a target dollar
amount contingent upon achieving actual distributions per
Precision shares over a three-year term.
|
|
|
|
for the 2007 award, 25% of the Legacy LTIP was denominated as a
Retention Award that provided a fixed dollar amount to award
recipients in March 2010 and 75% of the Legacy LTIP was
denominated as a Performance Award that provided a target dollar
amount contingent upon achieving distributable cash per
Precision share over a three-year term.
|
|
|
|
for the 2008 award, 25% of the Legacy LTIP was denominated as a
Retention Award that was converted into notional Precision
shares on the date of grant which vest in March 2011 and 75% of
the Legacy LTIP was denominated as a Performance Award that will
provide a target dollar amount contingent upon achieving
distributable cash per Precision share over a three year-term.
|
For both Retention Awards and Performance Awards, eligible
participants receive a cash payment at the end of the three-year
period. We set aggressive thresholds and targets for the 2006,
2007 and 2008 Performance Awards and as Precision did not meet
the threshold criteria, we did not provide any cash payments to
plan participants under these plan years.
Since the awards were intended to represent long-term incentive
compensation over three years, the initial grants were three
times the size of a normal annual grant for first-time
participants in the Legacy LTIP.
The following table outlines the value of the Retention Awards
and Performance Awards, assuming target performance, granted to
each NEO:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retention
|
|
|
Performance Awards
|
|
|
|
|
Named Executive Officer
|
|
|
|
|
Awards
|
|
|
at Target
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(C$)
|
|
|
(C$)
|
|
|
(C$)
|
|
|
Kevin A. Neveu
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
1,200,000(1
|
)
|
|
|
3,600,000(2
|
)
|
|
|
4,800,000
|
|
President and CEO
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Robert J. McNally
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Executive Vice President and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chief Financial Officer(6)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Douglas J. Strong
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
200,000(1
|
)
|
|
|
600,000(2
|
)
|
|
|
800,000
|
|
President, Completion and
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
200,000(3
|
)
|
|
|
600,000(3
|
)(4)
|
|
|
800,000
|
|
Production Services
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
600,000(3
|
)
|
|
|
1,800,000(3
|
)(5)
|
|
|
2,400,000
|
|
Gene C. Stahl
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
250,000(1
|
)
|
|
|
750,000(2
|
)
|
|
|
1,000,000
|
|
President, Drilling Operations
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
250,000(3
|
)
|
|
|
750,000(3
|
)(4)
|
|
|
1,000,000
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
750,000(3
|
)
|
|
|
2,250,000(3
|
)(5)
|
|
|
3,000,000
|
|
Darren J. Ruhr
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
200,000(1
|
)
|
|
|
600,000(2
|
)
|
|
|
800,000
|
|
Vice President, Corporate Services
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
166,750(3
|
)
|
|
|
500,250(3
|
)(4)
|
|
|
667,000
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
352,500(3
|
)
|
|
|
1,057,500(3
|
)(5)
|
|
|
1,410,000
|
|
Notes:
|
|
|
(1) |
|
For 2008, the Retention Awards were tied to share price and
therefore considered share-based awards. The Performance Awards
were not tied to share price, and therefore were considered
long-term non-equity incentive plan compensation. |
|
(2) |
|
For 2008, the target dollar amount was contingent upon achieving
distributable cash per share over a three-year term equal to
C$10.78, which represents a 12% compounded distributable cash
growth rate. Lesser amounts could be earned if distributable
cash per share falls short of the target of C$10.78 but exceeds
the threshold of C$7.47. |
40
|
|
|
(3) |
|
For 2006 and 2007, neither the Retention Awards nor the
Performance Awards were tied to our share price and therefore
were considered long-term non-equity incentive plan
compensation. The payouts of the 2006 and 2007 Retention Awards
are disclosed in the Summary Compensation Table. |
|
(4) |
|
For 2007, the target dollar amount was contingent upon achieving
distributable cash per share over a three-year term equal to
C$12.47, which represents a 12% compounded distributable cash
growth rate. Lesser amounts could be earned if distributable
cash per share falls short of the target of C$12.47 but exceeds
the threshold of C$10.52. |
|
(5) |
|
For 2006, the target dollar amount was contingent upon achieving
actual distributions per share over a three-year term equal to
C$10.24, which represents a 12% compounded distribution growth
rate. Lesser amounts could be earned if actual distributions per
share fall short of the target of C$10.24 but exceeds the
threshold of $8.64. |
|
(6) |
|
Mr. McNally joined us on July 19, 2010 and did not
receive any grants under the Legacy LTIP. |
Performance
Savings Plan (PSP)
The PSP was discontinued after the 2008 awards. The PSP was an
annual bonus plan designed to complement the Legacy LTIP by
rewarding participants for superior financial and operational
performance. The PSP bonus pool was funded based on achievement
of pre-determined performance metrics. PSP award participants
could elect to receive all or a portion of the award in the form
of notional deferred units, which could be held for up to three
years. Any remaining notional deferred units awarded under the
PSP plan will be settled on December 31, 2011.
Compensation
of the Chief Executive Officer
The Compensation Committee, in consultation with Mercer,
recommends the compensation for the CEO to the Board for
approval. The Compensation Committee takes into account the
effectiveness of the CEOs leadership, execution of our
short and long-term business plans, evaluation of his
performance against the CEO position description and performance
against his personal objectives that were agreed to at the
beginning of each year. Further, the Compensation Committee
considers the competitive positioning of the compensation for
the CEO against the comparator group.
Mr. Neveus annual cash compensation consists of base
salary and a performance-based annual cash incentive through our
STIP, the same plan provided to our salaried employees.
Mr. Neveus STIP target is 100% of his base salary.
Individual performance can result in awards ranging from 0% to
50% of his STIP target, while corporate performance can range
from 0% to 150% of his STIP target, for a maximum total bonus
award of up to 200% of target.
Mr. Neveu participates in the same long-term incentive
plans available to our salaried employees. Since 2009, the
long-term incentives are entirely share-based, aligning
Mr. Neveus interests with our shareholders. These
incentives consist of retention and performance notional
share-based awards in the form of RSUs and PSUs, and Options
which only have value if our share price exceeds the price at
the time of grant.
41
The following table provides historical information on
Mr. Neveus base salary and his targeted total cash
and long-term incentive compensation compared to actual
compensation he received:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007(1)
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Base Salary at Year End
|
|
C$
|
500,000
|
|
|
C$
|
500,000
|
|
|
C$
|
500,000
|
|
|
C$
|
625,000
|
|
Total Cash Compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following provides a historical comparison of
Mr. Neveus total cash compensation received
relative to the target total cash compensation.
|
Base Salary Earned for the Year
|
|
|
|
|
|
C$
|
500,000
|
|
|
C$
|
500,000
|
|
|
C$
|
603,366
|
|
Short-Term Incentive Target
Amount(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
C$
|
500,000
|
|
|
C$
|
500,000
|
|
|
C$
|
603,366
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Cash Target
|
|
|
|
|
|
C$
|
1,000,000
|
|
|
C$
|
1,000,000
|
|
|
C$
|
1,206,732
|
|
Base Salary Earned
|
|
|
190,384
|
|
|
C$
|
500,000
|
|
|
C$
|
500,000
|
|
|
C$
|
603,366
|
|
Short-Term Incentive Paid
|
|
|
590,520
|
(7)
|
|
C$
|
0
|
(3)
|
|
C$
|
500,000
|
|
|
C$
|
351,460
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Cash Received
|
|
|
780,904
|
|
|
C$
|
500,000
|
|
|
C$
|
1,000,000
|
|
|
C$
|
954,826
|
|
% Difference in Total Cash Target versus
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Cash Received
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(50
|
)%
|
|
|
0
|
%
|
|
|
(21
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-Term Incentive Compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following provides a historical look at the long-term
incentives granted to Mr. Neveu compared to the
actual payments received, and where applicable, the
estimated unpaid balance (or gain in the case of
Options). We also show a comparison against our TSR performance
for the relevant periods spanning each grant.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred
|
|
|
Retention Units and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signing
|
|
|
Performance-
|
|
|
RSUs, PSUs and
|
|
|
RSUs, PSUs and
|
|
|
|
Bonus Units
|
|
|
Based Cash
|
|
|
Options
|
|
|
Options
|
|
|
LTIP Vehicles Granted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LTIP Grant Value
|
|
C$
|
4,000,076
|
|
|
C$
|
4,800,000
|
(4)
|
|
C$
|
1,309,018
|
|
|
C$
|
1,918,156
|
|
Paid in 2008
|
|
C$
|
1,425,811
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Paid in 2009
|
|
C$
|
423,672
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Paid in 2010
|
|
C$
|
454,841
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C$
|
189,479
|
|
|
|
|
|
Paid in 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
C$
|
680,779
|
|
|
C$
|
243,965
|
|
|
C$
|
160,570
|
|
Estimated Unpaid Balance /Gain
|
|
|
|
(5)
|
|
|
|
(5)
|
|
C$
|
1,572,143
|
(6)
|
|
C$
|
1,262,056
|
(6)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Paid plus Unpaid
|
|
C$
|
2,304,324
|
|
|
C$
|
680,779
|
|
|
C$
|
2,005,587
|
|
|
C$
|
1,422,626
|
|
% Difference in LTIP Grant Value versus
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Paid plus Unpaid
|
|
|
(42
|
)%
|
|
|
(86
|
)%
|
|
|
+53
|
%
|
|
|
(26
|
)%
|
Comparison Against Precisions Total Shareholder Return
(TSR)(8)
|
Measurement Period for Grant
|
|
|
Sep 1, 2007 to
Aug 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
Jan 1, 2008 to
Dec 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
May 6, 2009 to
Dec 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
Jan 1, 2010 to
Dec 31, 2010
|
|
Precision TSR
|
|
|
(62
|
)%
|
|
|
(30
|
)%
|
|
|
+47
|
%
|
|
|
+25
|
%
|
Notes:
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Mr. Neveu was appointed Chief Executive Officer effective
August 14, 2007. Mr. Neveu was provided with an
unconditional bonus of U.S.$600,000 (converted to C$590,520) for
2007 and Deferred Signing Bonus Units which were intended to
compensate Mr. Neveu for deferred stock awards he
relinquished with his former employer. Details of the
compensation received by Mr. Neveu in 2007 are provided on
the following pages. |
|
(2) |
|
Mr. Neveus STIP target is 100% of base salary earned
during the calendar year. |
42
|
|
|
(3) |
|
Mr. Neveu declined to accept his earned 2008 annual
incentive awards in light of the significant decline in
Precisions share price and the need to conserve cash to
repay debt. |
|
(4) |
|
The amount shown represents the grant date fair value of the
Retention Award plus the Performance Award granted under the
2008 Legacy LTIP. |
|
(5) |
|
All payments have been made under the 2007 and 2008 grants. |
|
(6) |
|
These are the value of remaining RSUs, PSUs (assuming 1 times
performance multiplier) and
in-the-money
value of Options calculated using the December 31, 2010
closing price of C$9.60. These are a
point-in-time
estimation and can vary significantly depending on the movement
of our share price. |
|
(7) |
|
Mr. Neveus employment agreement provided for an
unconditional 2007 bonus payment of U.S.$600,000 upon approval
of the 2007 audited financial statements of Precision. The
amount shown was paid in Canadian dollars using the U.S. dollar
exchange rate in effect at the payment date. |
|
(8) |
|
Total Shareholder Return of shares traded on the Toronto Stock
Exchange. |
Share
Ownership
The following table shows Mr. Neveus actual ownership
of Precision shares and outstanding share-based awards as at
December 31, 2010. The estimated values were calculated
based on C$9.60, the closing price of Precision shares on the
TSX on December 31, 2010.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# Shares/
|
|
|
Estimated
|
|
|
|
Named Executive Officer
|
|
Units
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
Notes
|
|
Actual Share Ownership
|
|
|
193,156
|
|
|
|
1,854,298
|
|
|
Meets share ownership requirement.(1)
|
Outstanding Share-based Awards
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restricted Share Units
|
|
|
57,602
|
|
|
|
552,979
|
|
|
|
Performance Share Units
|
|
|
150,500
|
|
|
|
1,444,800
|
|
|
Assuming 1 times performance multiplier.
|
Options
|
|
|
381,600
|
|
|
|
836,420
|
|
|
In-the-money value.
|
Deferred Share Units (2008 Legacy LTIP)
|
|
|
69,577
|
|
|
|
667,939
|
|
|
These were paid out on March 8, 2011.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Outstanding Share-based Awards
|
|
|
659,279
|
|
|
|
3,502,138
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
852,435
|
|
|
|
5,356,436
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note:
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Mr. Neveu is expected to own Precision shares with a value
equal to at least three times his annual base salary. We only
consider actual Precision shares held and therefore do not
include RSUs, PSUs, DSUs or Options. We use the higher of the
actual purchase cost, or the current market value of Precision
shares to determine the executives ownership position. |
2007
Compensation
Mr. Neveu was appointed CEO on August 14, 2007 with a
base salary of C$500,000 and a STIP target of 100%. He was also
provided with a one-time housing and relocation allowance of
C$700,133, an unconditional cash bonus of U.S.$600,000 and
178,336 Deferred Signing Bonus Units valued at C$4,000,076,
which was intended to compensate for deferred stock awards he
relinquished with his former employer.
If Mr. Neveu resigns or retires before August 2012 he will
be required to repay approximately C$119,000 of the housing
allowance he received in 2007.
2008
Compensation
Mr. Neveus base salary remained at C$500,000. In
light of the significant decline in the price of Precision
shares and the need to conserve cash to repay debt,
Mr. Neveu declined to accept his earned 2008 APIP and PSP
awards (legacy plans) totaling approximately C$571,000.
43
Mr. Neveu received a Legacy LTIP grant with a target amount
of C$4,800,000 which cliff vests after three years. This grant
had two components: a unit-based Retention Award valued at
$1,200,000 and a cash-based Performance Award with a target of
C$3,600,000. As Precision did not meet the threshold
performance, we did not pay the Performance Award and only the
Retention Award was paid on March 8, 2011.
2009
Compensation
Mr. Neveus base salary remained at C$500,000, as he
requested to waive his salary review due to adverse business
conditions.
At the end of 2009 the Compensation Committee evaluated
Mr. Neveus performance and determined that he had
achieved exceptional performance against his 2009 objectives.
Based on this evaluation, the Compensation Committee set his
individual component at 50% of his STIP target. In addition, the
Compensation Committee recognized that under
Mr. Neveus leadership, we were able to substantially
reduce our long-term debt and significantly lower interest
expense in the face of very challenging conditions in the equity
and debt capital markets. He implemented several internal
measures to reduce expenses and increase cash to further reduce
debt, which included disposal of non-productive assets, freezing
salaries, reducing personnel, consolidating facilities and
curtailing capital expenditures. The Compensation Committee also
took into consideration a number of achievements, including the
successful integration of Grey Wolf and market penetration with
customers in key North American shale drilling markets. Based on
the overall assessment of Mr. Neveus performance in
2009, the Compensation Committee recommended, and the Board
approved, a 2009 STIP award of C$335,000 plus an additional
discretionary amount of C$165,000 resulting in a total 2009 STIP
award of C$500,000, being 100% of his annual base salary.
Mr. Neveu was awarded 74,600 RSUs, 74,600 PSUs and 164,600
Options with a total grant value of C$1,309,018, or 262% of his
2009 base salary.
Approximately 78% of Mr. Neveus total direct
compensation, at target, for 2009 was considered at-risk.
2010
Compensation
The Compensation Committee, with the assistance of Mercer,
reviewed the 2010 compensation for the CEO. Since the scope and
size of our operations were larger than those of the Canadian
comparator group and because of the significant expansion of our
United States operations following the acquisition of Grey Wolf,
the Compensation Committee determined that it was appropriate to
place greater weight on the U.S. comparator group in
determining compensation for the CEO.
After consideration of Mercers analysis,
Mr. Neveus demonstrated performance and our pay
philosophy of targeting base salaries at or slightly below
median, the Compensation Committee recommended and the Board
approved an increase of 25% to bring Mr. Neveus base
salary to C$625,000 effective March 1, 2010. His base
salary remained below the 25th percentile of our
U.S. comparators.
At the end of 2010, the Compensation Committee evaluated
Mr. Neveus performance and determined that overall he
had demonstrated exceptional performance and leadership in 2010,
delivering financial and operating results that were better than
anticipated at the beginning of the year and seizing market
opportunities that further strengthen the vision to be
recognized as the High Performance, High Value provider
of services for global energy exploration and development. Based
on this evaluation, the Compensation Committee recommended an
individual component award of C$188,552, or 1.25 times his
individual target. Based on achievements against the STIP
metrics, the corporate component payout for Mr. Neveu would
have been C$470,625. Due to our STIP bonus pool cap, this amount
was reduced to C$162,908. Consequently, the Board approved a
STIP award to Mr. Neveu of C$351,460.
Mr. Neveu was awarded 49,100 RSUs, 75,900 PSUs and 217,000
Options with a total grant value of C$1,918,156, or 307% of his
2010 base salary. This positions Mr. Neveus total
direct compensation for 2010 at slightly above the
25th percentile of the U.S. comparators as identified
in Mercers study.
Approximately 80% of Mr. Neveus total direct
compensation, at target, for 2010 was considered at-risk.
44
Relative to the U.S. comparators, Mr. Neveus
2010 base salary and total cash compensation was below the
25th percentile and his total direct compensation was
slightly above the 25th percentile.
2011
Compensation
Effective March 1, 2011, Mr. Neveus base salary
was increased to C$637,500, an increase of 2% consistent with
the other NEOs, with his STIP at target remaining at 100% of
base salary. He was also awarded 90,300 PSUs and 197,500 Options
having a grant value of C$1,885,020 or 296% of his 2011 base
salary. Accordingly, approximately 80% of Mr. Neveus
total direct compensation for 2011 is considered at-risk.
Relative to the U.S. comparators, Mr. Neveus
2011 base salary and total cash compensation is slightly above
the 25th percentile and his total direct compensation is
slightly below the median.
Perquisites
The CEO is provided with a company vehicle, including operating
costs, membership to a business club for business purposes,
membership in a comprehensive executive medical program, and
income tax preparation services. The CEO does not have any
company paid memberships with golf or health clubs. Any
perquisites that are deemed to be taxable to the CEO by local
tax authorities are not grossed up.
Employment
Agreements
Employment agreements provide for benefits in the event of
termination for any reason, other than for cause, including
constructive dismissal. The terms of the agreements are based on
competitive practices and are designed to enable us to attract
and retain executive talent. The agreements protect shareholder
interests through non-solicitation and confidentiality
provisions. The agreements outline the terms and conditions
applicable in the event of an NEOs separation from us due
to resignation, retirement, death, disability, termination with
and without cause, and upon the occurrence of constructive
dismissal.
The agreements for all NEOs have an indefinite term. Upon
termination, participation in and entitlements under the STIP
and LTIP will be governed by the terms and conditions of such
plans, as applicable. The amounts otherwise payable are not
increased as a result of a change of control. In addition, a
change of control in itself does not trigger any payments or
immediate vesting under our long-term incentive plans (commonly
referred to as the double trigger). Upon resignation
or retirement, the NEO would receive no further payments of base
salary, STIP or LTIP.
The Neveu agreement provides, in the event of termination
without cause including constructive dismissal, for a lump sum
payment equal to twenty-four months of the base salary as at the
termination date, plus an amount equal to two times the STIP
target. If Mr. Neveu resigns, retires or is terminated for
cause before August 14, 2012, he would be required to repay
a pro-rated portion of the one-time housing and relocation
allowance equal to the amount calculated by multiplying six
thousand two hundred and seventy dollars and thirty-eight cents
(C$6,270.38) by the number of calendar months between the
termination date and August 14, 2012.
In 2011, the Compensation Committee reviewed and amended the
NEOs employment agreements, other than the CEOs, to
clarify the terms and consequences of constructive dismissal.
The prior agreements could have resulted in unintended
consequences in the event of constructive dismissal not in
conjunction with a change of control, as the provision could
have been at odds with common law. The agreements were amended
only to avoid such an unintended consequence, should it arise.
The McNally, Stahl, Strong and Ruhr agreements provide, in the
event of termination without cause, for a lump sum payment equal
to eighteen months of the base salary as at the termination
date, plus an amount equal to one and one-half times the STIP
target.
The McNally agreement requires Mr. McNally to be based in
our Calgary, Alberta office for the first 24 months which
may be extended up to an additional 36 months, after which
he will be repatriated to the United States in the same role to
be based in our Houston, Texas office. During his term in
Calgary, Mr. McNally will be provided with a C$15,000
annual family travel allowance and a C$4,000 monthly
housing allowance (both grossed up for taxes),
45
which will be discontinued if he purchases a home in Calgary.
The agreement provided for a one-time C$150,000 signing bonus
and a one-time sign-on grant of 200,000 RSUs, 115,000 PSUs and
160,000 Options which were intended to compensate
Mr. McNally for deferred compensation he relinquished with
his former employer. In the event of involuntary termination
without cause or a voluntary termination that constitutes a
constructive dismissal then any unvested portion of this grant
will become vested effective as of the termination date.
Termination
and Change of Control Benefits
The following table summarizes the estimated incremental
termination benefits for each of the NEOs under each termination
scenario as at December 31, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Type of Triggering
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Event
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination
|
|
|
Constructive
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Without
|
|
|
Dismissal
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cause/
|
|
|
following a
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Constructive
|
|
|
Change of
|
|
|
Change of
|
|
Named Executive Officer
|
|
Resignation
|
|
|
Retirement
|
|
|
Dismissal
|
|
|
Control
|
|
|
Control
|
|
|
|
(C$)
|
|
|
(C$)
|
|
|
(C$)
|
|
|
(C$)
|
|
|
(C$)
|
|
|
Kevin A. Neveu President and CEO
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Severance Payment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2 times base salary
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
1,250,000
|
|
|
|
1,250,000
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
2 times STIP Target
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
1,250,000
|
|
|
|
1,250,000
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Restricted Share Units(3)
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
290,090
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Performance Share Units(3)
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
720,320
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Options(2)
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
630,673
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Repayment of Relocation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance(4)
|
|
|
(119,137
|
)
|
|
|
(119,137
|
)
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Total Payment
|
|
|
(119,137
|
)
|
|
|
(119,137
|
)
|
|
|
2,500,000
|
|
|
|
4,141,082
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Robert J. McNally Executive Vice
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
President and Chief Financial Officer(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Severance Payment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.5 times base salary
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
522,165
|
|
|
|
522,165
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
1.5 times STIP Target
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
391,624
|
|
|
|
391,624
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Restricted Share Units(3)(5)
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
1,927,535
|
|
|
|
1,927,535
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Performance Share Units(3)(5)
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
1,108,333
|
|
|
|
1,108,333
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Options(2)(5)
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
408,980
|
|
|
|
408,980
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Total Payment
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
4,358,637
|
|
|
|
4,358,637
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Douglas J. Strong President, Completion and
Production Services
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Severance Payment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.5 times base salary
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
487,500
|
|
|
|
487,500
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
1.5 times STIP Target
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
365,625
|
|
|
|
365,625
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Restricted Share Units(3)
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
118,400
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Performance Share Units(3)
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
300,800
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Options(2)
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
233,203
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Total Payment
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
853,125
|
|
|
|
1,505,528
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Gene C. Stahl President, Drilling
Operations(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Severance Payment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.5 times base salary
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
522,165
|
|
|
|
522,165
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
1.5 times STIP Target
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
391,624
|
|
|
|
391,624
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Restricted Share Units(3)
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
118,588
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Performance Share Units(3)
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
301,152
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Options(2)
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
275,986
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Total Payment
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
913,789
|
|
|
|
1,609,515
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Darren J. Ruhr Vice President, Corporate
Services
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Severance Payment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.5 times base salary
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
382,500
|
|
|
|
382,500
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
1.5 times STIP Target
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
286,875
|
|
|
|
286,875
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Restricted Share Units(3)
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
73,605
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Performance Share Units(3)
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
190,400
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Options(2)
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
175,503
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Total Payment
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
669,375
|
|
|
|
1,108,882
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
46
Notes:
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The amounts for Messrs. McNally and Stahl were converted to
Canadian dollars using the December 31, 2010 exchange rate
of 0.9946. |
|
(2) |
|
The value of Options was calculated based on the difference
between the exercise prices and the December 31, 2010
closing prices of C$9.60 for Canadian Options and C$9.69 for
U.S. Options, multiplied by the number of vested Options. |
|
(3) |
|
The value of Restricted Share Units and Performance Share Units
was calculated based on the December 31, 2010 closing
prices of C$9.60 for Canadian units and U.S.$9.69 for U.S.
units, multiplied by the number of vested units. We have assumed
a performance multiplier of one times for Performance Share
Units. |
|
(4) |
|
If Mr. Neveu resigns, retires or is terminated for cause
before August 14, 2012, he would be required to repay a
pro-rated portion of the one-time housing and relocation
allowance provided to him at his time of hire. |
|
(5) |
|
Mr. McNallys employment agreement provided for a
one-time sign-on grant of 200,000 RSUs, 115,000 PSUs and 160,000
Options which were intended to compensate Mr. McNally for
deferred compensation he relinquished with his former employer.
In the event of involuntary termination without cause or a
voluntary termination that constitutes a constructive dismissal
then any unvested portion of this grant will become vested
effective as of the termination date. |
47
Performance
Graph
The following graphs compare the yearly percentage change in the
cumulative total shareholder return over the last five years
assuming a C$100 investment was made December 31, 2005,
with the cumulative total return of the S&P/TSX Composite
Index (S&P/TSX), the S&P/NYSE Composite
Index (S&P 500), and the Philadelphia Stock
Exchange Oil Service Sector Index (OSX). The graph
assumes the reinvestment of the 2006, 2007, 2008 and 2009
distributions respectively, per trust unit, as well as the
reinvestment in trust units of the distribution of cash of
C$6.83 per Precision share and 0.2089 per Precision share
representing the value of the pro-rated distribution of shares
of Weatherford International Ltd. which were distributed on
November 7, 2005 at a value of C$16.24 per share.
Our return declined significantly following the Canadian federal
governments decision on October 31, 2006 to tax
income trusts, and in the second half of 2007, consistent with
the decline of the broader markets. Drilling activity gained
significant momentum mid-way through 2008 spurred by high oil
and natural gas prices that peaked then retreated sharply as the
global banking crisis shocked many economies worldwide
triggering lower demand expectations for energy services. In
2009, we, and the oilfield services sector generally,
experienced one of the sharpest downturns and lowest activity
levels for oilfield services in recent history. The downturn in
the land drilling market bottomed during the middle half of the
year and began showing signs of improvement towards the end of
the year. In addition, the acquisition of Grey Wolf, which was
agreed prior to the global banking crisis and completed near the
end of 2008, substantially increased our long-term debt and the
interest rate on that debt, adversely impacting investor
perception of the value of Precision shares. Our strong
performance in 2010 exceeded most of the financial and
operational targets set at the beginning of the year,
demonstrating an exceptional recovery from the severe global
economic down turn and financial challenges of 2009.
Among the five NEOs for 2010, only Messrs. Strong, Stahl
and Ruhr have been employees of Precision throughout the entire
five-year period. Mr. Neveu was appointed our CEO in August
2007 and has thus been an NEO of Precision for less than four
years. Mr. McNally was appointed our CFO in July 2010. Over
this five-year period, the trend in our NEO compensation, when
adjusted for the fact that the Retention Awards included as
total compensation in 2009 and 2010 were actually granted during
2006 and 2007, has generally been similar to the trend in our
TSR performance. While base salaries have increased to reflect
the growing responsibilities for the NEOs and to align with our
compensation philosophy, short-term incentives have declined
since 2008, reflecting the downturn in the oilfield services
sector. In regards to long-term incentives, we have set
aggressive thresholds and targets for the 2006, 2007 and 2008
Performance Awards which represented 75% of the grant value
under the Legacy LTIP. As
48
our performance did not meet the threshold criteria over each
plan years three-year performance period, none of our NEOs
received any value from these Performance Awards. In addition,
the 2008 Retention Awards which represented 25% of the grant
value were granted in DSUs and were paid out at C$9.7845 in
early 2011, a 48% reduction from the grant value, corresponding
with the decline in our share price over the performance period.
As a result, the payouts our NEOs received under the Legacy LTIP
were at 25% of the target value for the 2006 and 2007 plan years
and 14% of the target grant value for the 2008 plan year.
Since 2009, our LTIP plans are entirely share-based and the
level of payouts from grants made under these plans is expected
to be directly aligned with our TSR performance. This is
consistent with Precisions
pay-for-performance
philosophy.
Cost of
Management Ratio
The following table provides information on the total
compensation cost for our NEOs for the last three year periods
compared to the growth in our market capitalization:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
3 Year Total
|
|
Total Cost (in C$millions)
|
|
|
7.4
|
|
|
|
11.7
|
|
|
|
10.1
|
|
|
|
29.2
|
|
Market Capitalization Growth (in C$millions)
|
|
|
(287.9
|
)
|
|
|
500.5
|
|
|
|
538.8
|
|
|
|
751.4
|
|
As a % of Market Capitalization Growth
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.3
|
%
|
|
|
1.9
|
%
|
|
|
3.9
|
%
|
Summary
Compensation Table
The following table sets forth all compensation paid, payable,
awarded, granted, given or otherwise provided, directly or
indirectly, by us, or our subsidiaries, in Canadian dollars, to
the NEOs. The total compensation reported for 2010 and 2009
includes payments of the Retention Awards granted to
Messrs. Strong, Stahl and Ruhr in 2007 and 2006 under the
Legacy LTIP.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-equity Incentive Plan Compensation ($)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Share-Based
|
|
Option-Based
|
|
Annual
|
|
Long-term
|
|
Pension
|
|
Compensation
|
|
Total
|
Name and Principal
|
|
|
|
Salary
|
|
Awards((1)
|
|
Awards((2)
|
|
Incentive
|
|
Incentive
|
|
Value((5)
|
|
((6)(7)
|
|
Compensation
|
Position
|
|
Year
|
|
(C$)
|
|
(C$)
|
|
(C$)
|
|
Plans(3)
|
|
Plans(4)
|
|
(C$)
|
|
(C$)
|
|
(C$)
|
|
Kevin A. Neveu(8)
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
603,366
|
|
|
|
1,073,750
|
|
|
|
844,406
|
|
|
|
351,460
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,225
|
|
|
|
6,600
|
|
|
|
2,890,807
|
|
President and CEO
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
500,000
|
|
|
|
872,820
|
|
|
|
436,198
|
|
|
|
500,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,000
|
|
|
|
6,488
|
|
|
|
2,326,506
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
500,000
|
|
|
|
1,200,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,500
|
|
|
|
6,488
|
|
|
|
1,716,988
|
|
Robert J. McNally(9)
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
157,774
|
|
|
|
2,368,173
|
|
|
|
544,905
|
|
|
|
222,828
|
(10)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
73,258
|
|
|
|
3,366,938
|
|
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Douglas J. Strong
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
303,904
|
|
|
|
395,140
|
|
|
|
272,389
|
|
|
|
210,286
|
|
|
|
200,000
|
|
|
|
11,225
|
|
|
|
5,341
|
|
|
|
1,398,285
|
|
President, Completion and
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
252,000
|
|
|
|
386,100
|
|
|
|
172,253
|
|
|
|
252,000
|
|
|
|
600,000
|
|
|
|
11,000
|
|
|
|
5,524
|
|
|
|
1,678,877
|
|
Production Services
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
231,911
|
|
|
|
200,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
291,400
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,500
|
|
|
|
5,291
|
|
|
|
739,102
|
|
Gene C. Stahl(11)
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
362,776
|
|
|
|
390,151
|
|
|
|
268,950
|
|
|
|
158,487
|
|
|
|
250,000
|
|
|
|
2,480
|
|
|
|
27,497
|
|
|
|
1,460,341
|
|
President, Drilling
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
282,335
|
|
|
|
386,100
|
|
|
|
172,253
|
|
|
|
194,140
|
|
|
|
750,000
|
|
|
|
11,000
|
|
|
|
5,876
|
|
|
|
1,801,704
|
|
Operations
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
257,675
|
|
|
|
250,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
351,014
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,500
|
|
|
|
5,596
|
|
|
|
874,785
|
|
Darren J. Ruhr
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
246,346
|
|
|
|
219,045
|
|
|
|
194,564
|
|
|
|
119,170
|
|
|
|
166,750
|
|
|
|
11,225
|
|
|
|
4,847
|
|
|
|
961,947
|
|
Vice President, Corporate
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
205,000
|
|
|
|
257,400
|
|
|
|
132,503
|
|
|
|
135,000
|
|
|
|
352,500
|
|
|
|
10,250
|
|
|
|
4,874
|
|
|
|
1,097,527
|
|
Services
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
201,635
|
|
|
|
200,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
274,675
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,082
|
|
|
|
4,762
|
|
|
|
691,154
|
|
Notes:
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The amounts for 2010 and 2009 represent the grant date fair
value of 2010 and 2009 RSU and PSU awards. U.S. dollar amounts
were converted to Canadian dollars using the February 11,
2010 exchange rate of 1.0523 for 2010 awards and May 6,
2009 exchange rate of 1.1731 for 2009 awards for all NEOs with
the exception of Mr. McNally. Mr. McNallys 2010
award was converted to Canadian dollars using the July 19,
2010 exchange rate of 1.0559. The amounts for 2008 represent the
grant date fair value of the 2008 Retention Awards under the
Legacy LTIP for Messrs. Neveu, Strong, Stahl and Ruhr. |
|
(2) |
|
The amounts for 2010 and 2009 represent the grant date fair
value of 2010 and 2009 Option awards. U.S. dollar amounts were
converted to Canadian dollars using the February 11, 2010
exchange rate of 1.0523 for 2010 awards and May 6, 2009
exchange rate of 1.1731 for 2009 awards for all NEOs with the
exception of Mr. McNally. Mr. McNallys 2010
award was converted to Canadian dollars using the July 19,
2010 exchange |
49
|
|
|
|
|
rate of 1.0559. The following table provides information on the
valuation of the Options, as calculated by Mercer, granted in
2010 and 2009: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010 Options
|
|
2010 Options
|
|
2009 Options
|
|
2009 Options
|
|
|
Canadian Options
|
|
United States Options
|
|
Canadian Options
|
|
United States Options
|
Assumptions
|
|
Grant Date Fair Value
|
|
Grant Date Fair Value
|
|
Grant Date Fair Value
|
|
Grant Date Fair Value
|
|
Share Price
|
|
C$
|
8.59
|
|
|
U.S.$
|
8.06 /U.S.$7.12
|
|
|
C $
|
5.85
|
|
|
U.S.$
|
4.95
|
|
Exercise Price
|
|
C$
|
8.59
|
|
|
U.S.$
|
8.06 /U.S.$7.12
|
|
|
C $
|
5.85
|
|
|
U.S.$
|
4.95
|
|
Expected Life
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
5 /5
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
Risk Free Rate of Return
|
|
|
2.0
|
%
|
|
|
2.0% /2.0
|
%
|
|
|
2.0
|
%
|
|
|
2.0
|
%
|
Volatility (Capped at 50%)
|
|
|
50.0
|
%
|
|
|
50.0% /50.0
|
%
|
|
|
50.0
|
%
|
|
|
50.0
|
%
|
Black-Scholes Multiple
|
|
|
45.3
|
%
|
|
|
45.3% /45.3
|
%
|
|
|
45.3
|
%
|
|
|
45.3
|
%
|
Black-Scholes Value
|
|
C$
|
3.89
|
|
|
U.S.$
|
3.65 /U.S.$3.23
|
|
|
C $
|
2.65
|
|
|
U.S.$
|
2.24
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The per option weighted average accounting fair value of all
options granted disclosed in our financial statements is C$3.78
estimated on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option
pricing model with the following assumptions: average risk-free
interest rate of 2%, average expected life of four years,
expected forfeiture rate of 5% and expected volatility of 59%. |
|
(3) |
|
The amounts represent the bonus amounts earned during the year
indicated and relate to performance criteria which were met for
that year, but the cash amounts, as applicable, are paid during
the subsequent year and include amounts related to the STIP for
2010 and 2009, and both the APIP and PSP for years prior to 2009. |
|
(4) |
|
The amounts for 2010 and 2009 represent the payments received
under the Legacy LTIP Retention Awards granted in 2007 and 2006,
respectively, for Messrs. Strong, Stahl and Ruhr. |
|
(5) |
|
The amounts represent the employer matching contributions under
the DCPP. |
|
(6) |
|
The amounts include employer contributions provided under the
401(k) plan and the employer portion of benefits premiums for
Messrs. McNally and Stahl. |
|
(7) |
|
The value of perquisites and other personal benefits received by
each NEO did not exceed the lesser of C$50,000 or 10% of the
annual base salary of the NEO. |
|
(8) |
|
Mr. Neveu was appointed Chief Executive Officer effective
August 14, 2007 and a Director effective August 9,
2007. |
|
(9) |
|
Mr. McNally was appointed Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer effective July 19, 2010. His base
salary and all other compensation amounts reflect the length of
time of his employment with us and were converted to Canadian
dollars using the July 19, 2010 to December 31, 2010
average exchange rate of 0.9767, unless otherwise noted. |
|
(10) |
|
Mr. McNally joined us on July 19, 2010 and was
provided with a one-time signing bonus of U.S.$150,000 which was
paid in addition to, and concurrently with, his 2010 STIP award
of U.S.$78,144. The total amount of U.S.$228,144 was converted
to Canadian dollars using the July 19, 2010 to
December 31, 2010 average exchange rate of 0.9767. |
|
(11) |
|
Mr. Stahls base salary earned for 2010 was
U.S.$352,244 and STIP award for 2010 was U.S.$153,886. These
amounts were converted to Canadian dollars using the 2010
average exchange rate of 1.0299. |
50
Incentive
Plan Awards
Outstanding
Share-Based Awards and Option-Based Awards
The following table sets forth for each NEO all option-based and
share-based awards outstanding at December 31, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Share-Based Awards(1)
|
|
|
|
|
Option-Based Awards(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Market or
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
|
|
|
Value of
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
Payout
|
|
|
|
|
Securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unexercised
|
|
|
|
Shares or
|
|
Value of Share-
|
|
|
|
|
Underlying
|
|
Option
|
|
|
|
in-the-
|
|
|
|
Units that
|
|
Based Awards
|
|
|
|
|
Unexercised
|
|
Exercise
|
|
Option
|
|
Money
|
|
|
|
Have Not
|
|
that have not
|
|
|
|
|
Options
|
|
Price
|
|
Expiration
|
|
Options
|
|
|
|
Vested
|
|
Vested
|
Named Executive Officer
|
|
Year
|
|
(#)
|
|
(C$)
|
|
Date
|
|
(C$)
|
|
Plan
|
|
(#)
|
|
(C$)
|
|
Kevin A. Neveu
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
217,000
|
|
|
|
8.59
|
|
|
|
Feb 11, 2017
|
|
|
|
219,170
|
|
|
|
RSU
|
|
|
|
32,734
|
|
|
|
314,246
|
|
President and Chief
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PSU(3
|
)
|
|
|
75,900
|
|
|
|
728,640
|
|
Executive Officer
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
164,600
|
|
|
|
5.85
|
|
|
|
May 6, 2016
|
|
|
|
617,250
|
|
|
|
RSU
|
|
|
|
24,868
|
|
|
|
238,733
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PSU(3
|
)
|
|
|
74,600
|
|
|
|
716,160
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DSU(2
|
)
|
|
|
69,577
|
|
|
|
667,939
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
381,600
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
836,420
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
277,679
|
|
|
|
2,665,718
|
|
Robert J. McNally
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Executive Vice President and
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
160,000
|
|
|
U.S.$
|
7.12
|
|
|
|
July 19, 2017
|
|
|
|
408,980
|
|
|
|
RSU
|
|
|
|
200,000
|
|
|
|
1,927,535
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PSU(3
|
)
|
|
|
115,000
|
|
|
|
1,108,333
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
160,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
408,980
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
315,000
|
|
|
|
3,035,867
|
|
Douglas J. Strong
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
70,000
|
|
|
|
8.59
|
|
|
|
Feb 11, 2017
|
|
|
|
70,700
|
|
|
|
RSU
|
|
|
|
12,000
|
|
|
|
115,200
|
|
President, Completion and
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PSU(3
|
)
|
|
|
28,000
|
|
|
|
268,800
|
|
Production Services
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
65,000
|
|
|
|
5.85
|
|
|
|
May 6, 2016
|
|
|
|
243,750
|
|
|
|
RSU
|
|
|
|
11,000
|
|
|
|
105,600
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PSU(3
|
)
|
|
|
33,000
|
|
|
|
316,800
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DSU(2
|
)
|
|
|
11,596
|
|
|
|
111,322
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
135,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
314,450
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
95,596
|
|
|
|
917,722
|
|
Gene C. Stahl
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
70,000
|
|
|
U.S.$
|
8.06
|
|
|
|
Feb 11, 2017
|
|
|
|
113,484
|
|
|
|
RSU
|
|
|
|
12,000
|
|
|
|
115,652
|
|
President, Drilling
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PSU(3
|
)
|
|
|
28,000
|
|
|
|
269,855
|
|
Operations
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
65,000
|
|
|
|
5.85
|
|
|
|
May 6, 2016
|
|
|
|
243,750
|
|
|
|
RSU
|
|
|
|
11,000
|
|
|
|
105,600
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PSU(3
|
)
|
|
|
33,000
|
|
|
|
316,800
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DSU(2
|
)
|
|
|
14,495
|
|
|
|
139,152
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
135,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
357,234
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
98,495
|
|
|
|
947,059
|
|
Darren J. Ruhr
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
50,000
|
|
|
|
8.59
|
|
|
|
Feb 11, 2017
|
|
|
|
50,500
|
|
|
|
RSU
|
|
|
|
6,667
|
|
|
|
64,003
|
|
Vice President,
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PSU(3
|
)
|
|
|
15,500
|
|
|
|
148,800
|
|
Corporate Services
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
50,000
|
|
|
|
5.85
|
|
|
|
May 6, 2016
|
|
|
|
187,500
|
|
|
|
RSU
|
|
|
|
7,334
|
|
|
|
70,406
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PSU(3
|
)
|
|
|
22,000
|
|
|
|
211,200
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DSU(2
|
)
|
|
|
11,596
|
|
|
|
111,322
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
238,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
63,097
|
|
|
|
605,731
|
|
Notes:
|
|
|
(1) |
|
For awards granted to Messrs. Neveu, Strong, Ruhr, and
Stahl (2008 and 2009 grants only), the values are based on the
December 31, 2010 TSX closing price of C$9.60. For awards
granted to Messrs. McNally and Stahl (2010 grant only), the
values are based on the December 31, 2010 NYSE closing
price of U.S.$9.69 and have been converted to Canadian dollars
using the December 31, 2010 exchange rate of 0.9946. |
|
(2) |
|
These amounts represent the number of 2008 Retention Awards
currently outstanding from the Legacy LTIP, and have been
increased to reflect the notional distribution reinvestments
since the date of grant. |
|
(3) |
|
We have assumed a payout multiplier of 1 times for all PSUs. |
51
Value
Vested or Earned During the Year
The following table sets forth for each NEO the value vested or
earned on all option-based awards, share-based awards, and
non-equity incentive plan compensation during the financial year
ending December 31, 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Incentive Plan
|
|
|
|
|
Share-Based Awards -
|
|
Compensation -
|
|
|
Option-Based Awards -
|
|
Value Vested During
|
|
Value
|
|
|
Value Vested During the
|
|
the
|
|
Earned During the
|
|
|
Year
|
|
Year
|
|
Year(3)
|
Named Executive Officer
|
|
(C$)
|
|
(C$)
|
|
(C$)
|
|
Kevin A. Neveu
|
|
|
69,131
|
|
|
|
404,535
|
(1)
|
|
|
351,460
|
|
President and Chief Executive Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
454,841
|
(2)
|
|
|
|
|
Robert J. McNally
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
222,828
|
(4)
|
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Douglas J. Strong
|
|
|
54,601
|
|
|
|
166,790
|
(1)
|
|
|
410,286
|
|
President, Completion and Production Services
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gene C. Stahl
|
|
|
54,601
|
|
|
|
165,952
|
(1)
|
|
|
408,487
|
|
President, Drilling Operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Darren J. Ruhr
|
|
|
42,001
|
|
|
|
104,646
|
(1)
|
|
|
285,920
|
|
Vice President, Corporate Services
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes:
|
|
|
(1) |
|
These amounts represent the payment of RSUs that vested on
December 31, 2010. U.S. dollar amounts have been converted
to Canadian dollars using the December 31, 2010 exchange
rate of 0.9946. |
|
(2) |
|
This amount represents the payment of the Deferred Signing Bonus
Units on September 1, 2010 for Mr. Neveu. |
|
(3) |
|
These amounts include the 2010 STIP for all NEOs. For
Messrs. Strong, Stahl and Ruhr, the amounts include the
Legacy LTIP granted in 2007 that were paid in 2010. |
|
(4) |
|
Mr. McNally joined Precision on July 19, 2010 and was
provided with a one-time signing bonus of U.S.$150,000 which was
paid in addition to, and concurrently with, his 2010 STIP award
of U.S.$78,144. The total amount of U.S.$228,144 was converted
to Canadian dollars using the July 19, 2010 to
December 31, 2010 average exchange rate of 0.9767. |
Employee
Stock Option Plan Administration Details
In 2009, Precision Drilling Trust adopted the Stock Option Plan
that was approved by the unitholders on May 6, 2009. The
Stock Option Plan was amended pursuant to its terms effective
June 1, 2010, to reflect the conversion of Precision
Drilling Trust from an income fund structure to a corporate
structure.
The following is a summary of the principal terms of the Stock
Option Plan which is provided pursuant to the requirements of
Section 613 of the TSX Company Manual.
Eligibility
All of our officers and key employees are eligible to
participate in the Stock Option Plan. Our Directors are not
eligible to participate in the Stock Option Plan.
Purpose
The Stock Option Plan was designed to advance the interests of
Precision by encouraging our officers and key employees to
acquire Precision shares and thereby increase their proprietary
interests in us, to align their interests with those of our
shareholders, to encourage them to remain associated with us and
furnish them with an additional incentive in their efforts on
our behalf.
52
Stock
Options
Each stock option provides the holder with an option to purchase
Precision shares at a price not less than the Fair Market
Value of the Precision shares on the date of the grant.
The Stock Option Plan defines Fair Market Value as
the weighted average trading price of a Precision share on the
TSX, for Canadian stock options, or the NYSE, for
U.S. stock options, during the previous five trading days.
Stock options have realizable value only if the price of
Precision shares increases after the stock options are granted.
In the event of a change of control pursuant to which the
Precision shares are converted into or exchanged for securities
of another entity, the stock options outstanding under the Stock
Option Plan shall be substituted or replaced for stock options
in the continuing entity on substantially the same terms and
conditions.
Administration
Unless otherwise determined by the Board, the Stock Option Plan
is administered by the Compensation Committee. The Compensation
Committee shall effect the grant of stock options under the
Stock Option Plan, in accordance with determinations made by the
Board pursuant to the provisions of the Stock Option Plan.
Number
of Shares of Precision Issued and Issuable
As of December 31, 2010, the aggregate number of Precision
shares reserved for issuance under the Stock Option Plan was
10,303,253, representing 3.7% of the issued and outstanding
Precision shares. The maximum number of Precision shares
reserved for issuance that can be issued in any one fiscal year
may not exceed 1% of the issued and outstanding Precision shares.
Stock options that were previously granted to employees are not
taken into consideration when new grants are determined.
Maximum
Issuable to One Person and Insiders
The aggregate number of Precision shares reserved for issuance
under the Stock Option Plan and all of our other security-based
compensation arrangements that may be issued to any one
individual shall not exceed 2% of the issued and outstanding
Precision shares. The aggregate number of Precision shares
reserved for issuance under the Stock Option Plan and all of our
other security-based compensation arrangements that may be
issued to our insiders shall not exceed 10% of the issued and
outstanding Precision shares and the aggregate number of
Precision shares issued to our insiders, within any one year
period, under the Stock Option Plan and all of our other
security-based compensation arrangements shall not exceed 10% of
the issued and outstanding Precision shares.
Vesting
and Term
Unless otherwise provided at the time of grant, each stock
option granted under the Stock Option Plan will have a seven
year term from their original grant date and vest
1/3
on the first anniversary of the date of the grant,
1/3
on the second anniversary of the date of the grant and
1/3
on the third anniversary of the date of the grant. A stock
option must be exercised or surrendered within seven years from
the date of the grant (or such shorter period of time as the
Board may determine and specify in connection with the grant of
the stock option), or the stock option will expire immediately
after the applicable period.
Subject to the rules of the TSX or NYSE, if a stock option may
not be exercised due to the holder of such stock option being
prohibited from trading in securities of Precision by a
corporate policy of Precision at any time within the three
business day period prior to the normal expiry date of such
stock option, the expiry date of such stock option shall be
extended for a period of seven business days following the end
of such prohibition (or such longer period as permitted by the
TSX or NYSE and approved by the Board).
Termination
With or Without Cause
Subject to the terms of any particular stock option, all rights
of the holder to purchase Precision shares pursuant to a stock
option or to surrender such stock option shall expire and
terminate immediately upon the holder of such stock option being
terminated for cause.
53
If, before the expiry of a stock option, the holder shall cease
to be an officer or employee of us for termination without
cause, such stock option shall continue to vest in accordance
with its terms and may be exercised (if fully vested) or
surrendered at any time within 90 days of the date such
officer or employee was terminated.
Assignability
The assignment or transfer of the stock option or any other
benefits under the Stock Option Plan is not permitted other than
by operation of law.
Other
Causes of Cessation of Employment
If, before the expiry of a stock option, the holder shall cease
to be an officer or employee of us for voluntary resignation,
the unvested part of such stock option shall be cancelled and
the vested part of such stock option may be exercised or
surrendered at any time within 30 days of the date of the
voluntary resignation of such employee or officer.
Should the holder cease to be an officer or employee of us for
disability or leave of absence before the expiry of a stock
option, then such stock option shall continue to vest in
accordance with its terms and may be exercised or surrendered
until the normal expiry of such stock option in accordance with
its terms.
Should the holder cease to be an officer or employee of us for
reason of retirement before the expiry of a stock option, then
such stock option shall continue to vest in accordance with its
terms and may be exercised or surrendered at any time within
24 months of the date of the retirement of such employee or
officer.
If, before the expiry of a stock option, the holder shall cease
to be an officer or employee of us for the unfortunate reason of
death, the unexercised part of such stock option shall become
fully vested and may be exercised or surrendered at any time
within 12 months of the date of the death of such employee
or officer.
Amendment
The Stock Option Plan may be amended or terminated at any time
by the Board, except as to rights already accrued by the
officers and employees, without approval of the shareholders,
but subject to any required regulatory approval. Approval of the
shareholders will be required to (i) increase the number of
Precision shares authorized for issuance under the Stock Option
Plan, (ii) reduce the option price in respect of any stock
option, and (iii) extend the period of time during which a
stock option must be exercised or surrendered.
Original
Deferred Share Unit Plan Administration Details
In 2007, Precision Drilling Trust adopted the original deferred
trust unit plan (the Original DSU Plan) for
non-management Directors that was approved by unitholders on
May 9, 2007. The Original DSU Plan was amended pursuant to
its terms effective June 1, 2010, to reflect the conversion
of Precision Drilling Trust from an income fund structure to a
corporate structure.
The following is a summary of the principal terms of the
Original DSU Plan which is provided pursuant to the requirements
of Section 613 of the TSX Company Manual.
Eligibility
All Directors who are not employees of Precision are eligible to
participate in the Original DSU Plan.
Purpose
The Original DSU Plan was designed to provide a form of
Directors compensation that aligns the interests of our
non-management Directors with shareholders and to allow us to
continue to attract qualified Directors. All Directors who are
not employees of Precision are entitled to participate in the
Original DSU Plan. Directors are entitled to elect to receive
the annual retainer fee for Directors, the annual retainer fee
for Committee membership, and Board and Committee meeting fees
in the form of DSUs.
54
Deferred
Share Units (DSUs)
Each DSU is a bookkeeping entry in an account (the DSU
Account) and is equal to the value of one Precision share
for each DSU at the time of grant. The DSU Account is adjusted
for any cash distribution to shareholders by the amount of such
distribution by issuing additional DSUs equal to the value of
the distribution based on the closing market price of Precision
shares on the TSX on the immediately prior trading day. In
certain events, including a split or consolidation of Precision
shares and a reorganization, proportionate adjustments will be
made to the number of DSUs outstanding under the Original DSU
Plan to reflect such changes, as determined by the Board in its
sole discretion.
Administration
Unless otherwise determined by the Board, the Original DSU Plan
is administered by the Compensation Committee.
Number
of Shares of Precision Issued and Issuable
There is currently a maximum of 800,000 Precision shares which
may be issued pursuant to the Original DSU Plan, representing
0.3% of the issued and outstanding Precision shares. If the
resolution to adopt the New DSU Plan is approved, it is our
intention that the Original DSU Plan will remain in place but no
further deferred share units will be granted under its terms
after January 1, 2012, when the New DSU Plan becomes
effective. Once the New DSU Plan is effective on January 1,
2012, all future grants will be made under the New DSU Plan. The
Original DSU Plan will remain in effect until such time as all
DSUs granted under the Original DSU Plan have been redeemed.
Non-Management
Director Participation
The number of Precision shares issuable to non-Management
Directors, at any time, under all of our security based
compensation arrangements, including the Original DSU Plan,
cannot exceed 10% of the issued and outstanding Precision
shares. The number of Precision shares issued to non-Management
Directors, within any one year period, under all of our security
based compensation arrangements, including the Original DSU
Plan, cannot exceed 10% of the issued and outstanding Precision
shares.
Grants
of DSUs
As at December 31, 2010, a total of 393,721 Precision
shares were issuable upon the exercise of DSUs credited to the
respective DSU Accounts of non-management Directors.
Maximum
Issuable to One Person
The Original DSU Plan does not provide for a maximum number of
Precision shares which may be issued to an individual pursuant
to the Original DSU Plan and any other equity compensation
arrangement (expressed as a percentage or otherwise).
Vesting
Unless otherwise provided at the time of grant, each DSU will be
fully vested upon being credited to a Directors DSU
Account. Each Director is entitled to payment of such DSUs on
ceasing to be a Director of us or an affiliate, and such
entitlement shall not be subject to satisfaction of any
requirements as to any minimum period of membership on the Board
or other conditions.
Ceasing
to be a Director
If a Director shall cease to be a director of us for any reason,
including retirement or death, the value of the DSUs credited to
such Directors DSU Account, shall be redeemable by such
Director (or in the case of death, by their legal
representative) at their option if such Director files a written
notice with our Corporate Secretary specifying the redemption
date. The redemption date specified must be after the date the
notice is delivered but before December 15 of the first calendar
year commencing after the date the Director ceased to be a
director. The value of the DSUs redeemed will be equal to the
market value on the redemption date and shall be paid to the
Director in the form of Precision shares issued from treasury.
55
Assignability
The assignment or transfer of the DSUs, or any other benefits
under the Original DSU Plan, shall not be permitted other than
by operation of law.
Amendment
The Original DSU Plan may be amended or terminated at any time
by the Board, except as to rights already accrued by the
Directors, without approval of the shareholders, but subject to
any required regulatory approval. Approval of the shareholders
will be required to (i) increase the number of Precision
shares authorized for issuance under the Original DSU Plan, or
(ii) amend the method of calculating the number of DSUs to
be credited to a Directors DSU Account in a manner that
would result in a greater number being credited to such account
than is currently provided for under the Original DSU Plan.
Securities
Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation
Plans
The following table provides information on the compensation
plans in which equity securities of Precision are authorized for
issuance as at December 31, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Securities
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
|
|
|
Remaining
|
|
|
|
Securities to be
|
|
|
|
|
|
Available for
|
|
|
|
Issued Upon
|
|
|
Weighted-Average
|
|
|
Future Issuance
|
|
|
|
Exercise of
|
|
|
Exercise Price of
|
|
|
Under Equity
|
|
|
|
Outstanding
|
|
|
Outstanding
|
|
|
Compensation
|
|
Plan Category
|
|
Options
|
|
|
Options
|
|
|
Plans
|
|
|
Equity compensation plans approved by shareholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employee Stock Option Plan
|
|
|
3,723,123
|
|
|
C$
|
7.07
|
|
|
|
6,556,798
|
|
Director Deferred Share Unit Plan
|
|
|
393,721
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
378,647
|
|
Equity compensation plans not approved by shareholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
4,116,844
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,935,445
|
|
Defined
Contribution Pension Plan Table
The following table sets forth for Messrs. Neveu, Strong,
Stahl and Ruhr the information related to the DCPP:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Value at Start of
|
|
|
|
Non-
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
Year
|
|
Compensatory
|
|
Compensatory
|
|
Value at Year End
|
Named Executive Officer
|
|
(C$)
|
|
(C$)
|
|
(C$)
|
|
(C$)
|
|
Kevin A. Neveu
|
|
C $
|
60,946
|
|
|
C $
|
11,225
|
|
|
C $
|
20,869
|
|
|
C $
|
93,040
|
|
President and Chief Executive Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Douglas J. Strong
|
|
C $
|
247,272
|
|
|
C $
|
11,225
|
|
|
C $
|
37,513
|
|
|
C $
|
296,009
|
|
President, Completion and Production Services
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gene C. Stahl
|
|
C $
|
184,394
|
|
|
C $
|
2,480
|
|
|
C $
|
21,538
|
|
|
C $
|
208,412
|
|
President, Drilling Operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Darren J. Ruhr
|
|
C $
|
117,787
|
|
|
C $
|
11,225
|
|
|
C $
|
18,498
|
|
|
C $
|
147,509
|
|
Vice President, Corporate Services
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The NEOs participate in the same voluntary Defined Contribution
Pension Plan provided to our other employees. Each NEO is
responsible for directing the investment of contributions among
the segregated fund options available under the plan. The
investment gains and losses incurred by each NEO are strictly
based on the returns achieved by the fund option(s) chosen. All
fees in respect of the administration and management of the
funds are reflected in the value of each NEOs account
balance.
Mr. McNally is a United States employee, and therefore,
does not participate in the DCPP. Mr. Stahl participated in
the DCPP during the first two months of 2010 during his
transition to the United States from Canada.
56
BENEFICIAL
OWNERSHIP OF PRECISION DRILLING CORPORATION SECURITIES
Management
The following table sets forth certain information regarding the
beneficial ownership of our common shares by (i) all of our
directors (ii) the chief executive officer and each of our
other named executive officers and (iii) all directors and
named executive officers as a group.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Shares Beneficially
|
|
|
|
Owned at March 31, 2011
|
|
|
|
Number(1)
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
William T. Donovan
|
|
|
141,572
|
(2)
|
|
|
*
|
|
W.C. (Mickey) Dunn
|
|
|
42,230
|
(3)
|
|
|
*
|
|
Robert J.S. Gibson
|
|
|
172,421
|
(4)
|
|
|
*
|
|
Allen R. Hagerman
|
|
|
59,655
|
(5)
|
|
|
*
|
|
Stephen J.J. Letwin
|
|
|
85,899
|
(6)
|
|
|
*
|
|
Patrick M. Murray
|
|
|
96,367
|
(7)
|
|
|
*
|
|
Kevin A. Neveu
|
|
|
193,156
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Frederick W. Pheasey
|
|
|
120,561
|
(8)
|
|
|
*
|
|
Robert L. Phillips
|
|
|
58,908
|
(9)
|
|
|
*
|
|
Trevor M. Turbidy
|
|
|
56,957
|
(10)
|
|
|
*
|
|
Gene C. Stahl
|
|
|
53,729
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Robert McNally
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
Douglas Strong
|
|
|
35,729
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Darren J. Ruhr
|
|
|
11,525
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Kenneth J. Haddad
|
|
|
9,142
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Joanne L. Alexander
|
|
|
14,356
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Directors and Executive Officers as a group (16 persons
named above)
|
|
|
1,138,598
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Indicates less than one percent. |
|
(1) |
|
Each person has sole voting and investment power with respect to
the Precision shares listed, except as otherwise specified. |
|
(2) |
|
Includes 20,065 shares of fully vested deferred share units
(DSUs) as to which Mr. Donovan has no voting
and no dispositive power. |
|
(3) |
|
Includes 25,830 shares of fully vested DSUs as to which
Mr. Dunn has no voting power and no dispositive power. |
|
(4) |
|
Includes 43,051 shares of fully vested DSUs as to which
Mr. Gibson has no voting power and no dispositive power. |
|
(5) |
|
Includes 50,378 shares of fully vested DSUs as to which
Mr. Hagerman has no voting power and no dispositive power. |
|
(6) |
|
Includes 52,533 shares of fully vested DSUs as to which
Mr. Letwin has no voting power and no dispositive power. |
|
(7) |
|
Includes 29,739 shares of fully vested DSUs as to which
Mr. Murray has no voting power and no dispositive power. |
57
|
|
|
(8) |
|
Includes 60,561 shares of fully vested DSUs as to which
Mr. Pheasey has no voting power and no dispositive power. |
|
(9) |
|
Includes 27,891 shares of fully vested DSUs as to which
Mr. Phillips has no voting power and no dispositive power. |
|
(10) |
|
Includes 45,025 shares of fully vested DSUs as to which
Mr. Turbidy has no voting power and no dispositive power. |
Certain
Shareholders of Precision
As of April 1, 2011, AIMCo beneficially owned approximately
15% of our outstanding common shares.
58
RELATED
PARTY TRANSACTIONS
On February 23, 2011, Precision repaid, in full, the
10% senior unsecured note issued to Her Majesty the Queen
in the Right of the Province of Alberta, represented by AIMCo.
The aggregate repayment of approximately C$204 million
included the C$175 million in principal, accrued interest
and a make-whole amount payable to AIMCo under the
terms of the note. The note was originally issued in a private
placement completed on April 22, 2009 and the proceeds of
the note offering were used to reduce Precisions
outstanding debt obligations at that time. Mr. Brian J.
Gibson, an executive officer of AIMCo, is a nominee Director.
AIMCo currently holds 41,464,289 Precision shares (approximately
15% of the outstanding Precision shares).
59
THE
EXCHANGE OFFER
Purpose
and Effect of the Exchange Offer
We and the guarantors have entered into a registration rights
agreement with the initial purchasers of the outstanding notes
in which we and the guarantors agreed, under some circumstances,
to file a registration statement relating to an offer to
exchange the outstanding notes for exchange notes within
270 days after the issue date of the outstanding notes. We
also agreed to use our commercially reasonable efforts to
consummate the exchange offer within 365 days after the
issue date of the outstanding notes and to keep the exchange
offer open for at least 20 business days (or longer, if required
by the federal securities laws). The exchange notes will have
terms substantially identical to the outstanding notes, except
that the exchange notes will not contain terms with respect to
transfer restrictions in the United States, registration rights
and additional interest for failure to observe certain
obligations in the registration rights agreement. The
outstanding notes were issued on November 17, 2010.
Under the circumstances set below, we will use our commercially
reasonable efforts to cause the SEC to declare effective a shelf
registration statement with respect to the resale of the
outstanding notes within the time periods specified in the
registration rights agreement and to keep such shelf
registration statement continuously effective until the earlier
of (A) two years from the issue date of the original notes
or (B) the date on which all notes registered thereunder
are disposed of in accordance therewith. These circumstances
include:
(1) applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC do
not permit us to effect this exchange offer; or
(2) for any other reason we do not consummate the exchange
offer within 365 days of the issue date of the outstanding
notes; or
(3) any initial purchaser of the outstanding notes shall
notify us following consummation of the exchange offer that
notes held by it are not eligible to be exchanged for exchange
notes in the exchange offer; or
(4) certain holders are not eligible to participate in the
exchange offer.
Under the registration rights agreement, in the event that
(i) we and the guarantors have not filed the exchange offer
registration statement or shelf registration statement on or
before the date on which such registration statement is required
to be filed as described above, or (ii) such exchange offer
registration has not been consummated or, if required in lieu
thereof, such shelf registration statement has not become
effective or been declared effective by the SEC within the time
periods described above, or (iii) if any exchange offer
registration statement or shelf registration statement is filed
and declared effective but shall thereafter cease to be
effective or usable (except as specifically permitted in the
registration rights agreement) (each such event referred to in
clauses (i) through (iii), a Registration
Default and each period during which Registration Default
has occurred and is continuing, a Registration Default
Period), then, additional interest shall accrue in a rate
equal to 0.25% per annum for the first 90 days of the
Registration Default Period, and such rate will increase by an
additional 0.25% per annum with respect to each subsequent
90-day
period until all Registration Defaults have been cured, up to a
maximum additional interest rate of 1.00% per annum. A copy of
the registration rights agreement has been filed as an exhibit
to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.
If we fail to comply with certain obligations under the
registration rights agreement, we will be required to pay
additional interest to holders of the outstanding notes.
If you wish to exchange your outstanding notes for exchange
notes in the exchange offer, you will be required to make the
following written representations:
|
|
|
|
|
you are not our affiliate or an affiliate of any guarantor
within the meaning of Rule 405 of the Securities Act;
|
|
|
|
you have no arrangement or understanding with any person to
participate in a distribution (within the meaning of the
Securities Act) of the exchange notes in violation of the
provisions of the Securities Act;
|
|
|
|
you are not engaged in, and do not intend to engage in, a
distribution of the exchange notes; and
|
|
|
|
you are acquiring the exchange notes in the ordinary course of
your business.
|
60
Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own
account in exchange for outstanding notes, where the
broker-dealer acquired the outstanding notes as a result of
market-making activities or other trading activities, must
acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with
any resale of such exchange notes in the United States. See
Plan of Distribution.
Resale of
Exchange Notes
Based on interpretations by the SEC set forth in no-action
letters issued to third parties, we believe that you may resell
or otherwise transfer exchange notes issued in the exchange
offer in the United States without complying with the
registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the
Securities Act if:
|
|
|
|
|
you are not our affiliate or an affiliate of any guarantor
within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act;
|
|
|
|
you do not have an arrangement or understanding with any person
to participate in a distribution of the exchange notes;
|
|
|
|
you are not engaged in, and do not intend to engage in, a
distribution of the exchange notes; and
|
|
|
|
you are acquiring the exchange notes in the ordinary course of
your business.
|
If you are our affiliate or an affiliate of any guarantor, or
are engaging in, or intend to engage in, or have any arrangement
or understanding with any person to participate in, a
distribution of the exchange notes, or are not acquiring the
exchange notes in the ordinary course of your business:
|
|
|
|
|
you cannot rely on the position of the SEC set forth in
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated (available
June 5, 1991) and Exxon Capital Holdings
Corporation (available May 13, 1988), as interpreted in
the SECs letter to Shearman & Sterling,
dated July 2, 1993, or similar no-action letters; and
|
|
|
|
in the absence of an exception from the position stated
immediately above, you must comply with the registration and
prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in
connection with any resale of the exchange notes in the United
States.
|
This prospectus may be used for an offer to resell, resale or
other transfer of exchange notes only as specifically set forth
in this prospectus. With regard to broker-dealers, only
broker-dealers that acquired the outstanding notes as a result
of market-making activities or other trading activities may
participate in the exchange offer. Each broker-dealer that
receives exchange notes for its own account in exchange for
outstanding notes, where such outstanding notes were acquired by
such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or
other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver
a prospectus in connection with any resale of the exchange notes
in the United States. Please read Plan of
Distribution for more details regarding the transfer of
exchange notes.
Terms of
the Exchange Offer
On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this
prospectus and in the letter of transmittal, we will accept for
exchange in the exchange offer any outstanding notes that are
properly tendered and not withdrawn prior to the expiration
date. Outstanding notes may only be tendered in minimum
denominations of US$2,000 and integral multiples of US$1,000 in
excess of US$2,000. We will issue exchange notes in principal
amount identical to outstanding notes surrendered in the
exchange offer.
The form and terms of the exchange notes will be substantially
identical to the form and terms of the outstanding notes except
the exchange notes will be registered under the Securities Act,
will not bear legends restricting their transfer in the United
States and will not provide for any additional interest upon our
failure to fulfill our obligations under the registration rights
agreement to complete the exchange offer, or file, and cause to
be effective, a registration statement, if required thereby,
within the specified time periods described above. The exchange
notes will evidence the same debt as the outstanding notes. The
exchange notes will be issued under and entitled to the benefits
of the same indenture that authorized the issuance of the
outstanding notes. Consequently, the outstanding notes and the
exchange notes will be treated as a single class of debt
securities under the indenture. For a description of the
indenture, see Description of the Exchange Notes.
61
The exchange offer is not conditioned upon any minimum aggregate
principal amount of outstanding notes being tendered for
exchange.
As of the date of this prospectus, US$650 million aggregate
principal amount of the 6.625% Senior Notes due 2020 are
outstanding. This prospectus and a letter of transmittal are
being sent to all registered holders of outstanding notes. There
will be no fixed record date for determining registered holders
of outstanding notes entitled to participate in the exchange
offer. We intend to conduct the exchange offer in accordance
with the provisions of the registration rights agreement, the
applicable requirements of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act
and other applicable securities laws, and the rules and
regulations of the SEC. Outstanding notes that are not tendered
for exchange in the exchange offer will remain outstanding and
continue to accrue interest and will be entitled to the rights
and benefits the holders have under the indenture relating to
the outstanding notes and the registration rights agreement,
except for any rights under the registration rights agreement
that by their terms terminate upon the consummation of the
exchange offer.
We will be deemed to have accepted for exchange properly
tendered outstanding notes when we have given written notice of
the acceptance to the exchange agent. The exchange agent will
act as agent for the tendering holders for the purposes of
receiving the exchange notes from us and delivering exchange
notes to holders. Subject to the terms of the registration
rights agreement, we expressly reserve the right to amend or
terminate the exchange offer and to refuse to accept for
exchange any outstanding notes not previously accepted for
exchange, upon the occurrence of any of the conditions specified
below under Conditions to the Exchange
Offer.
If you tender your outstanding notes in the exchange offer, you
will not be required to pay brokerage commissions or fees or,
subject to the instructions in the letter of transmittal,
transfer taxes with respect to the exchange of outstanding
notes. We will pay all charges and expenses, other than certain
applicable taxes described below in connection with the exchange
offer. It is important that you read Fees and
Expenses below for more details regarding fees and
expenses incurred in the exchange offer.
Expiration
Date, Extensions and Amendments
As used in this prospectus, the term expiration date
means 11:59 p.m., New York City time, on, June 14,
2011. However, if we, in our sole discretion, extend the period
of time for which the exchange offer is open, the
term expiration date will mean the latest time
and date to which we shall have extended the expiration of the
exchange offer.
To extend the period of time during which the exchange offer is
open, we will notify the exchange agent of any extension by
written notice, followed by notification by press release or
other public announcement to the registered holders of the
outstanding notes no later than 9:00 a.m., New York City
time, on the next business day after the previously scheduled
expiration date.
We reserve the right, in our sole discretion:
|
|
|
|
|
to delay accepting for exchange any outstanding notes (only in
the case that we amend or extend the exchange offer);
|
|
|
|
to extend the exchange offer or to terminate the exchange offer
and refuse to accept outstanding notes not previously accepted
if any of the conditions set forth below under
Conditions to the Exchange Offer have
not been satisfied, by giving written notice of such delay,
extension or termination to the exchange agent; and
|
|
|
|
subject to the terms of the registration rights agreement, to
amend the terms of the exchange offer in any manner. In the
event of a material change in the exchange offer, including the
waiver of a material condition, we will extend the offer period,
if necessary, so that at least five business days remain in such
offer period following notice of the material change.
|
Any delay in acceptance, extension, termination or amendment
will be followed as promptly as practicable by written notice to
the registered holders of the outstanding notes. If we amend the
exchange offer in a manner that we determine to constitute a
material change, we will promptly disclose the amendment in a
manner reasonably calculated to inform the holders of the
outstanding notes of that amendment.
62
Without limiting the manner in which we may choose to make
public announcements of any delay in acceptance, extension,
termination or amendment of the exchange offer, we will have no
obligation to publish, advertise, or otherwise communicate any
public announcement, other than by making a timely release to a
financial news service.
Conditions
to the Exchange Offer
Despite any other term of the exchange offer, we will not be
required to accept for exchange, or to issue exchange notes in
exchange for, any outstanding notes and we may terminate or
amend the exchange offer as provided in this prospectus prior to
the expiration date if in our reasonable judgment:
|
|
|
|
|
the exchange offer or the making of any exchange by a holder
violates any applicable law or interpretation of the SEC; or
|
|
|
|
any action or proceeding has been instituted or threatened in
writing in any court or by or before any governmental agency
with respect to the exchange offer that, in our judgment, would
reasonably be expected to impair our ability to proceed with the
exchange offer.
|
In addition, we will not be obligated to accept for exchange the
outstanding notes of any holder that has not made to us:
|
|
|
|
|
the representations described under Purpose
and Effect of the Exchange Offer,
Procedures for Tendering Outstanding
Notes and Plan of Distribution; or
|
|
|
|
any other representations as may be reasonably necessary under
applicable SEC rules, regulations or interpretations to make
available to us an appropriate form for registration of the
exchange notes under the Securities Act.
|
We expressly reserve the right at any time or at various times
to extend the period of time during which the exchange offer is
open. Consequently, we may delay acceptance of any outstanding
notes by giving written notice of such extension to their
holders. We will return any outstanding notes that we do not
accept for exchange for any reason without expense to their
tendering holder promptly after the expiration or termination of
the exchange offer.
We expressly reserve the right to amend or terminate the
exchange offer and to reject for exchange any outstanding notes
not previously accepted for exchange, upon the occurrence of any
of the conditions of the exchange offer specified above. We will
give written notice of any extension, amendment, non-acceptance
or termination to the exchange agent and holders of the
outstanding notes as promptly as practicable. In the case of any
extension, such notice will be issued no later than
9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the next business day
after the previously scheduled expiration date.
These conditions are for our sole benefit, and we may assert
them regardless of the circumstances that may give rise to them
or waive them in whole or in part at any or at various times
prior to the expiration date in our sole discretion. If we fail
at any time to exercise any of the foregoing rights, this
failure will not constitute a waiver of such rights. Each such
right will be deemed an ongoing right that we may assert at any
time or at various times prior to the expiration date.
In addition, we will not accept for exchange any outstanding
notes tendered, and will not issue exchange notes in exchange
for any such outstanding notes, if at such time any stop order
is threatened or in effect with respect to the registration
statement of which this prospectus constitutes a part or the
qualification of the indenture under the Trust Indenture
Act of 1939, as amended (the TIA).
Procedures
for Tendering Outstanding Notes
To tender your outstanding notes in the exchange offer, you must
comply with either of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
complete, sign and date the letter of transmittal and have the
signature(s) on the letter of transmittal guaranteed if required
by the letter of transmittal and mail or deliver such letter of
transmittal or, if the letter of transmittal does not require a
signature guarantee, mail or deliver such letter of transmittal
or facsimile
|
63
|
|
|
|
|
thereof, to the exchange agent at the address set forth below
under Exchange Agent prior to the
expiration date; or
|
|
|
|
|
|
comply with DTCs Automated Tender Offer Program procedures
described below.
|
In addition, either:
|
|
|
|
|
the exchange agent must receive certificates for the outstanding
notes along with the letter of transmittal prior to the
expiration date;
|
|
|
|
the exchange agent must receive a timely confirmation of
book-entry transfer of the outstanding notes into the exchange
agents account at DTC according to the procedures for
book-entry transfer described below and a properly transmitted
agents message prior to the expiration date; or
|
|
|
|
you must comply with the guaranteed delivery procedures
described below.
|
Your tender, if not withdrawn prior to the expiration date,
constitutes an agreement between us and you upon the terms and
subject to the conditions described in this prospectus and in
the letter of transmittal.
The method of delivery of outstanding notes, letter of
transmittal and all other required documents to the exchange
agent is at your election and risk. We recommend that instead of
delivery by mail, you use an overnight or hand delivery service,
properly insured. In all cases, you should allow sufficient time
to assure timely delivery to the exchange agent before the
expiration date. You should not send letters of transmittal or
certificates representing outstanding notes to us. You may
request that your broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company
or nominee effect the above transactions for you.
If you are a beneficial owner whose outstanding notes are
registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank,
trust company or other nominee and you wish to tender your
outstanding notes, you should promptly contact the registered
holder and instruct the registered holder to tender on your
behalf. If you wish to tender the outstanding notes yourself,
you must, prior to completing and executing the letter of
transmittal and delivering your outstanding notes, either:
|
|
|
|
|
make appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the
outstanding notes in your name; or
|
|
|
|
obtain a properly completed bond power from the registered
holder of outstanding notes.
|
The transfer of registered ownership may take considerable time
and may not be able to be completed prior to the expiration
date. Signatures on the letter of transmittal or a notice of
withdrawal, as the case may be, must be guaranteed by a member
firm of a registered national securities exchange or of the
Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., a commercial bank
or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United
States or another eligible guarantor institution
within the meaning of
Rule 17A(d)-15
under the Exchange Act unless the outstanding notes surrendered
for exchange are tendered:
|
|
|
|
|
by a registered holder of the outstanding notes who has not
completed the box entitled Special Registration
Instructions or Special Delivery Instructions
on the letter of transmittal; or
|
|
|
|
for the account of an eligible guarantor institution.
|
If the letter of transmittal is signed by a person other than
the registered holder of any outstanding notes listed on the
outstanding notes, such outstanding notes must be endorsed or
accompanied by a properly completed bond power. The bond power
must be signed by the registered holder as the registered
holders name appears on the outstanding notes, and an
eligible guarantor institution must guarantee the signature on
the bond power.
If the letter of transmittal, any certificates representing
outstanding notes or bond powers are signed by trustees,
executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact,
officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or
representative capacity, those persons should also indicate when
signing and, unless waived by us, they should also submit
evidence satisfactory to us of their authority to so act.
The exchange agent and DTC have confirmed that any financial
institution that is a participant in DTCs system may use
DTCs Automated Tender Offer Program to tender outstanding
notes. Participants in the program may, instead of physically
completing and signing the letter of transmittal and delivering
it to the exchange agent,
64
electronically transmit their acceptance of the exchange by
causing DTC to transfer the outstanding notes to the exchange
agent in accordance with DTCs Automated Tender Offer
Program procedures for transfer. DTC will then send an
agents message to the exchange agent. The term
agents message means a message transmitted by
DTC, received by the exchange agent and forming part of the
book-entry confirmation, which states that:
|
|
|
|
|
DTC has received an express acknowledgment from a participant in
its Automated Tender Offer Program that is tendering outstanding
notes that are the subject of the book-entry confirmation;
|
|
|
|
the participant has received and agrees to be bound by the terms
of the letter of transmittal, or in the case of an agents
message relating to guaranteed delivery, that such participant
has received and agrees to be bound by the notice of guaranteed
delivery; and
|
|
|
|
we may enforce that agreement against such participant.
|
DTC is referred to herein as a book-entry transfer
facility.
Acceptance
of Exchange Notes
In all cases, we will promptly issue exchange notes for
outstanding notes that we have accepted for exchange under the
exchange offer only after the exchange agent timely receives:
|
|
|
|
|
outstanding notes or a timely book-entry confirmation of such
outstanding notes into the exchange agents account at the
book-entry transfer facility; and
|
|
|
|
a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal and
all other required documents or a properly transmitted
agents message.
|
By tendering outstanding notes pursuant to the exchange offer,
you will represent to us that, among other things:
|
|
|
|
|
you are not our affiliate or an affiliate of any guarantor
within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act;
|
|
|
|
you do not have an arrangement or understanding with any person
or entity to participate in a distribution of the exchange
notes; and
|
|
|
|
you are acquiring the exchange notes in the ordinary course of
your business.
|
In addition, each broker-dealer that is to receive exchange
notes for its own account in exchange for outstanding notes must
represent that such outstanding notes were acquired by that
broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other
trading activities and must acknowledge that it will deliver a
prospectus that meets the requirements of the Securities Act in
connection with any resale of the exchange notes in the United
States. The letter of transmittal states that by so
acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer
will not be deemed to admit that it is an
underwriter within the meaning of the Securities
Act. See Plan of Distribution.
We will interpret the terms and conditions of the exchange
offer, including the letter of transmittal and the instructions
to the letter of transmittal, and will resolve all questions as
to the validity, form, eligibility, including time of receipt
and acceptance of outstanding notes tendered for exchange. Our
determinations in this regard will be final and binding on all
parties. We reserve the absolute right to reject any and all
tenders of any particular outstanding notes not properly
tendered or to not accept any particular outstanding notes if
the acceptance might, in our or our counsels judgment, be
unlawful. We also reserve the absolute right to waive any
defects or irregularities as to any particular outstanding notes
prior to the expiration date.
Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in connection with
tenders of outstanding notes for exchange must be cured within
such reasonable period of time as we determine. Neither we, the
exchange agent nor any other person will be under any duty to
give notification of any defect or irregularity with respect to
any tender of outstanding notes for exchange, nor will any of
them incur any liability for any failure to give notification.
Any outstanding notes received by the exchange agent that are
not properly tendered and as to which the irregularities have
not been cured or waived will be returned by the exchange agent
to the tendering holder, unless otherwise provided in the letter
of transmittal, promptly after the expiration date.
65
Book-Entry
Delivery Procedures
Promptly after the date of this prospectus, the exchange agent
will establish an account with respect to the outstanding notes
at DTC, as the book-entry transfer facility, for purposes of the
exchange offer. Any financial institution that is a participant
in the book-entry transfer facilitys system may make
book-entry delivery of the outstanding notes by causing the
book-entry transfer facility to transfer those outstanding notes
into the exchange agents account at the facility in
accordance with the facilitys procedures for such
transfer. To be timely, book-entry delivery of outstanding notes
requires receipt of a confirmation of a book-entry transfer, a
book-entry confirmation, and an agents message
prior to the expiration date, or the guaranteed delivery
procedure described below must be complied with. Book-entry
tenders will not be deemed made until the book-entry
confirmation and agents message are received by the
exchange agent. Delivery of documents to the book-entry transfer
facility does not constitute delivery to the exchange agent.
Holders of outstanding notes who are unable to deliver
confirmation of the book-entry tender of their outstanding notes
into the exchange agents account at the book-entry
transfer facility or all other documents required by the letter
of transmittal to the exchange agent on or prior to the
expiration date may tender their outstanding notes according to
the guaranteed delivery procedures described below.
Guaranteed
Delivery Procedures
If you wish to tender your outstanding notes but your
outstanding notes are not immediately available or you cannot
deliver your outstanding notes, the letter of transmittal or any
other required documents to the exchange agent or comply with
the procedures under DTCs Automatic Tender Offer Program
in the case of outstanding notes, prior to the expiration date,
you may still tender if:
|
|
|
|
|
the tender is made through an eligible guarantor institution;
|
|
|
|
prior to the expiration date, the exchange agent receives from
such eligible guarantor institution either a properly completed
and duly executed notice of guaranteed delivery, by facsimile
transmission (if the notice of guaranteed delivery does not
require a signature guarantee), mail, or hand delivery or a
properly transmitted agents message, that (1) sets
forth your name and address, the certificate number(s) of such
outstanding notes and the principal amount of outstanding notes
tendered; (2) states that the tender is being made thereby;
and (3) guarantees that, within three New York Stock
Exchange trading days after the expiration date, the letter of
transmittal, or copy thereof, together with the outstanding
notes, and any other documents required by the letter of
transmittal, or a book-entry confirmation and an agents
message will be deposited by the eligible guarantor institution
with the exchange agent; and
|
|
|
|
the exchange agent receives the properly completed and executed
letter of transmittal or copy (if the letter of transmittal does
not require a signature guarantee) thereof and all other
documents required by the letter of transmittal, as well as
certificate(s) representing all tendered outstanding notes in
proper form for transfer or a book-entry confirmation of
transfer of the outstanding notes into the exchange agents
account at DTC and agents message within three New York
Stock Exchange trading days after the expiration date.
|
Upon request, the exchange agent will send to you a notice of
guaranteed delivery if you wish to tender your outstanding notes
according to the guaranteed delivery procedures.
Withdrawal
Rights
Except as otherwise provided in this prospectus, you may
withdraw your tender of outstanding notes at any time prior to
11:59 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date.
For a withdrawal to be effective:
|
|
|
|
|
the exchange agent must receive a written notice of withdrawal
at its address set forth below under Exchange
agent, such notice of withdrawal may be delivered by
telegram, telex or facsimile (if no medallion guarantee of
signatures is required); or
|
|
|
|
you must comply with the appropriate procedures of DTCs
Automated Tender Offer Program system.
|
66
Any notice of withdrawal must:
|
|
|
|
|
specify the name of the person who tendered the outstanding
notes to be withdrawn;
|
|
|
|
identify the outstanding notes to be withdrawn, including the
certificate numbers and principal amount of the outstanding
notes; and
|
|
|
|
where certificates for outstanding notes have been transmitted,
specify the name in which such outstanding notes were
registered, if different from that of the withdrawing holder.
|
If certificates for outstanding notes have been delivered or
otherwise identified to the exchange agent, then, prior to the
release of such certificates, you must also submit the serial
numbers of the particular certificates to be withdrawn and the
signatures in the notice of withdrawal must be guaranteed by an
eligible institution unless you are an eligible guarantor
institution.
If outstanding notes have been tendered pursuant to the
procedures for book-entry transfer described above, any notice
of withdrawal must specify the name and number of the account at
the book-entry transfer facility to be credited with the
withdrawn outstanding notes and otherwise comply with the
procedures of the facility. We will determine all questions as
to the validity, form and eligibility, including time of receipt
of notices of withdrawal, and our determination will be final
and binding on all parties. Any outstanding notes so withdrawn
will be deemed not to have been validly tendered for exchange
for purposes of the exchange offer. Any outstanding notes that
have been tendered for exchange but that are not exchanged for
any reason will be returned to their holder, without cost to the
holder, or, in the case of book-entry transfer, the outstanding
notes will be credited to an account at the book-entry transfer
facility, promptly after withdrawal, rejection of tender or
termination of the exchange offer. Properly withdrawn
outstanding notes may be retendered by following the procedures
described under Procedures for Tendering
Outstanding Notes above at any time on or prior to the
expiration date.
Exchange
Agent
The Bank of New York Mellon has been appointed as the exchange
agent for the exchange offer. You should direct all executed
letters of transmittal and any notices of guaranteed delivery
and all questions and requests for assistance, requests for
additional copies of this prospectus or of the letter of
transmittal and requests for notices of guaranteed delivery to
the exchange agent addressed as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
By Registered or Certified Mail:
The Bank of New York Mellon
Corporation
Corporate Trust -
Reorganization Unit
480 Washington Boulevard
27th Floor
Jersey City, NJ 07310
Attn: Ms. Diane Amoroso
Telephone: (212) 815-2742
|
|
By Regular Mail:
The Bank of New York Mellon
Corporation
Corporate Trust -
Reorganization Unit
480 Washington Boulevard
27th
Floor
Jersey City, NJ 07310
Attn: Ms. Diane Amoroso
Telephone: (212) 815-2742
By Facsimile Transmission
(eligible institutions only):
(212) 298-1915
Telephone Inquiries:
(212) 815-2742
|
|
By Overnight Courier or
Hand Delivery:
The Bank of New York Mellon
Corporation
Corporate Trust -
Reorganization Unit
480 Washington Boulevard
27th
Floor
Jersey City, NJ 07310
Attn: Ms. Diane Amoroso
Telephone: (212) 815-2742
|
If you deliver the letter of transmittal or the notice of
guaranteed delivery to an address other than the one set forth
above or transmit instructions via facsimile (if the letter of
transmittal or the notice of guaranteed delivery does not
require a signature guarantee) to a number other than the one
set forth above, that delivery or those instructions will not be
effective.
67
Fees and
Expenses
The registration rights agreement provides that we will bear all
expenses in connection with the performance of our obligations
relating to the registration of the exchange notes and the
conduct of the exchange offer. These expenses include
registration and filing fees, accounting and legal fees and
printing costs, among others. We will pay the exchange agent
reasonable and customary fees for its services and reasonable
out-of-pocket
expenses as well as the reasonable fees and expenses of its
counsel. We will also reimburse brokerage houses and other
custodians, nominees and fiduciaries for customary mailing and
handling expenses incurred by them in forwarding this prospectus
and related documents to their clients that are holders of
outstanding notes and for handling or tendering for such clients.
We have not retained any dealer-manager in connection with the
exchange offer and will not pay any fee or commission to any
broker, dealer, nominee or other person, other than the exchange
agent, for soliciting tenders of outstanding notes pursuant to
the exchange offer.
Accounting
Treatment
We will record the exchange notes in our accounting records at
the same carrying value as the outstanding notes, which is the
aggregate principal amount as reflected in our accounting
records on the date of exchange. Accordingly, we will not
recognize any gain or loss for accounting purposes upon the
consummation of the exchange offer. We will record the expenses
of the exchange offer as incurred.
Transfer
Taxes
We will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the
exchange of outstanding notes under the exchange offer. The
tendering holder, however, will be required to pay any transfer
taxes, whether imposed on the registered holder or any other
person, if:
|
|
|
|
|
certificates representing outstanding notes for principal
amounts not tendered or accepted for exchange are to be
delivered to, or are to be issued in the name of, any person
other than the registered holder of outstanding notes tendered;
|
|
|
|
tendered outstanding notes are registered in the name of any
person other than the person signing the letter of
transmittal; or
|
|
|
|
a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the exchange
of outstanding notes under the exchange offer.
|
If satisfactory evidence of payment of such taxes is not
submitted with the letter of transmittal, the amount of such
transfer taxes will be billed to that tendering holder.
Holders who tender their outstanding notes for exchange will not
be required to pay any transfer taxes. However, holders who
instruct us to register exchange notes in the name of, or
request that outstanding notes not tendered or not accepted in
the exchange offer be returned to, a person other than the
registered tendering holder will be required to pay any
applicable transfer tax.
Consequences
of Failure to Exchange
If you do not exchange your outstanding notes for exchange notes
under the exchange offer, your outstanding notes will remain
subject to the restrictions on transfer of such outstanding
notes:
|
|
|
|
|
as set forth in the legend printed on the outstanding notes as a
consequence of the issuance of the outstanding notes pursuant to
the exemption from, or in transactions not subject to, the
registration requirements of the Securities Act and applicable
state securities laws; and
|
|
|
|
as otherwise set forth in the offering circular distributed in
connection with the private offering of the outstanding notes.
|
68
In general, you may not offer or sell your outstanding notes in
the United States unless they are registered under the
Securities Act or if the offer or sale is exempt from
registration under the Securities Act and applicable state
securities laws. Except as required by the registration rights
agreement, we do not intend to register resales of the
outstanding notes under the Securities Act.
Other
Participating in the exchange offer is voluntary, and you should
carefully consider whether to accept. You are urged to consult
your financial and tax advisors in making your own decision on
what action to take.
We may in the future seek to acquire untendered outstanding
notes in open market or privately negotiated transactions,
through subsequent exchange offers or otherwise. We have no
present plans to acquire any outstanding notes that are not
tendered in the exchange offer or to file a registration
statement to permit resales of any untendered outstanding notes.
69
DESCRIPTION
OF THE EXCHANGE NOTES
Precision Drilling Corporation issued the outstanding notes, and
will issue the exchange notes, described in this prospectus
under an Indenture (the Indenture) among the Issuer,
the Guarantors, The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee (the
U.S. Trustee) and Valiant Trust Company,
as Canadian co-trustee (the Canadian Trustee and,
together with the U.S. Trustee, the Trustee).
The term Notes refers to the outstanding notes and
the exchange notes. Except as set forth herein, the terms of the
Notes are substantially identical and include those set forth in
the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference
to the Trust Indenture Act. You may obtain a copy of the
Indenture or the Registration Rights Agreement from the Issuer
at its address set forth elsewhere in this prospectus.
The following is a summary of the material terms and provisions
of the Notes and the Indenture. The following summary does not
purport to be a complete description of the Notes and the
Indenture, and is subject to the detailed provisions of, and
qualified in its entirety by reference to, the Notes and the
Indenture. You can find definitions of certain terms used in
this description under the heading Certain
Definitions. References to US$ are to
U.S. dollars and to C$ are to Canadian dollars.
The Notes will be denominated in U.S. dollars and all
payment on the Notes will be made in U.S. dollars.
Principal,
Maturity and Interest
The Notes will mature on November 15, 2020. The Notes bear
interest at the rate shown on the cover page of this prospectus,
payable in cash semi-annually in arrears on May 15 and November
15 of each year, commencing on May 15, 2011, to Holders of
record at the close of business on May 1 or November 1, as
the case may be (whether or not a Business Day), immediately
preceding the related interest payment date. Interest on the
Notes will accrue from and including the most recent date to
which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid,
from and including the date of issuance. Interest on the Notes
will be computed on the basis of a
360-day year
of twelve
30-day
months.
If an interest payment date falls on a day that is not a
Business Day, the interest payment to be made on such interest
payment date will be made on the next succeeding Business Day
with the same force and effect as if made on such interest
payment date, and no additional interest will accrue solely as a
result of such delayed payment. Interest on overdue principal
and interest and Additional Interest, if any, will accrue at the
applicable interest rate on the Notes.
The Issuer also will pay Additional Interest to Holders of the
Notes in the circumstances described in the Registration Rights
Agreement.
The Notes were issued in registered form, without coupons, and
in denominations of US$2,000 and integral multiples of US$1,000
in excess thereof.
An aggregate principal amount of Notes equal to
US$650.0 million was issued in a private transaction that
was not subject to the registration requirements of the
Securities Act. The Issuer may issue additional Notes having
identical terms and conditions to the Notes being issued in this
offering, except for issue date, issue price and first interest
payment date, in an unlimited aggregate principal amount (the
Additional Notes), subject to compliance with the
covenant described under Certain
Covenants Limitation on Additional
Indebtedness. Any Additional Notes will be part of the
same issue as the Notes and will be treated as one class with
the Notes, including for purposes of voting, redemptions and
offers to purchase. For purposes of this Description of
the Exchange Notes, except for the covenant described
under Certain Covenants Limitation
on Additional Indebtedness, references to the Notes
include Additional Notes, if any.
Payment
of Additional Amounts
All payments made by or on behalf of the Issuer under or with
respect to the Notes or by or on behalf of any Guarantor
pursuant to its Guarantee, will be made without withholding or
deduction for or on account of any taxes imposed or levied by or
on behalf of any Canadian taxing authority, unless required by
law or the interpretation or administration thereof. If the
Issuer or a Guarantor is obligated to withhold or deduct any
amount on account of
70
taxes imposed by any Canadian taxing authority from any payment
made with respect to the Notes, the Issuer or such Guarantor
will:
(1) make such withholding or deduction;
(2) remit the full amount deducted or withheld to the
relevant government authority in accordance with the applicable
law;
(3) subject to the limitations below, pay to each Holder,
as additional interest, such additional amounts
(Additional Amounts) as may be necessary so that the
net amount received by each Holder (including Additional
Amounts) after such withholding or deduction will not be less
than the amount such Holder would have received if such taxes
had not been withheld or deducted;
(4) furnish to the Trustee for the benefit of the Holders,
within 60 days after the date payment of any taxes is due
pursuant to applicable law, certified copies of an official
receipt of the relevant government authorities for all amounts
deducted or withheld pursuant to applicable law, or if such
receipts are not obtainable, other evidence of payment by the
Issuer or such Guarantor of those taxes; and
(5) at least 15 days prior to each date on which any
Additional Amounts are payable, deliver to the Trustee an
Officers Certificate setting forth the calculation of the
Additional Amounts to be paid and such other information as the
U.S. Trustee may request to enable the U.S. Trustee to
pay such Additional Amounts to Holders on the payment date.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, none of the Issuer or a Guarantor
will pay Additional Amounts with respect to a payment made to
any Holder or beneficial owner of a Note (an Excluded
Holder):
(1) with which the Issuer or such Guarantor does not deal
at arms length (within the meaning of the Income Tax
Act (Canada)) at the time of making such payment;
(2) which is subject to such taxes by reason of the Holder
or the beneficial owner being a resident, domicile or national
of, or engaged in business or maintaining a permanent
establishment or other physical presence in or otherwise having
some connection with, Canada or any province or territory
thereof otherwise than by the mere acquisition, holding or
disposition of the Notes or the receipt of payments thereunder;
(3) for or on account of any taxes imposed or deducted or
withheld by reason of the failure of the Holder or beneficial
owner of the Notes to complete, execute and deliver to the
Issuer or a Guarantor, as the case may be, any form or document,
to the extent applicable to such Holder or beneficial owner,
that may be required by law (including any applicable tax
treaty) or by reason of administration of such law and which is
reasonably requested in writing to be delivered to the Issuer or
such Guarantor in order to enable the Issuer or such Guarantor
to make payments on the Notes or pursuant to any Guarantee, as
the case may be, without deduction or withholding for taxes, or
with deduction or withholding of a lesser amount, which form or
document shall be delivered within 60 days of a written
request therefor by the Issuer or such Guarantor;
(4) for or on account of any estate, inheritance, gift,
sales, transfer, capital gains, excise, personal property or
similar tax, assessment or other governmental charge;
(5) for or on account of any tax, duty, assessment or other
governmental charge that is payable otherwise than by
withholding from payments under or with respect to the Notes
(other than taxes payable pursuant to Regulation 803 of the
Income Tax Act (Canada), or any similar successor
provision);
(6) where the payment could have been made without
deduction or withholding if the beneficiary of the payment had
presented the Note for payment within 30 days after the
date on which such payment or such Note became due and payable
or the date on which payment thereof is duly provided for,
whichever is later; or
(7) if the Holder is a fiduciary, partnership or person
other than the sole beneficial owner of that payment, to the
extent that such payment would be required to be included in
income under the laws of the relevant taxing jurisdiction for
tax purposes, of a beneficiary or settler with respect to the
fiduciary, a member of that partnership or a beneficial owner
who would not have been entitled to such Additional Amounts had
that beneficiary, settler, partner or beneficial owner been the
Holder thereof.
71
Any reference in the Indenture to the payment of principal,
premium, if any, interest, purchase price, redemption price or
any other amount payable under or with respect to any Note, is
deemed to include the payment of Additional Amounts to the
extent that, in such context, Additional Amounts are, were or
would be payable in respect thereof. The Issuers and the
Guarantors obligation to make payments of Additional
Amounts will survive any termination of the Indenture or the
defeasance of any rights thereunder.
The Issuer and each Guarantor, jointly and severally, will
indemnify and hold harmless each Holder (other than an Excluded
Holder) and upon written request reimburse each such Holder for
the amount of (x) any Canadian taxes so levied or imposed
and paid by such Holder as a result of payments made under or
with respect to the Notes, and (y) any Canadian taxes
levied or imposed and paid by such Holder with respect to any
reimbursement under (x) above, but excluding any such taxes
with respect to which such Holder is an Excluded Holder.
Methods
of Receiving Payments on the Notes
If a Holder has given wire transfer instructions to the
U.S. Trustee at least ten Business Days prior to the
applicable payment date, the Issuer will make all payments on
such Holders Notes by wire transfer of immediately
available funds to the account in New York specified in those
instructions. Otherwise, payments on the Notes will be made at
the office or agency of the paying agent (the Paying
Agent) and registrar (the Registrar) for the
Notes within the City and State of New York unless the Issuer
elects to make interest payments by check mailed to the Holders
at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders. The
Issuer has initially designated the U.S. Trustee in New
York, New York to act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Issuer
may change the Paying Agent or Registrar without prior notice to
the Holders, and the Issuer
and/or any
Restricted Subsidiary may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.
Ranking
The Notes are general unsecured obligations of the Issuer. The
Notes rank senior in right of payment to all future obligations
of the Issuer that are, by their terms, expressly subordinated
in right of payment to the Notes and equal in right of payment
with all existing and future obligations of the Issuer that are
not so subordinated. Each Guarantee is a general unsecured
obligation of such Guarantor and ranks senior in right of
payment to all future obligations of such Guarantor that are, by
their terms, expressly subordinated in right of payment to such
Guarantee and equal in right of payment with all existing and
future obligations of such Guarantor that are not so
subordinated.
The Notes and each Guarantee are effectively subordinated to
secured Indebtedness of the Issuer and the applicable Guarantor
to the extent of the value of the assets securing such
Indebtedness. The Credit Agreement is secured by substantially
all of the assets of the Issuer and its material U.S. and
Canadian Subsidiaries and, if necessary in order to adhere to
covenants in the Credit Agreement, will be secured by certain
assets of certain Subsidiaries organized in a jurisdiction
outside of the U.S. or Canada.
The Notes are effectively subordinated to all existing and
future obligations, including Indebtedness and trade payables,
of any Subsidiaries of the Issuer that do not guarantee the
Notes, including any Unrestricted Subsidiaries. Claims of
creditors of these Subsidiaries, including trade creditors,
generally have priority as to the assets of these Subsidiaries
over the claims of the Issuer and the holders of Indebtedness of
the Issuer and its other Subsidiaries, including the Notes.
As of December 31, 2010, the Issuer had approximately
C$846 million of total Indebtedness, C$23 million of
which was secured (consisting of C$23 million of
outstanding letters of credit), and had availability for up to
C$524 million of additional borrowings under the Credit
Agreement (after giving effect to outstanding letters of credit)
and availability for up to C$40 million of secured
indebtedness under its operating facilities. As of
December 31, 2010, the Guarantors had approximately
C$846 million of total Indebtedness (including their
guarantees of the Notes); and no Indebtedness contractually
subordinated to the Guarantees. In addition, any additional
borrowings by the Issuer under the Credit Agreement will be
guaranteed by the Guarantors and will be secured indebtedness of
those entities. In addition, one or more of the Guarantors may
have the ability to borrow up to C$25 million under
operating facilities, to the extent not drawn by the Issuer, and
up to US$15 million of indebtedness under those facilities,
for the Issuer and its subsidiaries in the aggregate, may be
secured indebtedness.
72
Although the Indenture contains limitations on the amount of
additional secured Indebtedness that the Issuer and the
Restricted Subsidiaries may incur, under certain circumstances,
the amount of this Indebtedness could be substantial. See
Certain Covenants Limitation on
Additional Indebtedness and Certain
Covenants Limitation on Liens.
Guarantees
The Issuers obligations under the Notes and the Indenture
are unconditionally, jointly and severally guaranteed, on a
senior unsecured basis, by each U.S. and Canadian
Restricted Subsidiary that guarantees any Indebtedness of the
Issuer or any Guarantor under a Credit Facility or under debt
securities issued in the capital markets, except for any such
Subsidiary if the Fair Market Value of the assets of such
Subsidiary together with the Fair Market Value of the assets of
any other Subsidiaries that guaranteed such Indebtedness of the
Issuer or any Guarantor but did not guarantee the Notes, does
not exceed US$20.0 million in the aggregate, and each other
Restricted Subsidiary that the Issuer shall otherwise cause to
become a Guarantor pursuant to the terms of the Indenture. The
Guarantors will agree to pay, in addition to the amount stated
above, any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable
counsel fees and expenses) incurred by the Trustee or the
Holders in enforcing any rights under the Guarantees.
Not all of the Issuers Subsidiaries guarantee the Notes.
In the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of
any of these non-Guarantor Subsidiaries, the non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries will pay the holders of their debt and their trade
creditors before they will be able to distribute any of their
assets to the Issuer. For the year ended December 31, 2010,
the Issuers non-Guarantor Subsidiaries accounted for a
de minimus amount of the Issuers revenue and EBITDA.
As of December 31, 2010, the Issuers non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries also accounted for a de minimus amount of the
Issuers consolidated assets and liabilities.
As of the Issue Date, all of the Issuers Subsidiaries were
Restricted Subsidiaries. However, under the
circumstances described below under the subheading
Certain Covenants Limitation on
Designation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries, the Issuer will
be permitted to designate any of the Issuers Subsidiaries
as Unrestricted Subsidiaries. The effect of
designating a Subsidiary as an Unrestricted
Subsidiary will be that:
(1) an Unrestricted Subsidiary will not be subject to any
of the restrictive covenants in the Indenture;
(2) an Unrestricted Subsidiary will not guarantee the Notes;
(3) a Subsidiary that has previously been a Guarantor and
that is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be released
from its Guarantee and its obligations under the Indenture and
the Registration Rights Agreement; and
(4) the assets, income, cash flows and other financial
results of an Unrestricted Subsidiary will not be consolidated
with those of the Issuer for purposes of calculating compliance
with the restrictive covenants contained in the Indenture.
The obligations of each Guarantor under its Guarantee is limited
to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to all other
contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor (including,
without limitation, any guarantees under the Credit Agreement)
and after giving effect to any collections from or payments made
by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the
obligations of such other Guarantor under its Guarantee or
pursuant to its contribution obligations under the Indenture,
result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee
not constituting a fraudulent conveyance, fraudulent preference
or fraudulent transfer or otherwise reviewable transaction under
applicable law. Nonetheless, in the event of the bankruptcy,
insolvency or financial difficulty of a Guarantor, such
Guarantors obligations under its Guarantee may be subject
to review and avoidance under applicable fraudulent conveyance,
fraudulent preference, fraudulent transfer and insolvency laws.
Among other things, such obligations may be avoided if a court
concludes that such obligations were incurred for less than a
reasonably equivalent value or fair or sufficient consideration
at a time when the Guarantor was insolvent, was rendered
insolvent, was on the eve of insolvency or was left with
inadequate capital to conduct its business. A court may conclude
that a Guarantor did not receive reasonably equivalent value or
fair or sufficient consideration to the extent that the
aggregate amount of its liability on its Guarantee exceeds the
economic benefits it receives from the issuance of the
Guarantee. If a Guarantee was rendered voidable, it could be
subordinated by a court to all other
73
indebtedness (including guarantees and other contingent
liabilities) of the Guarantor, and, depending on the amount of
such indebtedness, a Guarantors liability on its Guarantee
could be reduced to zero. See Risk Factors
Risks Relating to the Notes U.S. federal and
state statutes (and Canadian federal and provincial statutes)
may allow courts, under specific circumstances, to void the
guarantees and require noteholders to return payments received
from guarantors.
Each Guarantor that makes a payment for distribution under its
Guarantee is entitled upon payment in full of all guaranteed
obligations under the Indenture to a contribution from each
other Guarantor in a pro rata amount of such payment based on
the respective net assets of all the Guarantors at the time of
such payment in accordance with GAAP.
A Guarantor shall be released from its obligations under its
Guarantee and its obligations under the Indenture and the
Registration Rights Agreement upon:
(1)
(a) any sale, exchange or transfer (by merger,
amalgamation, consolidation or otherwise) of the Equity
Interests of such Guarantor after which the applicable Guarantor
is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary, which sale, exchange or
transfer is made in compliance with the applicable provisions of
the Indenture;
(b) the proper designation of any Restricted Subsidiary
that is a Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary;
(c) the release or discharge of a Guarantors
guarantee of Indebtedness outstanding under the Credit Agreement
and any other agreements relating to Indebtedness of the Issuer
and its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that such
Guarantor has not incurred any Indebtedness in reliance on its
status as a Guarantor under the covenant
Certain Covenants Limitation on
Additional Indebtedness or such Guarantors
obligations under such Indebtedness are satisfied in full and
discharged or are otherwise permitted to be incurred by a
Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Guarantor) under the second
paragraph of Certain Covenants
Limitation on Additional Indebtedness; or
(d) legal defeasance or satisfaction and discharge of the
Indenture as provided below under the captions
Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance
and Satisfaction and Discharge; and
(2) the Issuer delivering to the Trustee an Officers
Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all
conditions precedent provided for in the Indenture relating to
the release of such Guarantors Guarantee have been
complied with.
Optional
Redemption
General
Except as set forth below, the Issuer is not entitled to redeem
the Notes at its option prior to November 15, 2015.
At any time or from time to time on or after November 15,
2015, the Issuer, at its option, may redeem the Notes, in whole
or in part, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages
of principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed) set forth
below, together with accrued and unpaid interest and Additional
Interest thereon, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the
right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to
receive interest due on the
74
relevant interest payment date), if redeemed during the
12-month
period beginning November 15 of the years indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Optional
|
|
|
|
Redemption
|
|
Year
|
|
Price
|
|
|
2015
|
|
|
103.313
|
%
|
2016
|
|
|
102.208
|
%
|
2017
|
|
|
101.104
|
%
|
2018 and thereafter
|
|
|
100.000
|
%
|
Redemption
with Proceeds from Equity Offerings
At any time or from time to time prior to November 15,
2013, the Issuer, at its option, may on any one or more
occasions redeem up to 35.0% of the principal amount of the
outstanding Notes issued under the Indenture (calculated after
giving effect to any issuance of Additional Notes) with the net
cash proceeds of one or more Qualified Equity Offerings at a
redemption price equal to 106.625% of the principal amount of
the Notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest and
Additional Interest thereon, if any, to the date of redemption
(subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant
record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest
payment date); provided that:
(1) at least 65.0% of the aggregate principal amount of
Notes issued under the Indenture (calculated after giving effect
to any issuance of Additional Notes) remains outstanding
immediately after giving effect to any such redemption; and
(2) the redemption occurs not more than 90 days after
the date of the closing of any such Qualified Equity Offering.
Redemption
at Applicable Premium
The Notes may also be redeemed, in whole or in part, at any time
prior to November 15, 2015 at the option of the Issuer upon
not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior notice,
at a redemption price equal to 100.0% of the principal amount of
the Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium (calculated by
the Issuer) as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and
Additional Interest, if any, to, the applicable redemption date
(subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant
record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest
payment date). Applicable Premium means, with
respect to any Note on any applicable redemption date, the
greater of:
(1) 1.0% of the principal amount of such Note; and
(2) the excess, if any, of:
(a) the present value at such redemption date of
(i) the redemption price of such Note at November 15,
2015 (such redemption price being set forth in the table
appearing above under the caption Optional
Redemption General) plus (ii) all
required interest payments (excluding accrued and unpaid
interest to such redemption date) due on such Note through
November 15, 2015, computed using a discount rate equal to
the Treasury Rate as of such redemption date plus 50 basis
points; over
(b) the principal amount of such Note.
Treasury Rate means, as of any redemption
date, the yield to maturity at the time of computation of United
States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled
and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical
Release H.15 (519) which has become publicly available at
least two Business Days prior to the redemption date (or, if
such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly
available source or similar market data)) most nearly equal to
the period from the redemption date to November 15, 2015;
provided, however, that if the period from the
redemption date to November 15, 2015 is not equal to the
constant maturity of a United States Treasury security for which
a weekly average yield is given, the Treasury Rate shall be
obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest
one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of United
States Treasury securities for which such yields are given,
except that if the period from the redemption date to
75
November 15, 2015 is less than one year, the weekly average
yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities
adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used.
The Issuer may acquire Notes by means other than a redemption,
whether pursuant to a tender offer, open market purchase,
negotiated transactions or otherwise, in accordance with
applicable securities laws, so long as such acquisition does not
otherwise violate the terms of the Indenture.
Redemption
for Changes in Tax Law
If the Issuer or a Guarantor becomes obligated to pay any
Additional Amounts as a result of a change in the laws or
regulations of Canada or any Canadian taxing authority, or a
change in any official position regarding the application or
interpretation thereof (including a holding by a court of
competent jurisdiction), which is publicly announced or becomes
effective on or after the date of the Indenture and such
Additional Amounts cannot (as certified in an Officers
Certificate to the Trustee) be avoided by the use of reasonable
measures available to the Issuer or any Guarantor, then the
Issuer may, at its option, redeem the Notes, in whole but not in
part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days
notice (such notice to be provided not more than 90 days
before the next date on which it or the Guarantor would be
obligated to pay Additional Amounts), at a redemption price
equal to 100.0% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued
and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date (subject to
the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to
receive interest due on an interest payment date that is on or
prior to the redemption date). Notice of the Issuers
intent to redeem the Notes shall not be effective until such
time as it delivers to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel stating
that the Issuer or a Guarantor is obligated to pay Additional
Amounts because of an amendment to or change in law or
regulation or position as described in this paragraph.
Selection
and Notice of Redemption
In the event that less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed
at any time pursuant to an optional redemption, the
U.S. Trustee will select the Notes for redemption in
compliance with the requirements of the principal national
securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed or,
if the Notes are not then listed on a national security
exchange, on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such method
as the U.S. Trustee in its sole discretion shall deem fair
and appropriate; provided, however, that no Notes of a
principal amount of US$2,000 in original principal amount or
less shall be redeemed in part. In addition, if a partial
redemption is made pursuant to the provisions described under
Optional Redemption Redemption
with Proceeds from Equity Offerings, selection of the
Notes or portions thereof for redemption shall be made by the
U.S. Trustee only on a pro rata basis or on as
nearly a pro rata basis as is practicable (subject to the
procedures of The Depository Trust Company
(DTC)), unless that method is otherwise prohibited.
Notice of redemption will be delivered to the Holders at least
30, but not more than 60, days before the date of redemption,
except that redemption notices may be delivered more than
60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued
in connection with a satisfaction and discharge of the
Indenture. If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the
notice of redemption that relates to that Note will state the
portion of the principal amount of the Note to be redeemed. A
new Note in a principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion
of the Note will be issued in the name of the Holder of the Note
upon cancellation of the original Note. On and after the
applicable date of redemption, interest will cease to accrue on
Notes or portions thereof called for redemption so long as the
Issuer has deposited with the Paying Agent for the Notes funds
in satisfaction of the applicable redemption price (including
accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes to be redeemed)
pursuant to the Indenture.
Change of
Control
Upon the occurrence of any Change of Control, unless the Issuer
has previously or concurrently exercised its right to redeem all
of the Notes as described under Optional
Redemption, each Holder will have the right to require
that the Issuer purchase all or any portion (equal to US$2,000
or an integral multiple of US$1,000 in excess thereof) of that
Holders Notes for a cash price (the Change of
Control Purchase Price) equal to 101.0% of the principal
amount of the Notes to be purchased, plus accrued and unpaid
interest and Additional Interest, if any, thereon to the date of
purchase.
76
Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Issuer
will deliver, or caused to be delivered, to the Holders, with a
copy to the Trustee, a notice:
(1) describing the transaction or transactions that
constitute the Change of Control;
(2) offering to purchase, pursuant to the procedures
required by the Indenture and described in the notice (a
Change of Control Offer), on a date specified in the
notice, which shall be a Business Day not earlier than
30 days, nor later than 60 days, from the date the
notice is delivered (the Change of Control Payment
Date), and for the Change of Control Purchase Price, all
Notes properly tendered by such Holder pursuant to such Change
of Control Offer; and
(3) describing the procedures, as determined by the Issuer,
consistent with the Indenture, that Holders must follow to
accept the Change of Control Offer.
On the Business Day immediately preceding the Change of Control
Payment Date, the Issuer will, to the extent lawful deposit with
the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control
Purchase Price in respect of the Notes or portions of Notes
properly tendered.
On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuer will, to the
extent lawful:
(1) accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes (of
US$2,000 or integral multiples of US$1,000 in excess thereof)
properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control
Offer; and
(2) deliver or cause to be delivered to the
U.S. Trustee the Notes so accepted together with an
Officers Certificate stating the aggregate principal
amount of Notes or portions of Notes being purchased by the
Issuer.
The Paying Agent will promptly deliver to each Holder who has so
tendered Notes the Change of Control Purchase Price for such
Notes, and the U.S. Trustee will promptly authenticate and
mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a
new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of
the Notes so tendered, if any; provided that each such
new Note will be in a principal amount of US$2,000 or integral
multiples of US$1,000 in excess thereof.
If the Change of Control Payment Date is on or after an interest
record date and on or before the related interest payment date,
any accrued and unpaid interest, if any, will be paid on the
relevant interest payment date to the Person in whose name a
Note is registered at the close of business on such record date.
A Change of Control Offer will be required to remain open for at
least 20 Business Days or for such longer period as is required
by law. The Issuer will publicly announce the results of the
Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the
date of purchase.
If a Change of Control Offer is made, there can be no assurance
that the Issuer will have available funds sufficient to pay for
all or any of the Notes that might be delivered by Holders
seeking to accept the Change of Control Offer. See Risk
Factors We may not have the ability to finance the
change of control repurchase offer required by the indenture
governing the notes. In addition, in the event of a Change
of Control the Issuer may not be able to obtain the consents
necessary to consummate a Change of Control Offer from the
lenders under agreements governing outstanding Indebtedness
which may prohibit the offer. If we fail to repurchase all of
the Notes tendered for purchase upon a Change of Control, such
failure will constitute an Event of Default. In addition, the
occurrence of certain of the events which would constitute a
Change of Control may constitute an event of default under the
Credit Agreement and the indenture governing the existing notes
and may constitute an event of default under future
Indebtedness. Moreover, the exercise by the holders of their
right to require the Issuer to purchase the Notes could cause a
default under such Indebtedness, even if the Change of Control
itself does not, due to the financial effect of the repurchase
on the Issuer. Finally, the Issuers ability to pay cash to
the Holders upon a Change of Control may be limited by its then
existing financial resources.
The provisions described above that require the Issuer to make a
Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control will be
applicable regardless of whether any other provisions of the
Indenture are applicable to the transaction giving rise to the
Change of Control. The Change of Control purchase feature of the
Notes may in certain circumstances make more difficult or
discourage a sale or takeover of us and, thus, the removal of
incumbent management. The Change of Control purchase feature is
a result of negotiations between the Issuer and the initial
77
purchasers. The Issuer does not have the present intention to
engage in a transaction involving a Change of Control, although
it is possible that we could decide to do so in the future.
Subject to the limitations discussed below, we could, in the
future, enter into certain transactions, including acquisitions,
refinancings or other recapitalizations, that would not
constitute a Change of Control under the Indenture, but that
could increase the amount of Indebtedness outstanding at such
time or otherwise affect our capital structure or credit
ratings. Restrictions on our ability to incur additional
Indebtedness are contained in the covenants described under
Certain Covenants Limitation on
Additional Indebtedness and Certain
Covenants Limitation on Liens. Except as
described above with respect to a Change of Control, the
Indenture does not contain provisions that permit the Holders to
require that the Issuer purchase or redeem the Notes in the
event of a takeover, recapitalization or similar transaction.
The Issuers obligation to make a Change of Control Offer
will be satisfied if a third party makes the Change of Control
Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance
with the requirements set forth in the Indenture applicable to a
Change of Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all
Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of
Control Offer.
With respect to any disposition of assets, the phrase all
or substantially all as used in the Indenture (including
as set forth under the definition of Change of
Control and Certain
Covenants Limitation on Mergers, Consolidations,
Etc. below) varies according to the facts and
circumstances of the subject transaction, has no clearly
established meaning under New York law (which governs the Notes
and the Indenture) and is subject to judicial interpretation.
Accordingly, there may be a degree of uncertainty in
ascertaining whether a particular transaction would involve a
disposition of all or substantially all of the
assets of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries, and
therefore it may be unclear as to whether a Change of Control
has occurred and whether the Holders have the right to require
the Issuer to purchase Notes.
The Issuer will comply with all applicable securities
legislation in Canada and the United States, including, without
limitation, the requirements of
Rule 14e-1
under the Exchange Act and any other applicable laws and
regulations in connection with the purchase of Notes pursuant to
a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of
any applicable securities laws or regulations conflict with the
Change of Control provisions of the Indenture, the
Issuer shall comply with the applicable securities laws and
regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its
obligations under the Change of Control provisions
of the Indenture by virtue of such compliance.
The provisions under the Indenture relating to the Issuers
obligation to make a Change of Control Offer may be waived,
modified or terminated prior to the occurrence of the triggering
Change of Control with the written consent of the Holders of a
majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, a
Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of
Control, conditional upon such Change of Control, if a
definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at
the time of making of the Change of Control Offer.
Certain
Covenants
Covenant
Termination
Following the first date that the Notes have a Moodys
rating of Baa3 or higher and an S&P rating of BBB- or
higher (collectively, an Investment Grade Rating)
and no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is then
continuing, the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries will no
longer be subject to the following covenants:
(1) Certain Covenants
Limitation on Additional Indebtedness;
(2) Certain Covenants
Limitation on Restricted Payments (except to the extent
applicable under the definition of Unrestricted
Subsidiary);
(3) Certain Covenants
Limitation on Dividend and Other Restrictions Affecting
Restricted Subsidiaries;
(4) Certain Covenants
Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates;
(5) Certain Covenants
Limitation on Asset Sales;
78
(6) clause (3) of the covenant described under
Certain Covenants Limitation on
Mergers, Consolidations, Etc.; and
(7) Certain Covenants
Conduct of Business.
Limitation
on Additional Indebtedness
The Issuer will not, and will not permit any Restricted
Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness
(including Acquired Indebtedness); provided that the
Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary may incur additional
Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), in each case,
if, after giving effect thereto on a pro forma basis, the
Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio would be at least 2.00 to
1.00 (the Coverage Ratio Exception).
Notwithstanding the above, each of the following incurrences of
Indebtedness shall be permitted (the Permitted
Indebtedness):
(1) Indebtedness of the Issuer and any Restricted
Subsidiary under the Credit Facilities in an aggregate principal
amount at any time outstanding, including the issuance and
creation of letters of credit and bankers acceptances
thereunder (with letters of credit and bankers acceptances
being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount
thereof) not to exceed the greater of
(a) US$750.0 million or (b) 25.0% of the
Issuers Consolidated Tangible Assets;
(2) Indebtedness under (a) the Notes and the
Guarantees issued on the Issue Date and (b) the Exchange
Notes and the Guarantees in respect thereof issued pursuant to
the Registration Rights Agreement;
(3) Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted
Subsidiaries to the extent outstanding on the Issue Date after
giving effect to the use of proceeds of the Notes (other than
Indebtedness referred to in clause (1), (2), (4), (6), (7), (8),
(9), (10), (12) and (16));
(4) guarantees by (a) the Issuer or Guarantors of
Indebtedness permitted to be incurred in accordance with the
provisions of the Indenture; provided that in the event
such Indebtedness that is being guaranteed is Subordinated
Indebtedness, then the related Guarantee shall be subordinated
in right of payment to the Notes or the Guarantee, as the case
may be, and (b) Guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by
Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors in accordance
with the provisions of the Indenture;
(5) Indebtedness under Hedging Obligations entered into for
bona fide hedging purposes of the Issuer or any
Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business and not
for the purpose of speculation; provided that in the case
of Hedging Obligations relating to interest rates, (a) such
Hedging Obligations relate to payment obligations on
Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred by this
covenant, and (b) the notional principal amount of such
Hedging Obligations at the time incurred does not exceed the
principal amount of the Indebtedness to which such Hedging
Obligations relate;
(6) Indebtedness of the Issuer owed to and held by a
Restricted Subsidiary and Indebtedness of any Restricted
Subsidiary owed to and held by the Issuer or any other
Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that
(a) if the Issuer is the obligor on Indebtedness and a
Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor is the obligee,
such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated to the prior payment
in full in cash of all obligations with respect to the Notes;
(b) if a Guarantor is the obligor on such Indebtedness and
a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor is the obligee,
such Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the
Guarantee of such Guarantor; and
(c)
(i) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests
or any other event which results in any such Indebtedness being
held by a Person other than the Issuer or any other Restricted
Subsidiary; and
79
(ii) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to
a Person other than the Issuer or any other Restricted Subsidiary
shall be deemed, in each case of this clause (c), to constitute
an incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause
(6);
(7) Indebtedness in respect of workers compensation
claims, bank guarantees, warehouse receipt or similar
facilities, property, casualty or liability insurance,
take-or-pay
obligations in supply arrangements, self-insurance obligations
or completion, performance, bid performance, appeal or surety
bonds in the ordinary course of business, including guarantees
or obligations with respect to letters of credit supporting such
workers compensation claims, bank guarantees, warehouse
receipt or similar facilities, property, casualty or liability
insurance,
take-or-pay
obligations in supply arrangements, self-insurance obligations
or completion, performance, bid performance, appeal or surety
bonds;
(8) Purchase Money Indebtedness incurred by the Issuer or
any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, and Refinancing
Indebtedness thereof, in an aggregate principal amount not to
exceed at any time outstanding the greater of
(a) US$75.0 million or (b) 2.5% of the
Issuers Consolidated Tangible Assets;
(9) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or
other financial institution of a check, draft or similar
instrument inadvertently (except in the case of daylight
overdrafts) drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary
course of business;
(10) Indebtedness arising in connection with endorsement of
instruments for deposit in the ordinary course of business;
(11) Refinancing Indebtedness of the Issuer or any
Restricted Subsidiary with respect to Indebtedness incurred
pursuant to the Coverage Ratio Exception, clause (2),
(3) or (8) above, this clause (11), or
clause (17) or (18) below;
(12) indemnification, adjustment of purchase price,
earn-out or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or
assumed in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any
business or assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or
Equity Interests of a Restricted Subsidiary, other than
guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all
or any portion of such business, assets or Equity Interests for
the purpose of financing or in contemplation of any such
acquisition; provided that (a) any amount of such
obligations included on the face of the balance sheet of the
Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary shall not be permitted under
this clause (12) (contingent obligations referred to on the face
of a balance sheet or in a footnote thereto and not otherwise
quantified and reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed
included on the face of the balance sheet for
purposes of the foregoing) and (b) in the case of a
disposition, the maximum aggregate liability in respect of all
such obligations outstanding under this clause (12) shall
at no time exceed the gross proceeds actually received by the
Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such
disposition;
(13) Indebtedness of Foreign Restricted Subsidiaries in an
aggregate amount outstanding at any one time not to exceed the
greater of (a) US$50.0 million or (b) 10% of such
Foreign Restricted Subsidiaries Consolidated Tangible
Assets;
(14) additional Indebtedness of the Issuer or any
Restricted Subsidiary in an aggregate principal amount which,
when taken together with the principal amount of all other
Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (14) and then
outstanding, will not exceed the greater of
(a) US$150.0 million or (b) 5.0% of the
Issuers Consolidated Tangible Assets;
(15) Indebtedness in respect of Specified Cash Management
Agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;
(16) Indebtedness incurred under one or more short-term
operating facilities provided by Royal Bank of Canada
and/or other
lenders or the respective affiliates thereof to the Issuer
and/or any
Restricted Subsidiary providing for borrowings to be made
and/or
letters of credit to be issued pursuant thereto in an aggregate
80
principal amount, together with any Refinancing Indebtedness
thereof, not to exceed US$100.0 million, at any one time
outstanding;
(17) Indebtedness incurred to finance the Contingent Tax
Liabilities in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed
US$200.0 million at any one time outstanding;
(18) Indebtedness of Persons incurred and outstanding on
the date on which such Person was acquired by the Issuer or any
Restricted Subsidiary, or merged or consolidated with or into
the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Indebtedness
incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such
acquisition, merger or consolidation);
provided, however, that at the time such Person or assets
is/are acquired by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, or
merged or consolidated with the Issuer of any Restricted
Subsidiary and after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence
of such Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (18) and any
other related Indebtedness, either (i) the Issuer would
have been able to incur US$1.00 of additional Indebtedness
pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant; or
(ii) the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio of the Issuer
and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than or equal
to such Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio immediately prior
to such acquisition, merger or consolidation; and
(19) Indebtedness representing deferred compensation to
directors, officers, members of management or employees (in
their capacities as such) of the Issuer or any Restricted
Subsidiary and incurred in the ordinary course of business.
For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant, in
the event that an item of Indebtedness meets the criteria of
more than one of the categories of Permitted Indebtedness
described in clauses (1) through (19) above or is
entitled to be incurred pursuant to the Coverage Ratio
Exception, the Issuer shall, in its sole discretion, classify
such item of Indebtedness and may divide and classify such
Indebtedness in more than one of the types of Indebtedness
described, except that Indebtedness incurred under the Credit
Agreement on the Issue Date shall be deemed to have been
incurred under clause (1) above, and may later reclassify
any item of Indebtedness described in clauses (1) through
(19) above (provided that at the time of
reclassification it meets the criteria in such category or
categories). In addition, for purposes of determining any
particular amount of Indebtedness under this covenant,
(i) guarantees, Liens or letter of credit obligations
supporting Indebtedness otherwise included in the determination
of such particular amount shall not be included so long as
incurred by a Person that could have incurred such Indebtedness;
and (ii) the amount of Indebtedness issued at a price that
is less than the principal amount thereof will be equal to the
amount of the liability in respect thereof determined in
accordance with GAAP.
For the purposes of determining compliance with any
U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of
Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, the
U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of such
Indebtedness incurred pursuant thereto shall be calculated based
on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the earlier
of the date that such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of
term Indebtedness, or first committed, in the case of revolving
credit Indebtedness; provided that if such Indebtedness
is incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a
foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the
applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be
exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in
effect on the date of such refinancing, such
U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to
have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such
Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of
such Indebtedness being refinanced. The principal amount of any
Indebtedness incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if
incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being
refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange
rate applicable to the currencies in which such Refinancing
Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of
such refinancing.
In addition, the Issuer will not permit any of its Unrestricted
Subsidiaries to incur any Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse
Debt. If at any time an Unrestricted Subsidiary becomes a
Restricted Subsidiary, any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary shall
be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary as of such
date (and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred
as of such date under this Limitation on
Additional Indebtedness covenant, the Issuer shall be in
Default of this covenant).
81
Limitation
on Restricted Payments
The Issuer will not, and will not permit any Restricted
Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, make any Restricted
Payment if at the time of such Restricted Payment:
(1) a Default shall have occurred and be continuing or
shall occur as a consequence thereof;
(2) (a) the Issuer is not able to incur at least
US$1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Coverage
Ratio Exception; or
(3) the amount of such Restricted Payment, when added to
the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made after
the Issue Date (other than Restricted Payments made pursuant to
clauses (2), (3), (4), (5), (6) or (10) of the next
paragraph), exceeds the sum (the Restricted Payments
Basket) of (without duplication):
(a) 50.0% of Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer and the
Restricted Subsidiaries for the period (taken as one accounting
period) commencing on October 1, 2010 to and including the
last day of the fiscal quarter ended immediately prior to the
date of such calculation for which consolidated financial
statements are available (or, if such Consolidated Net Income
shall be a deficit, minus 100.0% of such deficit),
plus
(b) 100.0% of (A) (i) the aggregate net cash proceeds
and (ii) the Fair Market Value of (x) marketable
securities (other than marketable securities of the Issuer),
(y) Equity Interests of a Person (other than the Issuer or
an Affiliate of the Issuer) engaged in a Permitted Business and
(z) other assets used in any Permitted Business, received
by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue
Date, in each case as a contribution to its common equity
capital or from the issue or sale of Qualified Equity Interests
or from the issue or sale of convertible or exchangeable
Disqualified Equity Interests or convertible or exchangeable
debt securities of the Issuer that have been converted into or
exchanged for such Qualified Equity Interests (other than Equity
Interests or debt securities sold to a Subsidiary of the Issuer
or net cash proceeds received by the Issuer from Qualified
Equity Offerings to the extent applied to redeem the Notes in
accordance with the provisions set forth under
Redemption with Proceeds from Equity
Offerings), and (B) the aggregate net cash proceeds,
if any, received by the Issuer or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries upon any conversion or exchange described in
clause (A) above, plus
(c) 100.0% of the aggregate amount by which Indebtedness
(other than any Subordinated Indebtedness or Indebtedness held
by a Subsidiary of the Issuer) of the Issuer or any Restricted
Subsidiary is reduced on the Issuers consolidated balance
sheet upon the conversion or exchange after the Issue Date of
any such Indebtedness into or for Qualified Equity Interests,
plus
(d) in the case of the disposition or repayment of or
return on any Investment that was treated as a Restricted
Payment made by the Issuer after the Issue Date, an amount (to
the extent not included in the computation of Consolidated Net
Income) equal to the lesser of (i) 100.0% of the aggregate
amount received by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in
cash or other property (valued at the Fair Market Value thereof)
as the return of capital with respect to such Investment and
(ii) the amount of such Investment that was treated as a
Restricted Payment, in either case, less the cost of the
disposition of such Investment and net of taxes, plus
(e) upon a Redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a
Restricted Subsidiary, an amount (to the extent not included in
the computation of Consolidated Net Income) equal to the lesser
of (i) the Fair Market Value of the Issuers
proportionate interest in such Subsidiary immediately following
such Redesignation, and (ii) the aggregate amount of the
Issuers Investments in such Subsidiary to the extent such
Investments reduced the Restricted Payments Basket and were not
previously repaid or otherwise reduced.
82
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions set forth in the
immediately preceding paragraph will not prohibit:
(1) the payment of (a) any dividend or redemption
payment or the making of any distribution within 60 days
after the date of declaration thereof if, on the date of
declaration, the dividend, redemption or distribution payment,
as the case may be, would have complied with the provisions of
the Indenture;
(2) any Restricted Payment made in exchange for, or out of
the proceeds of, the substantially concurrent issuance and sale
of Qualified Equity Interests;
(3) the purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or
other acquisition or retirement for value of Subordinated
Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor in exchange for, or
out of the proceeds of, the substantially concurrent incurrence
of, Refinancing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under the
Limitation on Additional Indebtedness covenant and
the other terms of the Indenture;
(4) the purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or
other acquisition or retirement for value of Subordinated
Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary
(a) at a purchase price not greater than 101% of the
principal amount of such Subordinated Indebtedness in the event
of a Change of Control in accordance with provisions similar to
the covenant described under Change of
Control or (b) at a purchase price not greater than
100% of the principal amount thereof in accordance with
provisions similar to the covenant described under
Limitation on Asset Sales; provided
that, prior to or simultaneously with such purchase,
repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or
retirement, the Issuer has made the Change of Control Offer or
Net Proceeds Offer, as applicable, as provided in such covenant
with respect to the Notes and has completed the repurchase or
redemption of all Notes validly tendered for payment in
connection with such Change of Control Offer or Net Proceeds
Offer;
(5) the redemption, repurchase or other acquisition or
retirement for value of Equity Interests of the Issuer held by
officers, directors or employees or former officers, directors
or employees (or their transferees, estates or beneficiaries
under their estates), either (x) upon any such
individuals death, disability, retirement, severance or
termination of employment or service or (y) pursuant to any
equity subscription agreement, stock option agreement,
stockholders agreement or similar agreement;
provided, in any case, that the aggregate cash
consideration paid for all such redemptions, repurchases or
other acquisitions or retirements shall not exceed
(A) US$5.0 million during any calendar year (with
unused amounts in any calendar year being carried forward to the
next succeeding calendar year) plus (B) the amount
of any net cash proceeds received by or contributed to the
Issuer from the issuance and sale after the Issue Date of
Qualified Equity Interests to its officers, directors or
employees that have not been applied to the payment of
Restricted Payments pursuant to this clause (5), plus
(C) the net cash proceeds of any key-man
life insurance policies that have not been applied to the
payment of Restricted Payments pursuant to this clause (5); and
provided further that cancellation of Indebtedness owing
to the Issuer from members of management of the Issuer or any
Restricted Subsidiary in connection with a repurchase of Equity
Interests of the Issuer will not be deemed to constitute a
Restricted Payment for purposes of this covenant or any other
provision of the Indenture
(6) (a) repurchases, redemptions or other acquisitions
or retirements for value of Equity Interests of the Issuer
deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock options, warrants,
rights to acquire Equity Interests of the Issuer or other
convertible securities to the extent such Equity Interests of
the Issuer represent a portion of the exercise or exchange price
thereof and (b) any repurchases, redemptions or other
acquisitions or retirements for value of Equity Interests of the
Issuer made in lieu of withholding taxes in connection with any
exercise or exchange of stock options, warrants or other similar
rights;
(7) dividends on Disqualified Equity Interests of the
Issuer issued in compliance with the covenant
Limitation on Additional Indebtedness to
the extent such dividends are included in the definition of
Consolidated Interest Expense;
(8) the payment of cash in lieu of fractional Equity
Interests of the Issuer;
83
(9) payments or distributions to dissenting stockholders
pursuant to applicable law in connection with a merger,
amalgamation, consolidation or transfer of assets that complies
with the provisions described under the caption
Limitation on Mergers, Consolidations,
Etc.;
(10) cash distributions by the Issuer to the holders of
Equity Interests of the Issuer in accordance with a distribution
reinvestment plan or dividend reinvestment plan to the extent
such payments are applied to the purchase of Equity Interests
directly from the Issuer;
(11) payment of other Restricted Payments from time to time
in an aggregate amount not to exceed
US$100.0 million; or
(12) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or
retirement for value of the AIMCO Warrants in an aggregate
amount not to exceed US$50.0 million.
provided that (a) in the case of any Restricted
Payment pursuant to clauses (4), (5), or (11) above, no
Default shall have occurred and be continuing or occur as a
consequence thereof (it being understood that the making of a
Restricted Payment in reliance on clause (4), (5), or
(11) above shall not be deemed to be a Default under this
covenant described under Limitation on
Restricted Payments) and (b) no issuance and sale of
Qualified Equity Interests used to make a payment pursuant to
clauses (2) or (5)(B) above shall increase the Restricted
Payments Basket to the extent of such payment.
For the purposes of determining compliance with any
U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on Restricted Payments
denominated in a foreign currency, the
U.S. dollar-equivalent amount of such Restricted Payment
shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate
in effect on the date that such Restricted Payment was made.
The Issuer will not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become
a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant the covenant described
under Limitation on Designations of
Unrestricted Subsidiaries. For purposes of designating any
Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all
outstanding Investments by the Issuer and its Restricted
Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so
designated will be deemed to be Restricted Payments in an amount
determined as set forth in the definition of
Investment. Such designation will be permitted only
if a Restricted Payment in such amount would be permitted at
such time and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition
of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
Limitation
on Dividend and Other Restrictions Affecting Restricted
Subsidiaries
The Issuer will not, and will not permit any Restricted
Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause
or permit to exist or become effective any consensual
encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any
Restricted Subsidiary to:
(a) pay dividends or make any other distributions on or in
respect of its Equity Interests to the Issuer or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries, or with respect to any other interest
or participation in, or measured by, its profits (it being
understood that the priority of any Preferred Stock in receiving
dividends or liquidating distributions prior to dividends or
liquidating distributions being paid on Common Stock shall not
be deemed a restriction on the ability to make distributions on
Equity Interests);
(b) make loans or advances, or pay any Indebtedness or
other obligation owed, to the Issuer or any other Restricted
Subsidiary (it being understood that the subordination of loans
or advances made to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to
other Indebtedness or obligations incurred by the Issuer or any
Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed a restriction on the
ability to make loans or advances); or
(c) transfer any of its property or assets to the Issuer or
any other Restricted Subsidiary (it being understood that such
transfers shall not include any type of transfer described in
clause (a) or (b) above);
except for, in each case:
(1) encumbrances or restrictions existing under agreements
existing on the Issue Date (including, without limitation, the
Credit Agreement, the AIMCO Indenture and the Sale and
Repurchase Agreement) as in effect on that date;
84
(2) encumbrances or restrictions existing under the
Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees;
(3) any instrument governing Acquired Indebtedness or
Equity Interests of a Person acquired by the Issuer or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries, which encumbrance or restriction is
not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any
Person, other than the Person or the properties or assets of the
Person so acquired;
(4) any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired
by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in existence
at the time of such acquisition (but not created in
contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or restriction is not
applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any
Person, other than the Person and its Subsidiaries, or the
property or assets of the Person and its Subsidiaries, so
acquired (including after acquired property);
(5) any amendment, restatement, modification, renewal,
supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing of an
agreement referred to in clauses (1), (2), (3), (4), (5), or
(10); provided, however, that such amendments,
restatements, modifications, renewals, supplements, refundings,
replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of
the Issuer, no more restrictive than the encumbrances and
restrictions contained in the agreements referred to in clauses
(1), (2), (3) or (4) of this paragraph on the Issue
Date or the date such Restricted Subsidiary became a Restricted
Subsidiary or was merged into a Restricted Subsidiary, whichever
is applicable;
(6) encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by
reason of applicable law, regulation or order;
(7) non-assignment provisions of any contract or any lease
entered into in the ordinary course of business;
(8) in the case of clause (c) above, Liens permitted
to be incurred under the provisions of the covenant described
under Limitation on Liens that limit the
right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such
Indebtedness;
(9) restrictions imposed under any agreement to sell Equity
Interests or assets, as permitted under the Indenture, to any
Person pending the closing of such sale;
(10) any other agreement governing Indebtedness or other
obligations entered into after the Issue Date that either
(A) contains encumbrances and restrictions that are not
materially more restrictive with respect to any Restricted
Subsidiary than those in effect on the Issue Date with respect
to that Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to agreements in effect
on the Issue Date or (B) any such encumbrance or
restriction contained in such Indebtedness that is customary and
does not prohibit (except upon a default or an event of default
thereunder) the payment of dividends in an amount sufficient, as
determined by the board of directors of the Issuer in good
faith, to make scheduled payments of cash interest and principal
on the Notes when due;
(11) customary provisions in partnership agreements,
limited liability company organizational governance documents,
joint venture agreements, shareholder agreements and other
similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of
business that restrict the disposition or distribution of
ownership interests in or assets of such partnership, limited
liability company, joint venture, corporation or similar Person;
(12) Purchase Money Indebtedness and any Refinancing
Indebtedness in respect thereof incurred in compliance with the
covenant described under Limitation on
Additional Indebtedness that imposes restrictions of the
nature described in clause (c) above on the assets
acquired; and
(13) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth
imposed by customers, suppliers or landlords under contracts
entered into in the ordinary course of business.
Limitation
on Transactions with Affiliates
The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, in one transaction or a
series of related transactions, sell, lease, transfer or
otherwise dispose of any of its assets to, or purchase any
assets from, or enter into any contract, agreement,
understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or
85
for the benefit of, any Affiliate (an Affiliate
Transaction) involving aggregate payments or consideration
in excess of US$2.5 million, unless:
(1) the terms of such Affiliate Transaction are no less
favorable in all material respects to the Issuer or such
Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, than those that would
have been obtained in a comparable transaction at the time of
such transaction in arms length dealings with a Person who
is not such an Affiliate;
(2) the Issuer delivers to the Trustee, with respect to any
Affiliate Transaction involving aggregate value in excess of
US$25.0 million, an Officers Certificate certifying
that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (1)
above and a Secretarys Certificate which sets forth and
authenticates a resolution that has been adopted by the
Independent Directors approving such Affiliate
Transaction; and
(3) the Issuer delivers to the Trustee, with respect to any
Affiliate Transaction (other than a transaction with AIMCO)
involving aggregate value in excess of US$50.0 million, an
opinion as to the fairness to the Issuer or such Restricted
Subsidiary of such Affiliate Transaction from a financial point
of view or that the Affiliate Transaction complies with
clause (1) above, in each case as determined by a Canadian
or U.S. nationally recognized accounting, appraisal or
investment banking firm.
The foregoing restrictions shall not apply to:
(1) transactions exclusively between or among (a) the
Issuer and one or more Restricted Subsidiaries or
(b) Restricted Subsidiaries;
(2) reasonable director, trustee, officer and employee
compensation (including bonuses) and other benefits (including
pursuant to any employment agreement or any retirement, health,
stock option or other benefit plan), payments or loans (or
cancellation of loans) to employees of the Issuer and
indemnification arrangements, in each case, as determined in
good faith by the Issuers Board of Directors or senior
management;
(3) the entering into of a tax sharing agreement, or
payments pursuant thereto, between the Issuer
and/or one
or more Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and any other Person with
which the Issuer or such Subsidiaries are required or permitted
to file a consolidated tax return or with which the Issuer or
such Subsidiaries are part of a consolidated group for tax
purposes to be used by such Person to pay taxes, and which
payments by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries are not
in excess of the tax liabilities that would have been payable by
them on a stand-alone basis;
(4) any Permitted Investments (other than pursuant to
clause (1) of the definition thereof);
(5) any Restricted Payments which are made in accordance
with the covenant described under Limitation
on Restricted Payments;
(6) any agreement in effect on the Issue Date or as
thereafter amended or replaced in any manner that, taken as a
whole, is not more disadvantageous to the Holders or the Issuer
in any material respect than such agreement as it was in effect
on the Issue Date;
(7) any transaction with a Person (other than an
Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Issuer) which would constitute an
Affiliate of the Issuer solely because the Issuer or a
Restricted Subsidiary owns an equity interest in or otherwise
controls such Person; and
(8) (a) any transaction with an Affiliate where the
only consideration paid by the Issuer or any Restricted
Subsidiary is Qualified Equity Interests or (b) the
issuance or sale of any Qualified Equity Interests and the
granting of registration and other customary rights in
connection therewith.
Limitation
on Liens
The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted
Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or
permit or suffer to exist any Lien (other than Permitted Liens)
upon any of their property or assets
86
(including Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary),
whether owned at the Issue Date or thereafter acquired, which
Lien secures Indebtedness or trade payables, unless
contemporaneously with the incurrence of such Lien:
(1) in the case of any Lien securing an obligation that
ranks pari passu with the Notes or a Guarantee, effective
provision is made to secure the Notes or such Guarantee, as the
case may be, at least equally and ratably with or prior to such
obligation with a Lien on the same collateral; and
(2) in the case of any Lien securing an obligation that is
subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or a Guarantee,
effective provision is made to secure the Notes or such
Guarantee, as the case may be, with a Lien on the same
collateral that is senior to the Lien securing such subordinated
obligation,
in each case, for so long as such obligation is secured by such
Lien.
Limitation
on Asset Sales
The Issuer will not, and will not permit any Restricted
Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, consummate any Asset Sale
unless:
(1) the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case
may be, receives consideration at least equal to the Fair Market
Value (such Fair Market Value to be determined on the date of
contractually agreeing to such Asset Sale) of the shares and
assets subject to such Asset Sale; and
(2) at least 75.0% of the total consideration from such
Asset Sale received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary,
as the case may be, is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents.
For purposes of clause (2) above and for no other purpose,
the following shall be deemed to be cash:
(a) the amount (without duplication) of any Indebtedness
(other than Subordinated Indebtedness or intercompany
Indebtedness) of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary that
is expressly assumed by the transferee of any such assets
pursuant to a written novation agreement that releases the
Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from further liability
therefor,
(b) the amount of any securities, notes or other
obligations received from such transferee that are within
180 days after such Asset Sale converted by the Issuer or
such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash
actually so received),
(c) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the
Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Asset Sale
having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all
other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to
this clause (c) that is at that time outstanding, not to
exceed the greater of (i) US$75.0 million or
(ii) 2.5% of the Issuers Consolidated Tangible Assets
at the time of receipt of such Designated Non-cash
Consideration, with the Fair Market Value of each item of
Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time
received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in
value, and
(d) the Fair Market Value of (i) any assets (other
than securities) received by the Issuer or any Restricted
Subsidiary to be used by it in a Permitted Business,
(ii) Equity Interests in a Person that is a Restricted
Subsidiary or in a Person engaged in a Permitted Business that
shall become a Restricted Subsidiary immediately upon the
acquisition of such Person by the Issuer or (iii) a
combination of (i) and (ii).
If at any time any non-cash consideration received by the Issuer
or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, in connection
with any Asset Sale is repaid or converted into or sold or
otherwise disposed of for cash (other than interest received
with respect to any such non-cash consideration), then the date
of such repayment, conversion or disposition shall be deemed to
constitute the date of an Asset Sale hereunder and the Net
Available Proceeds thereof shall be applied in accordance with
this covenant.
Any Asset Sale pursuant to a condemnation, appropriation or
other similar taking, including by deed in lieu of condemnation,
or pursuant to the foreclosure or other enforcement of a
Permitted Lien or exercise by the related lienholder of rights
with respect thereto, including by deed or assignment in lieu of
foreclosure shall not be required to satisfy the conditions set
forth in clauses (1) and (2) of the first paragraph of
this covenant.
87
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the 75.0% limitation referred to
above shall be deemed satisfied with respect to any Asset Sale
in which the cash or Cash Equivalents portion of the
consideration received therefrom, determined in accordance with
the foregoing provision on an after-tax basis, is equal to or
greater than what the after-tax proceeds would have been had
such Asset Sale complied with the aforementioned 75.0%
limitation.
If the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary engages in an Asset
Sale, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary shall, no later
than 365 days following the consummation thereof, apply all
or any of the Net Available Proceeds therefrom to:
(1) permanently reduce (and permanently reduce commitments
with respect thereto): (x) obligations under the Credit
Agreement
and/or
(y) Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary
that is secured by a Lien (in each case other than any
Disqualified Equity Interests or Subordinated Indebtedness, and
other than Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or an Affiliate of
the Issuer);
(2) permanently reduce obligations under other Indebtedness
of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary (in each case other
than any Disqualified Equity Interests or Subordinated
Indebtedness, and other than Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or
an Affiliate of the Issuer); provided that the Issuer
shall equally and ratably reduce obligations under the Notes as
provided under Optional Redemption,
through open market purchases (to the extent such purchases are
at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof) or by making
an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for
a Net Proceeds Offer) to all Holders to purchase their Notes at
100% of the principal amount thereof, plus the amount of accrued
but unpaid interest, if any, on the amount of Notes that would
otherwise be prepaid; or
(3) (A) make any capital expenditure or otherwise
invest all or any part of the Net Available Proceeds thereof in
the purchase of assets (other than securities and excluding
working capital or current assets for the avoidance of doubt) to
be used by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in a
Permitted Business, (B) acquire Qualified Equity Interests
held by a Person other than the Issuer or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries in a Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary or in a
Person engaged in a Permitted Business that shall become a
Restricted Subsidiary immediately upon the consummation of such
acquisition or (C) a combination of (A) and (B).
The amount of Net Available Proceeds not applied or invested as
provided in clauses (1) through (3) of the preceding
paragraph will constitute Excess Proceeds.
On the 366th day after an Asset Sale (or, at the
Issuers option, an earlier date), if the aggregate amount
of Excess Proceeds equals or exceeds US$50.0 million, the
Issuer will be required to make an offer to purchase or redeem
(a Net Proceeds Offer) from all Holders and, to the
extent required by the terms of other Pari Passu Indebtedness of
the Issuer, to all holders of other Pari Passu Indebtedness
outstanding with similar provisions requiring the Issuer to make
an offer to purchase or redeem such Pari Passu Indebtedness with
the proceeds from any Asset Sale, to purchase or redeem the
maximum principal amount of Notes and any such Pari Passu
Indebtedness to which the Net Proceeds Offer applies that may be
purchased or redeemed out of the Excess Proceeds, at an offer
price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount
of Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness plus accrued and unpaid
interest thereon, if any, to the date of purchase, in accordance
with the procedures set forth in the Indenture or the agreements
governing the Pari Passu Indebtedness, as applicable, in each
case in denominations of US$2,000 or integral multiples of
US$1,000 in excess thereof.
To the extent that the sum of the aggregate principal amount of
Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness so validly tendered pursuant
to a Net Proceeds Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the
Issuer may use any remaining Excess Proceeds, or a portion
thereof, for any purposes not otherwise prohibited by the
provisions of the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount
of Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness so validly tendered
pursuant to a Net Proceeds Offer exceeds the amount of Excess
Proceeds, the Issuer shall select the Notes and Pari Passu
Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis on the basis of
the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Notes and Pari
Passu Indebtedness. Upon completion of such Net Proceeds Offer
in accordance with the foregoing provisions, the amount of
Excess Proceeds with respect to which such Net Proceeds Offer
was made shall be deemed to be zero.
The Net Proceeds Offer will remain open for a period of 20
Business Days following its commencement, except to the extent
that a longer period is required by applicable law (the
Net Proceeds Offer Period). No later than five
Business Days after the termination of the Net Proceeds Offer
Period (the Net Proceeds Purchase Date),
88
the Issuer will purchase the principal amount of Notes and Pari
Passu Indebtedness required to be purchased pursuant to this
covenant (the Net Proceeds Offer Amount) or, if less
than the Net Proceeds Offer Amount has been so validly tendered,
all Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness validly tendered in
response to the Net Proceeds Offer.
If the Net Proceeds Purchase Date is on or after an interest
record date and on or before the related interest payment date,
any accrued and unpaid interest will be paid to the Person in
whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such
record date, and no additional interest will be payable to
Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Net Proceeds Offer.
Pending the final application of any Net Available Proceeds
pursuant to this covenant, the holder of such Net Available
Proceeds may apply such Net Available Proceeds temporarily to
reduce Indebtedness outstanding under a revolving Credit
Facility or otherwise invest such Net Available Proceeds in any
manner not prohibited by the Indenture.
On or before the Net Proceeds Purchase Date, the Issuer will, to
the extent lawful, accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to
the extent necessary, the Net Proceeds Offer Amount of Notes and
Pari Passu Indebtedness or portions of Notes and Pari Passu
Indebtedness so validly tendered and not properly withdrawn
pursuant to the Net Proceeds Offer, or if less than the Net
Proceeds Offer Amount has been validly tendered and not properly
withdrawn, all Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness so validly
tendered and not properly withdrawn, in each case in
denominations of US$2,000 and integral multiples of US$1,000 in
excess thereof. The Issuer will deliver to the Trustee an
Officers Certificate stating that such Notes or portions
thereof were accepted for payment by the Issuer in accordance
with the terms of this covenant and, in addition, the Issuer
will deliver all certificates and notes required, if any, by the
agreements governing the Pari Passu Indebtedness. The Issuer or
the Paying Agent, as the case may be, will promptly (but in any
case not later than five Business Days after termination of the
Net Proceeds Offer Period) mail or deliver to each tendering
Holder and the Issuer will mail or deliver to each tendering
holder or lender of Pari Passu Indebtedness, as the case may be,
an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes or Pari Passu
Indebtedness so validly tendered and not properly withdrawn by
such holder or lender, as the case may be, and accepted by the
Issuer for purchase, and the Issuer will promptly issue a new
Note, and the U.S. Trustee, upon delivery of an
Officers Certificate from the Issuer, will authenticate
and mail or deliver such new Note to such Holder, in a principal
amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered;
provided that each such new Note will be in a principal
amount of US$2,000 or an integral multiple of US$1,000 in excess
thereof. In addition, the Issuer will take any and all other
actions required by the agreements governing the Pari Passu
Indebtedness. Any Note not so accepted will be promptly mailed
or delivered by the Issuer to the Holder thereof. The Issuer
will publicly announce the results of the Net Proceeds Offer on
the Net Proceeds Purchase Date.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the sale, conveyance or other
disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the
Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, will
be governed by the provisions of the Indenture described under
the caption Change of Control
and/or the
provisions described under the caption
Limitation on Mergers, Consolidations,
Etc. and not by the provisions of the Asset Sale covenant.
The Issuer will comply with all applicable securities laws and
regulations in Canada and the United States, including, without
limitation, the requirements of
Rule 14e-1
under the Exchange Act and any other applicable laws and
regulations in connection with the purchase of Notes pursuant to
a Net Proceeds Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any
applicable securities laws or regulations conflict with the
Limitation on Asset Sales provisions of the
Indenture, the Issuer shall comply with the applicable
securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have
breached its obligations under the Limitation on Asset
Sales provisions of the Indenture by virtue of such
compliance.
The Credit Facilities may limit, and future credit agreements or
other agreements relating to Indebtedness to which the Issuer
(or one of its Affiliates) becomes a party may prohibit or
limit, the Issuer from purchasing any Notes pursuant to this
covenant. In the event the Issuer is contractually prohibited
from purchasing the Notes, the Issuer could seek the consent of
its lenders to the purchase of the Notes or could attempt to
refinance the borrowings that contain such prohibition. If the
Issuer does not obtain such consent or repay such borrowings, it
will remain contractually prohibited from purchasing the Notes.
In such case, the Issuers failure to purchase tendered
Notes would constitute a Default under the Indenture.
89
Limitation
on Designation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries
The Board of Directors of the Issuer may designate any
Subsidiary (including any newly formed or newly acquired
Subsidiary or a Person becoming a Subsidiary through merger or
consolidation or Investment therein) of the Issuer as an
Unrestricted Subsidiary under the Indenture (a
Designation) only if:
(1) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the
time of or after giving effect to such Designation; and
(2) the Issuer would be permitted to make, at the time of
such Designation, (a) a Permitted Investment or (b) an
Investment pursuant to the first paragraph of
Limitation on Restricted Payments above,
in either case, in an amount (the Designation
Amount) equal to the Fair Market Value of the
Issuers proportionate interest in such Subsidiary on such
date.
No Subsidiary shall be Designated as an Unrestricted
Subsidiary unless:
(1) all of the Indebtedness of such Subsidiary and its
Subsidiaries shall, at the date of Designation, consist of
Non-Recourse Debt, except for any guarantee given solely to
support the pledge by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of
the Equity Interests of such Unrestricted Subsidiary, which
guarantee is not recourse to the Issuer or any Restricted
Subsidiary;
(2) on the date such Subsidiary is Designated an
Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary is not party to any
agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with the
Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary unless the terms of the
agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are no less
favorable in any material respect to the Issuer or the
Restricted Subsidiary than those that would be obtained at the
time from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Issuer;
(3) such Subsidiary is a Person with respect to which
neither the Issuer nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has
any direct or indirect obligation (a) to subscribe for
additional Equity Interests of such Person or (b) to
maintain or preserve the Persons financial condition or to
cause the Person to achieve any specified levels of operating
results; and
(4) such Subsidiary has not guaranteed or otherwise
directly or indirectly provided credit support for any
Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, except
for any guarantee given solely to support the pledge by the
Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Equity Interests of
such Unrestricted Subsidiary, which guarantee is not recourse to
the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary.
Any such Designation by the Board of Directors of the Issuer
shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a
resolution of the Board of Directors of the Issuer giving effect
to such Designation and an Officers Certificate certifying
that such Designation complies with the foregoing conditions.
If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary fails to meet the
preceding requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it shall
thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes
of the Indenture and any Indebtedness of the Subsidiary and any
Liens on assets of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be
incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary at such time and, if the
Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred under the covenant
described under Limitation on Additional
Indebtedness or the Lien is not permitted under the
covenant described under Limitation on
Liens, the Issuer shall be in default of the applicable
covenant.
The Board of Directors of the Issuer may redesignate an
Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary (a
Redesignation) only if:
(1) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the
time of and after giving effect to such Redesignation; and
(2) all Liens, Indebtedness and Investments of such
Unrestricted Subsidiary outstanding immediately following such
Redesignation would, if incurred or made at such time, have been
permitted to be incurred or made for all purposes of the
Indenture.
90
Any such Redesignation shall be evidenced to the Trustee by
filing with the Trustee a resolution of the Board of Directors
of the Issuer giving effect to such designation and an
Officers Certificate certifying that such Redesignation
complies with the foregoing conditions.
Limitation
on Mergers, Consolidations, Etc.
The Issuer will not, directly or indirectly, in a single
transaction or a series of related transactions, consolidate,
amalgamate or merge with or into or wind up or dissolve into
another Person (whether or not the Issuer is the surviving
Person), or sell, lease, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose
of or assign all or substantially all of the assets of the
Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries (taken as a whole) unless:
(1) either:
(a) the Issuer will be the surviving or continuing
Person; or
(b) the Person (if other than the Issuer) formed by or
surviving or continuing from such consolidation, merger,
amalgamation, winding up or dissolution or to which such sale,
lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition or assignment
shall be made (collectively, the Successor) is a
corporation, limited liability company or limited partnership
organized and existing under the laws of Canada or any province
thereof or the United States of America or of any State of the
United States of America or the District of Columbia, and the
Successor expressly assumes, by agreements in form and substance
reasonably satisfactory to the U.S. Trustee, all of the
obligations of the Issuer under the Notes and the Indenture and
expressly assumes all of the obligations of the Issuer under the
Registration Rights Agreement; provided, that if the
Successor is not a corporation, a Restricted Subsidiary that is
a corporation expressly assumes as co-obligor all of the
obligations of the Issuer under the Indenture and the Notes
pursuant to a supplemental indenture to the Indenture executed
and delivered to the Trustee;
(2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction and
the assumption of the obligations as set forth in clause (1)(b)
above and the incurrence of any Indebtedness to be incurred in
connection therewith, and the use of any net proceeds therefrom
on a pro forma basis, no Default shall have occurred and be
continuing;
(3) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such
transaction and the assumption of the obligations as set forth
in clause (1)(b) above and the incurrence of any Indebtedness to
be incurred in connection therewith, and the use of any net
proceeds therefrom on a pro forma basis, (i) the Issuer or
its Successor, as the case may be, could incur US$1.00 of
additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Coverage Ratio Exception
or (ii) the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio for the
Issuer or its Successor, as the case may be, and its Restricted
Subsidiaries would be greater than or equal to such Consolidated
Interest Coverage Ratio prior to such transaction; and
(4) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an
Officers Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each
stating that such merger, amalgamation, consolidation or
transfer and such agreement
and/or
supplemental indenture (if any) comply with the Indenture.
For purposes of this covenant, any Indebtedness of the Successor
which was not Indebtedness of the Issuer immediately prior to
the transaction shall be deemed to have been incurred in
connection with such transaction.
Subject to certain limitations governing releases of Guarantors
described in the sixth paragraph under the caption
Guarantees, no Guarantor will, and the
Issuer will not permit any Guarantor to, directly or indirectly,
in a single transaction or a series of related transactions,
consolidate, amalgamate or merge with or into or wind up or
dissolve into another Person (whether or not the Guarantor is
the surviving Person), or sell, lease, transfer, convey or
otherwise dispose of or assign all or substantially all of its
assets to any Person unless either:
(1) (a) (i) such Guarantor will be the surviving or
continuing Person; or (ii) the Person (if other than such
Guarantor) formed by or surviving any such consolidation,
merger, amalgamation,
winding-up
or dissolution is another Guarantor or assumes, by agreements in
form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the
U.S. Trustee, all of the obligations of such Guarantor
under the Guarantee of such Guarantor and the Indenture and
assumes all of the obligations of such Guarantor under the
Registration Rights Agreement;
91
(b) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no
Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and
(c) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an
Officers Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each
stating that such merger, amalgamation, consolidation or
transfer and such agreements
and/or
supplemental indenture (if any) comply with the
Indenture; or
(2) the transaction is made in compliance with the covenant
described under Limitation on Asset
Sales.
For purposes of the foregoing, the transfer (by lease,
assignment, sale or otherwise, in a single transaction or series
of transactions) of all or substantially all of the properties
or assets of one or more Restricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer,
the Equity Interests of which constitute all or substantially
all of the properties and assets of the Issuer, will be deemed
to be the transfer of all or substantially all of the properties
and assets of the Issuer.
Upon any consolidation, amalgamation or merger of the Issuer or
a Guarantor, or any transfer of all or substantially all of the
assets of the Issuer in accordance with the foregoing, in which
the Issuer or such Guarantor is not the continuing obligor under
the Notes or its Guarantee, as applicable, the surviving entity
formed by such consolidation or amalgamation or into which the
Issuer or such Guarantor is merged or the Person to which the
sale, conveyance, lease, transfer, disposition or assignment is
made will succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise
every right and power of, the Issuer or such Guarantor under the
Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees with the same effect as
if such surviving entity had been named therein as the Issuer or
such Guarantor and, except in the case of a lease, the Issuer or
such Guarantor, as the case may be, will be released from the
obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes or
in respect of its Guarantee, as the case may be, and all of the
Issuers or such Guarantors other obligations and
covenants under the Notes, the Indenture and its Guarantee, if
applicable.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) any Restricted
Subsidiary may consolidate, merge or amalgamate with or into or
convey, transfer or lease, in one transaction or a series of
transactions, all or substantially all of its assets to the
Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) any
Guarantor may consolidate, merge or amalgamate with or into or
convey, transfer or lease, in one transaction or a series of
transactions, all or part of its properties and assets to the
Issuer or another Guarantor or merge with a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Issuer solely for the purpose of
reincorporating the Guarantor in Canada or a province thereof, a
State of the United States or the District of Columbia, as long
as the amount of Indebtedness of the Issuer or such Guarantor
and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby.
Additional
Guarantees
If any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer shall guarantee any
Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor under a Credit
Facility or under debt securities issued in the capital markets
except for any such Subsidiary if the Fair Market Value of the
assets of such Subsidiary together with the Fair Market Value of
the assets of any other Subsidiaries that guaranteed such
Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor but did not
guarantee the Notes, does not exceed US$20.0 million in the
aggregate, then the Issuer shall cause such Restricted
Subsidiary to:
(1) execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental
indenture in form and substance satisfactory to the
U.S. Trustee pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary
shall unconditionally guarantee, on a joint and several basis,
the full and prompt payment of the principal of, premium, if
any, and interest (including Additional Interest, if any) in
respect of the Notes on a senior basis and all other obligations
of the Issuer under the Indenture; and
(2) deliver to the Trustee one or more Opinions of Counsel
that such supplemental indenture (a) has been duly
authorized, executed and delivered by such Restricted Subsidiary
and (b) constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation
of such Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with its terms.
Conduct
of Business
The Issuer will engage, and will cause its Restricted
Subsidiaries to engage, only in businesses that, when considered
together as a single enterprise, are primarily the Permitted
Business.
92
Reports
Whether or not required by the SEC, so long as any Notes are
outstanding, the Issuer will furnish to the Trustee and the
Holders of Notes, or, to the extent permitted by the SEC, file
electronically with the SEC through the SECs Electronic
Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval System (or any successor
system) within the time periods specified in the SECs
rules and regulations applicable to a foreign private issuer
subject to the Multijurisdictional Disclosure System:
(1)
(a) all annual financial information that would be required
to be contained in a filing with the SEC on
Forms 40-F
or 20-F (or any successor form), as applicable, containing the
information required therein (or required in such successor
form) including a report on the annual financial statements by
the Issuers certified independent accountants and a
reconciliation of the Issuers financial statements to
U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (provided
that such reconciliation shall not be required if such financial
statements are prepared in accordance with IFRS) as if the
Issuer was required to file such forms and was a reporting
issuer under the securities laws of the Province of Alberta or
Ontario;
(b) for the first three quarters of each year, all
quarterly financial information that the Issuer would be
required to file with or furnish to the SEC on
Form 6-K
(or any successor form), if the Issuer were required to file or
furnish, as applicable, such forms and as if the Issuer was a
reporting issuer under the securities laws of the Province of
Alberta or Ontario,
in each case including a Managements Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations; and
(2) all current reports that would otherwise be required to
be filed or furnished by the Issuer with the SEC on
Form 6-K
if the Issuer were required to file or furnish, as applicable,
such form as if the Issuer and was a reporting issuer under the
securities laws of the Province of Alberta or Ontario.
If the Issuer has designated any of its Subsidiaries as
Unrestricted Subsidiaries, then the quarterly and annual
financial information required by the preceding paragraph will
include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face
of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto, and in
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations, of the financial condition and
results of operations of the Issuer and its Restricted
Subsidiaries excluding the Unrestricted Subsidiaries.
In addition, whether or not required by the SEC, the Issuer will
file a copy of all of the information and reports referred to in
clauses (1) and (2) above with the SEC for public
availability within the time periods specified in the SECs
rules and regulations applicable to such reports applicable to a
foreign private issuer subject to the Multijurisdictional
Disclosure System (unless the SEC will not accept the filing)
and make the information available to securities analysts and
prospective investors upon request. If, notwithstanding the
foregoing, the SEC will not accept the Issuers filings for
any reason, the Issuer will post the reports referred to in
clauses (1) and (2) above on its website within the
time periods that would apply if the Issuer were required to
file those reports with the SEC.
The Issuer and the Guarantors have agreed that, for so long as
any Notes remain outstanding, the Issuer will furnish to the
Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors,
upon their request, the information required to be delivered
pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the
Issuer will be deemed to have complied with its obligations in
the preceding two paragraphs following the filing of the
Exchange Offer Registration Statement and prior to the
effectiveness thereof if the Exchange Offer Registration
Statement includes the information specified in clause (1)
above at the times it would otherwise be required to file such
Forms.
93
Events of
Default
Each of the following is an Event of Default:
(1) failure to pay interest on, or Additional Interest with
respect to, any of the Notes when the same becomes due and
payable and the continuance of any such failure for 30 days;
(2) failure to pay principal of or premium, if any, on any
of the Notes when it becomes due and payable, whether at Stated
Maturity, upon redemption, upon purchase, upon acceleration or
otherwise;
(3) failure by the Issuer or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to comply with any of their respective agreements
or covenants described above under Certain
Covenants Limitation on Mergers, Consolidations,
Etc., or failure by the Issuer to comply in respect of its
obligations to make a Change of Control Offer as described under
Change of Control;
(4) (a) except with respect to the covenant described
under the heading Certain
Covenants Reports, failure by the Issuer or
any Restricted Subsidiary to comply with any other agreement or
covenant in the Indenture and continuance of this failure for
60 days after notice of the failure has been given to the
Issuer by the U.S. Trustee or to the Issuer and the Trustee
by the Holders of at least 25.0% of the aggregate principal
amount of the Notes then outstanding, or (b) failure by the
Issuer for 120 days after notice of the failure has been
given to the Issuer by the U.S. Trustee or by the Holders
of at least 25.0% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes
then outstanding to comply with the covenant described under the
heading Certain Covenants
Reports;
(5) default by the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary
under any mortgage, indenture or other instrument or agreement
under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured
or evidenced Indebtedness for borrowed money by the Issuer or
any Restricted Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness now exists
or is incurred after the Issue Date, which default:
(a) is caused by a failure to pay at its Stated Maturity
principal on such Indebtedness within the applicable express
grace period and any extensions thereof, or
(b) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior
to its Stated Maturity (which acceleration is not rescinded,
annulled or otherwise cured within 30 days of receipt by
the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary of notice of any such
acceleration),
and, in each case, the principal amount of such Indebtedness,
together with the principal amount of any other Indebtedness
with respect to which an event described in clause (a) or
(b) has occurred and is continuing, aggregates
US$50.0 million or more;
(6) one or more judgments (to the extent not covered by
insurance) for the payment of money in an aggregate amount in
excess of US$50.0 million shall be rendered against the
Issuer, any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any combination
thereof and the same shall remain undischarged for a period of
60 consecutive days during which execution shall not be
effectively stayed;
(7) certain events of bankruptcy affecting the Issuer or
any Significant Subsidiary of the Issuer or group of Restricted
Subsidiaries of the Issuer that, taken together (as of the
latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Issuer
and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant
Subsidiary; or
(8) any Guarantee ceases to be in full force and effect
(other than in accordance with the terms of such Guarantee and
the Indenture) or is declared null and void and unenforceable or
found to be invalid or any Guarantor denies its liability under
the Guarantee of such Guarantor (other than by reason of release
of such Guarantor from its Guarantee in accordance with the
terms of the Indenture and the Guarantee.
If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified
in clause (7) above), shall have occurred and be continuing
under the Indenture, the U.S. Trustee, by written notice to
the Issuer, or the Holders of at least 25.0% in aggregate
principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by written notice
to the Issuer and the U.S. Trustee, may declare (an
acceleration declaration) all amounts owing under
the Notes to be due and payable. Upon such acceleration
declaration, the aggregate principal of and accrued and unpaid
interest on the outstanding Notes shall
94
become due and payable immediately; provided, however,
that after such acceleration, but before a judgment or decree
based on acceleration, the Holders of a majority in aggregate
principal amount of such outstanding Notes may, under certain
circumstances, rescind and annul such acceleration if all Events
of Default, other than the nonpayment of accelerated principal
and interest, have been cured or waived as provided in the
Indenture. If an Event of Default specified in clause (7)
occurs, all outstanding Notes shall become due and payable
without any further action or notice to the extent permitted by
applicable law.
Holders of the Notes may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes
except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain
limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the
then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of
any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the
Notes notice of any Default or Event of Default (except an Event
of Default relating to the payment of principal or interest or
Additional Interest) if it determines that withholding notice is
in their interest.
The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then
outstanding Notes will have the right to direct the time, method
and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy
available to the Trustee. However, the Trustee may refuse to
follow any direction that conflicts with law or the Indenture,
that may involve the Trustee in personal liability, or that the
Trustee determines in good faith may be unduly prejudicial to
the rights of Holders of Notes not joining in the giving of such
direction and may take any other action it deems proper that is
not inconsistent with any such direction received from Holders
of Notes. A Holder may not pursue any remedy with respect to the
Indenture or the Notes unless:
(1) the Holder gives the Trustee written notice of a
continuing Event of Default;
(2) the Holder or Holders of at least 25.0% in aggregate
principal amount of outstanding Notes make a written request to
the Trustee to pursue the remedy;
(3) such Holder or Holders offer the Trustee indemnity
satisfactory to the Trustee against any costs, liability or
expense;
(4) the Trustee does not comply with the request within
60 days after receipt of the request and the offer of
indemnity; and
(5) during such
60-day
period, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount
of the outstanding Notes do not give the Trustee a direction
that is inconsistent with the request.
However, such limitations do not apply to the right of any
Holder of a Note to receive payment of the principal of, premium
or Additional Interest, if any, or interest on, such Note or to
bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment, on or after
the due date expressed in the Notes, which right will not be
impaired or affected without the consent of the Holder.
The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the
Notes then outstanding by written notice to the Trustee may, on
behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes, rescind an
acceleration or waive any existing Default or Event of Default
and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing
Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest or
premium or Additional Interest on, or the principal of, the
Notes.
The Issuer is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a
statement regarding compliance with the Indenture and, upon any
Officer of the Issuer becoming aware of any Default, a statement
specifying such Default and what action the Issuer is taking or
proposes to take with respect thereto. The Issuer will also be
obligated to notify the Trustee of any default or defaults in
the performance of any covenants or agreements under the
Indenture.
Legal
Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance
The Issuer may, at its option and at any time, elect to have its
obligations discharged with respect to the outstanding Notes and
all obligations of any Guarantors discharged with respect to
their Guarantees (Legal Defeasance). Legal
Defeasance means that the Issuer and the Guarantors shall be
deemed to have paid and
95
discharged the entire obligations represented by the Notes and
the Guarantees, and the Indenture shall cease to be of further
effect as to all outstanding Notes and Guarantees, except as to:
(1) rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive
payments in respect of the principal of and interest and
Additional Interest, if any, on such Notes when such payments
are due from the trust funds referred to below,
(2) the Issuers obligations with respect to the Notes
concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of Notes,
mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes, and the maintenance
of an office or agency for payment and money for security
payments held in trust,
(3) the rights, powers, trust, duties, and immunities of
the Trustee, and the obligations of the Issuer and the
Guarantors in connection therewith, and
(4) the Legal Defeasance provisions of the Indenture.
In addition, the Issuer may, at its option and at any time,
elect to have its obligations and the obligations of the
Guarantors released with respect to the provisions of the
Indenture described above under Change of
Control and under Covenants (other
than the covenant described under
Covenants Limitation on Mergers,
Consolidations, Etc., except to the extent described
below) and the limitation imposed by clause (3) under
Covenants Limitation on Mergers,
Consolidations, Etc. (such release and termination being
referred to as Covenant Defeasance), and thereafter
any omission to comply with such obligations or provisions will
not constitute a Default or Event of Default. Covenant
Defeasance will not be effective until the date 92 days
after the date of deposit of funds provided for in
clause (1) of the paragraph below, and then only if no
bankruptcy, receivership, rehabilitation and insolvency event
has occurred and is continuing. In the event Covenant Defeasance
occurs in accordance with the Indenture, the Events of Default
described under clauses (3) through (8) under the
caption Events of Default will no longer
constitute an Event of Default. The Issuer may exercise its
Legal Defeasance option regardless of whether it previously
exercised Covenant Defeasance.
In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant
Defeasance:
(1) the Issuer must irrevocably deposit with the
U.S. Trustee, as trust funds, in trust solely for the
benefit of the Holders, U.S. legal tender,
U.S. Government Obligations or a combination thereof, in
such amounts as will be sufficient (without consideration of any
reinvestment of interest) in the opinion of a nationally
recognized investment bank, appraisal firm or firm of
independent public accountants selected by the Issuer delivered
to the Trustee, to pay the principal of and interest and
Additional Interest, if any, on the outstanding Notes on the
stated date for payment thereof or on the applicable redemption
date, as the case may be,
(2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuer shall have
delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United
States reasonably acceptable to the U.S. Trustee confirming
that:
(a) the Issuer has received from, or there has been
published by the Internal Revenue Service, a ruling, or
(b) since the date of the Indenture, there has been a
change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law,
in either case to the effect that, and based thereon this
Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Holders of the
outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for
U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of the Legal
Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax
on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as
would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not
occurred,
(3) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Issuer shall
have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the
United States reasonably acceptable to the U.S. Trustee
confirming that the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not
recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax
purposes as a result of the Covenant Defeasance and will be
subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in
the same manner and at the same times as would have been the
case if the Covenant Defeasance had not occurred,
96
(4) in the case of Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance,
the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of
Counsel reasonably acceptable to the U.S. Trustee and
qualified to practice in Canada or a ruling from Canada Revenue
Agency to the effect that Holders of the outstanding Notes who
are not resident in Canada will not recognize income, gain or
loss for Canadian federal, provincial or territorial income tax
purposes as a result of the Legal Defeasance or Covenant
Defeasance, as applicable, and will be subject to Canadian
federal, provincial or territorial income tax on the same
amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have
been the case if the Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance, as
applicable, had not occurred,
(5) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing,
either (a) on the date of such deposit (other than a
Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to
such deposit and the grant of any Lien securing such borrowings)
or (b) insofar as Defaults from bankruptcy or insolvency
events are concerned, at any time in the period ending on the
91st day after the date of deposit,
(6) the Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not
result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default
under any other material agreement or instrument to which the
Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the
Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries is bound,
(7) the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of
Counsel to the effect that after the 91st day following the
deposit, no trust funds will be subject to the effect of any
applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar
laws affecting creditors rights generally,
(8) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an
Officers Certificate stating that the deposit was not made
by it with the intent of preferring the Holders over any other
of its creditors or with the intent of defeating, hindering,
delaying or defrauding any other of its creditors or
others, and
(9) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an
Officers Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each
stating that the conditions precedent provided for in
clauses (1) through (8) have been complied with.
If the funds deposited with the U.S. Trustee to effect
Covenant Defeasance are insufficient to pay the principal of and
interest on the Notes when due, then the Issuers
obligations and the obligations of the Guarantors under the
Indenture will be revived and no such defeasance will be deemed
to have occurred.
Satisfaction
and Discharge
The Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further
effect (except as to rights of registration of transfer or
exchange of Notes which shall survive until all Notes have been
canceled and the rights, protections and immunities of the
Trustee) as to all outstanding Notes when either:
(1) all the Notes that have been authenticated and
delivered (except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes which have
been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has been
deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Issuer
and thereafter repaid to the Issuer or discharged from this
trust) have been delivered to the Trustee for
cancellation, or
(2) (a) all Notes not delivered to the Trustee for
cancellation otherwise (i) have become due and payable,
(ii) will become due and payable, or may be called for
redemption, within one year or (iii) have been called for
redemption pursuant to the provisions described under
Optional Redemption, and, in any case,
the Issuer has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited
with the Trustee as trust funds, in trust solely for the benefit
of the Holders, U.S. legal tender, U.S. Government
Obligations or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be
sufficient (without consideration of any reinvestment of
interest) to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness
(including all principal and accrued interest and Additional
Interest, if any) on the Notes not theretofore delivered to the
Trustee for cancellation,
(b) the Issuer has paid all other sums payable by it under
the Indenture, and
(c) the Issuer has delivered irrevocable instructions to
the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of
the Notes at maturity or on the date of redemption, as the case
may be.
97
In addition, the Issuer must deliver an Officers
Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that all
conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge of the
Indenture have been complied with.
Transfer
and Exchange
A Holder is able to register the transfer of or exchange Notes
only in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture. The
Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish
appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and to pay any
taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture.
Without the prior consent of the Issuer, the Registrar is not
required (1) to register the transfer of or exchange any
Note selected for redemption, (2) to register the transfer
of or exchange any Note for a period of 15 days before a
selection of Notes to be redeemed or (3) to register the
transfer or exchange of a Note between a record date and the
next succeeding interest payment date.
The Notes were issued in registered form and the registered
Holder will be treated as the owner of such Note for all
purposes (except as required by applicable tax laws).
Amendment,
Supplement and Waiver
Except as otherwise provided in the next three succeeding
paragraphs, the Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes may be
amended with the consent (which may include consents obtained in
connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for Notes) of
the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the
Notes then outstanding, and any existing Default under, or
compliance with any provision of, the Indenture may be waived
(other than any continuing Default in the payment of the
principal or interest on the Notes) with the consent (which may
include consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or
exchange offer for Notes) of the Holders of a majority in
principal amount of the Notes then outstanding.
Without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment or
waiver may not (with respect to any Notes held by a
non-consenting Holder):
(1) reduce, or change the maturity of, the principal of any
Note;
(2) reduce the rate of or extend the time for payment of
interest on any Note;
(3) reduce any premium payable upon redemption of the Notes
or change the date on which any Notes are subject to redemption
(other than the notice provisions) or waive any payment with
respect to the redemption of the Notes; provided,
however, that solely for the avoidance of doubt, and without
any other implication, any purchase or repurchase of Notes
(including pursuant to the covenants described above under the
captions Change of Control and
Certain Covenants Limitation on
Asset Sales) shall not be deemed a redemption of the Notes;
(4) make any Note payable in money or currency other than
that stated in the Notes;
(5) modify or change any provision of the Indenture or the
related definitions to affect the ranking of the Notes or any
Guarantee in a manner that adversely affects the Holders;
(6) reduce the percentage of Holders necessary to consent
to an amendment or waiver to the Indenture or the Notes;
(7) waive a default in the payment of principal of or
premium or interest or Additional Interest, if any, on any Notes
(except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders
thereof as provided in the Indenture and a waiver of the payment
default that resulted from such acceleration);
(8) impair the rights of Holders to receive payments of
principal of or interest or Additional Interest, if any, on the
Notes on or after the due date therefor or to institute suit for
the enforcement of any payment on the Notes;
(9) release any Guarantor from any of its obligations under
its Guarantee or the Indenture, except as permitted by the
Indenture; or
(10) make any change in these amendment and waiver
provisions.
98
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuer and the Trustee may
amend the Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes without the
consent of any Holder:
(1) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency;
(2) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or
in place of certificated Notes;
(3) to provide for the assumption of the Issuers or a
Guarantors obligations to the Holders in the case of a
merger, amalgamation, consolidation or sale of all or
substantially all of the Issuers or such Guarantors
assets, or
winding-up
or dissolution or sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other
disposition or assignment in accordance with
Certain Covenants Limitation on
Mergers, Consolidations, Etc.,;
(4) to add any Guarantee or to effect the release of any
Guarantor from any of its obligations under its Guarantee or the
provisions of the Indenture (to the extent in accordance with
the Indenture);
(5) to make any change that would provide any additional
rights or benefits to the Holders or does not materially
adversely affect the rights of any Holder;
(6) to effect or maintain the qualification of the
Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act;
(7) to secure the Notes or any Guarantees or any other
obligation under the Indenture;
(8) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of
appointment by a successor Trustee;
(9) to conform the text of the Indenture or the Notes to
any provision of this Description of the Notes to the extent
that such provision in this Description of the Notes was
intended to be a substantially verbatim recitation of a
provision of the Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes; or
(10) to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes or
Exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture and the
Registration Rights Agreement, as the case may be.
The consent of the Holders of the Notes is not necessary under
the Indenture to approve the particular form of any proposed
amendment or waiver. It is sufficient if such consent approves
the substance of the proposed amendment or waiver.
After an amendment under the Indenture becomes effective, the
Issuer is required to deliver to Holders of the Notes a notice
briefly describing such amendment. However, the failure to give
such notice to all Holders of the Notes, or any defect therein,
will not impair or affect the validity of the amendment.
No
Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and
Stockholders
No director, officer, employee, incorporator, or stockholder of
the Issuer or any Guarantor or an annuitant under a plan of
which a stockholder of the Issuer is a trustee or carrier will
have any liability for any indebtedness, obligations or
liabilities of the Issuer under the Notes or the Indenture or of
any Guarantor under its Guarantee or for any claim based on, in
respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation.
Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such
liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration
for issuance of the Notes and the Guarantees. The waiver may not
be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities
laws. It is the view of the SEC that this type of waiver is
against public policy.
Concerning
the Trustee
The U.S. Trustee has been appointed by the Issuer as
Registrar and Paying Agent with regard to the Notes. The
Indenture contains certain limitations on the rights of the
Trustee, should it become a creditor of the Issuer, to obtain
payment of claims in certain cases, or to realize on certain
assets received in respect of any such claim as security or
otherwise. The Trustee is permitted to engage in other
transactions; however, if it acquires any conflicting interest
(as defined in the Indenture), it must eliminate such conflict
within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue
(if the Indenture has been qualified under the
Trust Indenture Act) or resign.
The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then
outstanding Notes will have the right to direct the time, method
and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy
available to the Trustee, subject to
99
certain exceptions. The Indenture provides that, in case an
Event of Default occurs and is not cured, the Trustee will be
required, in the exercise of its power, to use the degree of
care of a prudent person in similar circumstances in the conduct
of his own affairs. The Trustee will be under no obligation to
exercise any of its rights or powers under the Indenture at the
request of any Holder, unless such Holder shall have offered to
the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee.
Governing
Law
The Indenture, the Notes, and the Guarantees are governed by,
and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New
York.
Enforceability
of Judgments
Since a substantial portion of the Issuers and the
Guarantors assets are outside the United States, any
judgment obtained in the United States against the Issuer or the
Guarantors, including judgments with respect to the payment of
principal, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes may not be
collectible within the United States.
The Issuer has been informed that the laws of the Province of
Alberta and the federal laws of Canada applicable therein permit
an action predicated solely on civil liability to be brought
against the Issuer or a Guarantor in a court of competent
jurisdiction in such Province on any final and conclusive
judgment in personam of any federal or state court located in
the Borough of Manhattan in The City of New York (New York
Court) with respect to the Indenture, the Notes or any
Guarantee, as applicable, that has not been stayed, that is
subsisting and unsatisfied and is not impeachable as void or
voidable under the internal laws of the State of New York and
that is for a sum certain if (1) the New York Court
rendering such judgment had jurisdiction over the judgment
debtor, as recognized by the courts of the Province of Alberta;
(2) such judgment was not obtained by fraud or in a manner
contrary to natural justice (including service of process
leading to the New York judgment) and the enforcement thereof
would not be contrary to public policy, as such term is
understood under the laws of the Province of Alberta or contrary
to any order made by the Attorney General of Canada under the
Foreign Extraterritorial Measures Act (Canada) or any
order of the Competition Tribunal under the Competition Act
(Canada) in respect of certain judgments (as defined
therein) and the enforcement of such judgment would not
constitute, directly or indirectly, the enforcement of foreign
revenue, expropriatory or penal laws; (3) no new admissible
evidence relevant to the action is discovered prior to the
rendering of judgment by an Alberta court; (4) there is no
manifest error on the face of the judgment; and (5) the
action to enforce such judgment is commenced within the
applicable limitation period. An Alberta court would apply the
laws applicable in the Province of Alberta in respect of all
matters relating to the procedure for the enforcement of such
judgment which may include, among other laws, Alberta limitation
legislation. Such court could also apply applicable New York
limitation legislation as the law governing the judgment, in
which case the shorter of the limitation periods in Alberta or
New York would apply. The Issuer has been advised by such
counsel that they do not know of any reason under present laws
of the Province of Alberta and the federal laws of Canada
applicable therein for avoiding recognition of any judgment of a
New York Court under either the Indenture, the Notes or any
Guarantee, as applicable, based upon public policy, provided the
above requirements are met.
Indemnification
for Judgment Currency Fluctuations
If for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court it is
necessary to convert a sum due under the Indenture to the Holder
from U.S. dollars to another currency, the Issuer has
agreed, and each Holder by holding such Note will be deemed to
have agreed, to the fullest extent that the Issuer and they may
effectively do so, that the rate of exchange used shall be that
at which in accordance with normal banking procedures such
Holder could purchase U.S. dollars with such other currency
in New York City, New York on the Business Day preceding the day
on which final judgment is given.
The Issuers obligations to any Holder will,
notwithstanding any judgment in a currency (the judgment
currency) other than U.S. dollars, be discharged only
to the extent that on the Business Day following receipt by such
Holder or the Trustee, as the case may be, of any amount in such
judgment currency, such Holder may in accordance with normal
banking procedures purchase U.S. dollars with the judgment
currency. If the amount of the U.S. dollars so purchased is
less than the amount originally to be paid to such Holder or the
Trustee in the judgment
100
currency (as determined in the manner set forth in the preceding
paragraph), as the case may be, each of the Issuer and the
Guarantors, jointly and severally, agrees, as a separate
obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify
the Holder and the Trustee, as the case may be, against any such
loss. If the amount of the U.S. dollars so purchased is
more than the amount originally to be paid to such Holder or the
Trustee, as the case may be, such Holder or the Trustee, as the
case may be, will pay the Issuer such excess; provided
that such Holder or the Trustee, as the case may be, shall
not have any obligation to pay any such excess as long as a
Default under the Notes or the Indenture has occurred and is
continuing or if the Issuer shall have failed to pay any Holder
any amounts then due and payable under such Note or the
Indenture, in which case such excess may be applied by such
holder to such obligations.
Consent
to Jurisdiction and Service
Each of the Issuer and each
non-U.S. Guarantor
has appointed CT Corporation, 111 Eighth Avenue, New York, New
York, 10011 as its agent for service of process in any suit,
action or proceeding with respect to the Indenture, the Notes or
the Guarantees and for actions brought under federal or state
securities laws brought in any federal or state court located in
The City of New York and each of the Issuer and the Guarantors
will submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of such courts.
Certain
Definitions
Set forth below is a summary of certain of the defined terms
used in the Indenture. Reference is made to the Indenture for
the full definition of all such terms.
Acquired Indebtedness means (1) with
respect to any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary after
the Issue Date, Indebtedness of such Person and its Subsidiaries
(including, for the avoidance of doubt, Indebtedness incurred in
the ordinary course of such Persons business to acquire
assets used or useful in its business) existing at the time such
Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary and (2) with respect
to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, any Indebtedness of
a Person (including, for the avoidance of doubt, Indebtedness
incurred in the ordinary course of such Persons business
to acquire assets used or useful in its business), other than
the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, existing at the time such
Person is merged with or into the Issuer or a Restricted
Subsidiary, or Indebtedness expressly assumed by the Issuer or
any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with the acquisition of
an asset or assets from another Person.
Additional Interest has the meaning set forth
in the Registration Rights Agreement.
Affiliate of any Person means any other
Person which directly or indirectly controls or is controlled
by, or is under direct or indirect common control with, the
referent Person. For purposes of this definition,
control of a Person shall mean the power to direct
the management and policies of such Person, directly or
indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities,
by contract or otherwise.
AIMCO means Her Majesty the Queen in Right of
the Province of Alberta, as represented by Alberta Investment
Management Corporation.
AIMCO Indenture means the Note Indenture
dated as of April 22, 2009 relating to the Issuers
10% Senior Unsecured Notes due April 22, 2017.
AIMCO Warrants means the 15,000,000 common
share purchase warrants of the Issuer issued to AIMCO, pursuant
to an amended and restated warrant certificate dated
June 1, 2010.
amend means to amend, supplement, restate,
amend and restate or otherwise modify, including successively,
and amendment shall have a correlative meaning.
asset means any asset or property, including,
without limitation, Equity Interests.
Asset Acquisition means:
(1) an Investment by the Issuer or any Restricted
Subsidiary of the Issuer in any other Person if, as a result of
such Investment, such Person shall become a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Issuer, or shall be merged with or into the
Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer, or
101
(2) the acquisition by the Issuer or any Restricted
Subsidiary of the Issuer of all or substantially all of the
assets of any other Person (other than a Restricted Subsidiary
of the Issuer) or any division or line of business of any such
other Person (other than in the ordinary course of business).
Asset Sale means:
(a) any sale, conveyance, transfer, lease, assignment or
other disposition by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to
any Person other than the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary
(including by means of a sale and leaseback transaction or a
merger or consolidation), in one transaction or a series of
related transactions, of any assets of the Issuer or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries other than in the ordinary course of
business; or
(b) any issuance of Equity Interests of a Restricted
Subsidiary (other than Preferred Stock of Restricted
Subsidiaries issued in compliance with the covenant described
under Certain Covenants Limitation
on Additional Indebtedness) to any Person other than the
Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in one transaction or a
series of related transactions (the actions described in these
clauses (a) and (b), collectively, for purposes of this
definition, a transfer).
For purposes of this definition, the term Asset Sale
shall not include:
(1) transfers of cash or Cash Equivalents;
(2) transfers of assets (including Equity Interests) that
are governed by, and made in accordance with, the covenants
described under Change of Control or
Certain Covenants Limitation on
Mergers, Consolidations, Etc.;
(3) Permitted Investments and Restricted Payments permitted
under the covenant described under Certain
Covenants Limitation on Restricted Payments;
(4) the creation of or realization on any Permitted Lien
and any disposition of assets resulting from the enforcement or
foreclosure of any such Permitted Lien;
(5) transfers of damaged, worn-out or obsolete equipment or
assets that, in the Issuers reasonable judgment, are no
longer used or useful in the business of the Issuer or its
Restricted Subsidiaries;
(6) sales or grants of licenses or sublicenses to use the
patents, trade secrets, know-how and other Intellectual
Property, and licenses, leases or subleases of other assets, of
the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to the extent not
materially interfering with the business of the Issuer and the
Restricted Subsidiaries;
(7) any sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of any
assets or any sale or issuance of Equity Interests in each case,
made pursuant to a Permitted Joint Venture Investment;
(8) a disposition of inventory in the ordinary course of
business;
(9) a disposition of receivables in connection with the
compromise, settlement or collection thereof in the ordinary
course of business or in bankruptcy or similar proceedings and
exclusive of factoring and similar arrangements;
(10) the trade or exchange by the Issuer or any Restricted
Subsidiary of any asset for any other asset or assets that are
used in a Permitted Business; provided, that the Fair
Market Value of the asset or assets received by the Issuer or
any Restricted Subsidiary in such trade or exchange (including
any cash or Cash Equivalents) is at least equal to the Fair
Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Board of
Directors or an executive officer of the Issuer or of such
Restricted Subsidiary with responsibility for such transaction,
which determination shall be conclusive evidence of compliance
with this provision) of the asset or assets disposed of by the
Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to such trade or
exchange; and, provided, further, that if any cash or
Cash Equivalents are used in such trade or exchange to achieve
an exchange of equivalent value, that the amount of such cash
and/or Cash
Equivalents received shall be deemed proceeds of an Asset
Sale, subject to the following clause (11); and
(11) any transfer or series of related transfers that, but
for this clause, would be Asset Sales, if after giving effect to
such transfers, the aggregate Fair Market Value of the assets
transferred in such transaction or any
102
such series of related transactions does not exceed
US$10.0 million per occurrence or US$20.0 million in
any fiscal year.
Board of Directors means, with respect to any
Person, (i) in the case of any corporation, the board of
directors of such Person and (ii) in any other case, the
functional equivalent of the foregoing or, in each case, other
than for purposes of the definition of Change of
Control, any duly authorized committee of such body.
Business Day means a day other than a
Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions in
the State of New York or Calgary, Canada are authorized or
required by law to close.
Capitalized Lease means a lease required to
be capitalized for financial reporting purposes in accordance
with GAAP. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any lease that would
have been classified as an operating lease pursuant to Canadian
generally accepted accounting principles as in effect on the
Issue Date shall be deemed not to be a Capitalized Lease.
Capitalized Lease Obligations of any Person
means the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other
amounts under a Capitalized Lease, and the amount of such
obligation shall be the capitalized amount thereof determined in
accordance with GAAP.
Cash Equivalents means:
(1) marketable obligations issued or directly and fully
guaranteed or insured by the United States of America, the
Canadian government or any agency or instrumentality thereof
(provided that the full faith and credit of such
government is pledged in support thereof), maturing within one
year of the date of acquisition thereof;
(2) demand and time deposits and certificates of deposit of
any lender under any Credit Facility or any Eligible Bank
organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof
or the District of Columbia or under the laws of Canada or any
province or territory thereof or a U.S. or Canadian branch
of any other Eligible Bank maturing within one year of the date
of acquisition thereof;
(3) commercial paper issued by any Person incorporated in
the United States or Canada rated at least A1 or the equivalent
thereof by S&P or at least
P-1 or the
equivalent thereof by Moodys or an equivalent rating by a
nationally recognized rating agency if both S&P and
Moodys cease publishing ratings of commercial paper
issuers generally, and in each case maturing not more than one
year after the date of acquisition thereof;
(4) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than one
year for underlying securities of the types described in
clause (1) above entered into with any Eligible Bank and
maturing not more than one year after such time;
(5) securities issued and fully guaranteed by any state,
commonwealth or territory of the United States of America, any
province or territory of Canada or by any political subdivision
or taxing authority thereof, rated at least A by
Moodys Investors Service, Inc. or Standard &
Poors Rating Services and having maturities of not more
than one year from the date of acquisition;
(6) investments in money market or other mutual funds
substantially all of whose assets comprise securities of the
types described in clauses (1) through (5) above;
(7) demand deposit accounts maintained in the ordinary
course of business; and
(8) in the case of any Subsidiary of the Issuer organized
or having its principal place of business outside the United
States or Canada, investments denominated in the currency of the
jurisdiction in which such Subsidiary is organized or has its
principal place of business which are similar to the items
specified in clauses (1) through (7) above.
Change of Control means the occurrence of any
of the following events:
(1) the direct or indirect sale, transfer, conveyance or
other disposition (other than by way of merger or
consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of
all or substantially all of the properties or assets of
103
the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to
any person (as that term is used in
Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act);
(2) any person or group (as such
terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange
Act) is or becomes the beneficial owner of (as defined in
Rules 13d-3
and 13d-5
under the Exchange Act, except that for purposes of this clause
that person or group shall be deemed to have beneficial
ownership of all securities that any such person or group
has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable
immediately or only after the passage of time), or controls,
directly or indirectly, Voting Stock representing 50.0% or more
of the voting power of the total outstanding Voting Stock of the
Issuer on a fully diluted basis;
(3) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals
who at the beginning of such period constituted the Board of
Directors of the Issuer (together with any new directors whose
election to such Board of Directors or whose nomination for
election by the stockholders of the Issuer was approved by a
vote of a majority of the directors of the Issuer then still in
office who were either directors or trustees, as the case may
be, at the beginning of such period or whose election or
nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for
any reason to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors of
the Issuer; and
(4) the adoption by the stockholders of the Issuer of a
Plan of Liquidation.
For purposes of this definition, a Person shall not be deemed to
have beneficial ownership of securities subject to a stock
purchase agreement, merger agreement or similar agreement until
the consummation of the transactions contemplated by such
agreement.
Common Stock means with respect to any
Person, any and all shares, interest or other participations in,
and other equivalents (however designated and whether voting or
nonvoting) of such Persons common stock whether or not
outstanding on the Issue Date, and includes, without limitation,
all series and classes of such common stock.
Consolidated Amortization Expense for any
period means the amortization expense of the Issuer and the
Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a
consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.
Consolidated Cash Flow for any period means,
with respect to any specified Person, without duplication, the
sum of the amounts for such period of:
(1) Consolidated Net Income, plus
(2) in each case only to the extent (and in the same
proportion) deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income and
with respect to the portion of Consolidated Net Income
attributable to any Restricted Subsidiary only if a
corresponding amount would be permitted at the date of
determination to be distributed to such specified Person by such
Restricted Subsidiary without prior approval (that has not been
obtained), pursuant to the terms of its charter and all
agreements, instruments, judgments, decrees, orders, statutes,
rules and governmental regulations applicable to such Restricted
Subsidiary or its stockholders,
(a) Consolidated Income Tax Expense,
(b) Consolidated Amortization Expense (but only to the
extent not included in Consolidated Interest Expense),
(c) Consolidated Depreciation Expense,
(d) Consolidated Interest Expense,
(e) all other non-cash items reducing the Consolidated Net
Income (excluding any non-cash charge that results in an accrual
of a reserve for cash charges in any future period) for such
period,
(f) the amount of any documented extraordinary,
non-recurring or unusual charges; provided, that the
aggregate amount of such charges that may be added to
Consolidated Cash Flow pursuant to this clause (f) shall
not exceed US$25.0 million in any Four-Quarter
Period, and
(g) any expenses or charges (other than depreciation or
amortization expense) related to any Qualified Equity Offering,
Permitted Investment, acquisition, disposition,
recapitalization, or the incurrence of Indebtedness permitted to
be incurred by the Indenture (including a refinancing thereof)
(whether or not successful),
104
including: (i) such fees, expenses or charges related to
the offering of the Notes and the Credit Facilities and
(ii) any amendment or other modification of the Notes, and
, in each case, deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income
provided, that the amount of such expenses or charges
that may be added to Consolidated Cash Flow pursuant to this
clause (g) shall not exceed US$15.0 million per
occurrence,
in each case determined on a consolidated basis in accordance
with GAAP, minus
(3) the aggregate amount of all non-cash items, determined
on a consolidated basis, to the extent such items increased
Consolidated Net Income for such period (excluding any non-cash
items to the extent they represent the reversal of an accrual of
a reserve for a potential cash item that reduced Consolidated
Cash Flow in any prior period);
(4) any nonrecurring or unusual gain or income (or
nonrecurring or unusual loss or expense), together with any
related provision for taxes on any such nonrecurring or unusual
gain or income (or the tax effect of any such nonrecurring or
unusual loss or expense), realized by the Issuer or any
Restricted Subsidiary during such period; and
(5) increased or decreased by (without duplication) any
unrealized gain or loss resulting in such period from Hedging
Obligations.
Consolidated Depreciation Expense for any
period means the depreciation and depletion expense of the
Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period,
determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.
Consolidated Income Tax Expense for any
period means the provision for taxes of the Issuer and its
Restricted Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis in
accordance with GAAP.
Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio means,
on any date of determination, with respect to any Person, the
ratio of (x) Consolidated Cash Flow during the most recent
four consecutive full fiscal quarters for which financial
statements prepared on a consolidated basis in accordance with
GAAP are available (the Four-Quarter Period) ending
on or prior to the date of the transaction giving rise to the
need to calculate the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio (the
Transaction Date) to (y) Consolidated Interest
Expense for the Four-Quarter Period. For purposes of this
definition, Consolidated Cash Flow and Consolidated Interest
Expense shall be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma
basis for the period of such calculation to:
(1) the incurrence of any Indebtedness or the issuance of
any Disqualified Equity Interests of the Issuer or Disqualified
Equity Interests or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary
(and the application of the proceeds thereof) and any repayment,
repurchase or redemption of other Indebtedness or other
Disqualified Equity Interests or Preferred Stock (and the
application of the proceeds therefrom) (other than the
incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness in the ordinary course
of business for working capital purposes pursuant to any
revolving credit arrangement) occurring during the Four-Quarter
Period or at any time subsequent to the last day of the
Four-Quarter Period and on or prior to the Transaction Date, as
if such incurrence, repayment, repurchase, issuance or
redemption, as the case may be (and the application of the
proceeds thereof), occurred on the first day of the Four-Quarter
Period; and
(2) any Asset Sale or Asset Acquisition (including, without
limitation, any Asset Acquisition giving rise to the need to
make such calculation as a result of the Issuer or any
Restricted Subsidiary (including any Person who becomes a
Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such Asset Acquisition)
incurring Acquired Indebtedness and also including any
Consolidated Cash Flow (including any pro forma expense and cost
reductions occurring during the Four-Quarter Period or at any
time subsequent to the last day of the Four-Quarter Period and
on or prior to the Transaction Date), as if such Asset Sale or
Asset Acquisition (including the incurrence of, or assumption or
liability for, any such Indebtedness or Acquired Indebtedness)
occurred on the first day of the Four-Quarter Period;
provided, that such pro forma calculations shall be
determined in good faith by a responsible financial or
accounting officer of the Issuer and shall be set forth in an
Officers Certificate signed by such Officer which states
(a) the amount of such adjustment or adjustments,
(b) that such adjustment or adjustments are based on the
reasonable good faith belief of the Issuer at the time of such
execution and (c) that the steps necessary for the
realization of such adjustments have been or are reasonably
expected to be taken within 12 months following such
transaction.
105
In calculating Consolidated Interest Expense for purposes of
determining the denominator (but not the numerator) of this
Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio:
(1) interest on outstanding Indebtedness determined on a
fluctuating basis as of the Transaction Date and which will
continue to be so determined thereafter shall be deemed to have
accrued at a fixed rate per annum equal to the rate of interest
on such Indebtedness in effect on the Transaction Date;
(2) if interest on any Indebtedness actually incurred on
the Transaction Date may optionally be determined at an interest
rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a
eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rates, then the
interest rate in effect on the Transaction Date will be deemed
to have been in effect during the Four-Quarter Period; and
(3) notwithstanding clause (1) or (2) above,
interest on Indebtedness determined on a fluctuating basis, to
the extent such interest is covered by agreements relating to
Hedging Obligations, shall be deemed to accrue at the rate per
annum resulting after giving effect to the operation of such
agreements.
Consolidated Interest Expense for any period
means the sum, without duplication, of the total interest
expense of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such
period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with
GAAP, including, without duplication:
(1) imputed interest on Capitalized Lease Obligations;
(2) commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed
with respect to letters of credit securing financial
obligations, bankers acceptance financing and receivables
financings;
(3) the net costs associated with Hedging Obligations
related to interest rates;
(4) amortization of debt issuance costs, debt discount or
premium and other financing fees and expenses (other than the
amortization or write off of any such costs, discounts, premium,
fees or expenses incurred under or in connection with
Indebtedness outstanding or available under the Credit Agreement
or the Existing Credit Agreement or the AIMCO Indenture as of
the Issue Date);
(5) the interest portion of any deferred payment
obligations;
(6) all other non-cash interest expense;
(7) capitalized interest;
(8) all dividend payments on any series of Disqualified
Equity Interests of the Issuer or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries or any Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary
(other than dividends on Equity Interests payable solely in
Qualified Equity Interests of the Issuer or to the Issuer or a
Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer);
(9) all interest payable with respect to discontinued
operations; and
(10) all interest on any Indebtedness described in
clause (7) or (8) of the definition of
Indebtedness, and
excluding, without duplication,
(1) the cumulative effect of any change in accounting
principles or policies and
(2) any penalties and interest related to the Contingent
Tax Liabilities.
Consolidated Net Income for any period means
the net income (or loss) of such Person and its Restricted
Subsidiaries, in each case for such period determined on a
consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided that
there shall be excluded from such net income (to the extent
otherwise included therein), without duplication:
(1) the net income (or loss) of any Person (other than a
Restricted Subsidiary) in which any Person other than the Issuer
and the Restricted Subsidiaries has an ownership interest,
except to the extent that cash in an amount equal to any such
income has actually been received by the Issuer or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries during such period;
106
(2) except to the extent includible in the net income (or
loss) of the Issuer pursuant to the foregoing clause (1), the
net income (or loss) of any Person that accrued prior to the
date that (a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary
or is merged into or consolidated with the Issuer or any
Restricted Subsidiary or (b) the assets of such Person are
acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;
(3) the net income of any Restricted Subsidiary during such
period to the extent that the declaration or payment of
dividends or similar distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary
of that income is not permitted by operation of the terms of its
charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order,
statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that
Subsidiary during such period, unless such restriction with
respect to the payment of dividends has been legally waived;
(4) for the purposes of calculating the Restricted Payments
Basket only, in the case of a successor to the Issuer by merger,
amalgamation, consolidation or transfer of its assets, any
income (or loss) of the successor prior to such merger,
amalgamation, consolidation or transfer of assets;
(5) other than for purposes of calculating the Restricted
Payments Basket, any gain (or loss), together with any related
provisions for taxes on any such gain (or the tax effect of any
such loss), realized during such period by the Issuer or any
Restricted Subsidiary upon (a) the acquisition of any
securities, or the extinguishment of any Indebtedness, of the
Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or (b) any Asset Sale
by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;
(6) gains and losses due solely to fluctuations in currency
values and the related tax effects according to GAAP;
(7) unrealized gains and losses with respect to Hedging
Obligations;
(8) the cumulative effect of any change in accounting
principles or policies;
(9) extraordinary gains and losses and the related tax
effect; and
(10) any income tax expenses, penalties and interest
related to the Contingent Tax Liabilities.
In addition, any return of capital with respect to an Investment
that increased the Restricted Payments Basket pursuant to clause
(3)(d) of the first paragraph under Certain
Covenants Limitation on Restricted Payments or
decreased the amount of Investments outstanding pursuant to
clause (11) or (17) of the definition of
Permitted Investments shall be excluded from
Consolidated Net Income for purposes of calculating the
Restricted Payments Basket.
Consolidated Tangible Assets means, with
respect to any Person as of any date, the amount which, in
accordance with GAAP, would be set forth under the caption
Total Assets (or any like caption) on a consolidated
balance sheet of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries
without giving effect to any writedowns or charges, up to an
aggregate amount of US$300.0 million, caused by the
Issuers adoption of IFRS as of January 1, 2011, less,
to the extent included in a determination of Total
Assets, and without duplication, all goodwill, patents,
tradenames, trademarks, copyrights, franchises, experimental
expenses, organization expenses and any other amounts classified
as intangible assets in accordance with GAAP.
Contingent Tax Liabilities means the
contingent tax liabilities disclosed in Note 10 to the
financial statements of the Issuer as of and for the nine months
ended September 30, 2010.
Coverage Ratio Exception has the meaning set
forth in the proviso in the first paragraph of the covenant
described under Certain Covenants
Limitation on Additional Indebtedness.
Credit Agreement means the Credit Agreement
entered into on the Issue Date, by and among the Issuer, as
borrower, Royal Bank of Canada, as administration agent, and the
several lenders and other agents party thereto, including any
notes, guarantees, collateral and security documents,
instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith
(including Hedging Obligations related to the Indebtedness
incurred thereunder), and in each case as such agreement or
facility may be amended (including any amendment or restatement
thereof), supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time,
including any agreement or indenture exchanging, extending the
maturity of, refinancing, renewing, replacing, substituting or
otherwise restructuring, whether in the bank or debt
107
capital markets (or combination thereof) (including increasing
the amount of available borrowings thereunder or adding or
removing Subsidiaries as borrowers or guarantors thereunder) all
or any portion of the Indebtedness under such agreement or
facility or any successor or replacement agreement or facility.
Credit Facilities means one or more debt
facilities or indentures (which may be outstanding at the same
time and including, without limitation, the Credit Agreement)
providing for revolving credit loans, debt securities, term
loans, receivables financing or letters of credit and, in each
case, as such agreements may be amended, refinanced, restated,
refunded or otherwise restructured, in whole or in part from
time to time (including increasing the amount of available
borrowings thereunder or adding Subsidiaries of the Issuer as
additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder) with respect to
all or any portion of the Indebtedness under such agreement or
agreements or any successor or replacement agreement or
agreements and whether by the same or any other agent, lender,
group of lenders or institutional lenders or investors.
Default means (1) any Event of Default
or (2) any event, act or condition that, after notice or
the passage of time or both, would be an Event of Default.
Designated Non-cash Consideration means the
Fair Market Value of non-cash consideration received by the
Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an Asset
Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration
pursuant to an Officers Certificate, setting forth the
basis of such valuation, executed by the principal financial
officer of the Issuer, less the amount of cash or Cash
Equivalents received in connected with a subsequent sale of or
collection on such Designated Non-cash Consideration.
Designation has the meaning given to this
term in the covenant described under Certain
Covenants Limitation on Designation of Unrestricted
Subsidiaries.
Designation Amount has the meaning given to
this term in the covenant described under
Certain Covenants Limitation on
Designation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries.
Disqualified Equity Interests of any Person
means any class of Equity Interests of such Person that, by its
terms, or by the terms of any related agreement or of any
security into which it is convertible, puttable or exchangeable
(in each case, at the option of the holder thereof), is, or upon
the happening of any event or the passage of time would be,
required to be redeemed by such Person, at the option of the
holder thereof, or matures or is mandatorily redeemable,
pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, in whole or
in part, on or prior to the date which is 91 days after the
Stated Maturity of the Notes; provided, however, that any
class of Equity Interests of such Person that, by its terms,
authorizes such Person to satisfy in full its obligations with
respect to the payment of dividends or upon maturity, redemption
(pursuant to a sinking fund or otherwise) or repurchase thereof
or otherwise by the delivery of Equity Interests that are not
Disqualified Equity Interests, and that is not convertible,
puttable or exchangeable for Disqualified Equity Interests or
Indebtedness, will not be deemed to be Disqualified Equity
Interests so long as such Person satisfies its obligations with
respect thereto solely by the delivery of Equity Interests that
are not Disqualified Equity Interests; provided, further,
however, that any Equity Interests that would not constitute
Disqualified Equity Interests but for provisions thereof giving
holders thereof (or the holders of any security into or for
which such Equity Interests are convertible, exchangeable or
exercisable) the right to require the Issuer to repurchase or
redeem such Equity Interests upon the occurrence of a change in
control or an Asset Sale occurring prior to the 91st day
after the Stated Maturity of the Notes shall not constitute
Disqualified Equity Interests if the change of control or asset
sale provisions applicable to such Equity Interests are no more
favorable to such holders than the provisions described under
Change of Control and
Certain Covenants Limitation on
Asset Sales, respectively, and such Equity Interests
specifically provide that the Issuer will not repurchase or
redeem any such Equity Interests pursuant to such provisions
prior to the Issuers purchase of the Notes as required
pursuant to the provisions described under
Change of Control and
Certain Covenants Limitation on
Asset Sales, respectively.
Eligible Bank shall mean any commercial bank
having, or which is the principal banking subsidiary of a bank
holding company having, capital and surplus aggregating in
excess of US$5,000.0 million (or in the equivalent thereof
in a foreign currency as of the date of determination) and a
rating of A (or such other similar equivalent
rating) or higher by at least one nationally recognized
statistical rating organization.
108
Equity Interests of any Person means
(1) any and all shares or other equity interests (including
Common Stock, Preferred Stock, limited liability company
interests, trust units and partnership interests) in such Person
and (2) all rights to purchase, warrants or options
(whether or not currently exercisable), participations or other
equivalents of or interests in (however designated) such shares
or other interests in such Person, but excluding from all of the
foregoing any debt securities convertible into Equity Interests,
regardless of whether such debt securities include any right of
participation with Equity Interests.
Exchange Act means the U.S. Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
Existing Credit Agreement means the Credit
Agreement dated as of December 23, 2008 currently among the
Issuer, the lenders party thereto, the co-documentation agents
and syndication agent named therein, and Royal Bank of Canada,
as administrative agent, as amended and supplemented from time
to time.
Fair Market Value means, with respect to any
asset, the price (after taking into account any liabilities
relating to such asset) that would be negotiated in an
arms-length transaction for cash between a willing seller
and a willing and able buyer, neither of which is under any
compulsion to complete the transaction as such price is
determined in good faith by (a) in the case of an asset
whose price would be greater than US$50.0 million, the
Board of Directors of the Issuer or a duly authorized committee
thereof, as evidenced by a resolution of such Board of Directors
or committee and (b) in all other cases, management of the
Issuer.
Foreign Restricted Subsidiary means any
Restricted Subsidiary not organized or existing under the laws
of the United States, any state thereof, the District of
Columbia or Canada or any province or territory thereof.
GAAP means generally accepted accounting
principles in Canada set forth in the opinions and
pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the
Canadian Institute of Chartered Accountants, which were in
effect on the Issue Date (Canadian GAAP). At any
time after the adoption of IFRS by the Issuer for its financial
statements and reports for all financial reporting purposes, the
Issuer may elect to apply for all purposes of the Indenture, in
lieu of Canadian GAAP, IFRS, and, upon any such election,
references herein to GAAP shall be construed to mean IFRS as in
effect when such election is made; provided that (1) any
such election once made shall be irrevocable (and shall only be
made once), (2) all financial statements and reports
required to be provided after such election pursuant to the
Indenture shall be prepared on the basis of IFRS and
(3) from and after such election, all ratios, computations
and other determinations (A) based on GAAP contained in the
Indenture shall be computed in conformity with IFRS (other than
as set forth in the applicable definitions herein) and
(B) in the Indenture that require the application of GAAP
for periods that include fiscal quarters ended prior to the
Companys election to apply IFRS shall remain as previously
calculated or determined in accordance with GAAP. The Company
shall give notice of any election to the Trustee and the Holders
of notes within 15 days of such election. For the avoidance
of doubt, solely making an election (without any other action)
referred to in this definition will not be treated as an
incurrence of Indebtedness.
guarantee means a direct or indirect
guarantee by any Person of any Indebtedness of any other Person
and includes any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or
otherwise, of such Person (1) to purchase or pay (or
advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of)
Indebtedness of such other Person (whether arising by virtue of
partnership arrangements, or by agreements to keep-well, to
purchase assets, goods, securities or services (unless such
purchase arrangements are on arms-length terms and are
entered into in the ordinary course of business), to
take-or-pay,
or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise); or
(2) entered into for purposes of assuring in any other
manner the obligee of such Indebtedness of the payment thereof
or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in
whole or in part); guarantee, when used as a verb,
and guaranteed have correlative meanings.
Guarantee means, individually, any guarantee
of payment of the Notes and Exchange Notes issued in a
Registered Exchange Offer pursuant to the Registration Rights
Agreement by a Guarantor pursuant to the terms of the Indenture
and any supplemental indenture thereto, and, collectively, all
such guarantees.
Guarantors means each Restricted Subsidiary
of the Issuer on the Issue Date that is a guarantor of the
Issuers obligations under the Credit Agreement, and each
other Person that is required to, or at the election of the
Issuer, does become a Guarantor by the terms of the Indenture
after the Issue Date, in each case, until such Person is
released from its Guarantee in accordance with the terms of the
Indenture.
109
Hedging Obligations of any Person means the
obligations of such Person under swap, cap, collar, forward
purchase or similar agreements or arrangements dealing with
interest rates or currency exchange rates or commodity prices
(including, without limitation, for purposes of this definition,
rates for electrical power used in the ordinary course of
business), either generally or under specific contingencies.
Holder means any registered holder, from time
to time, of the Notes.
incur means, with respect to any Indebtedness
or Obligation, incur, create, issue, assume, guarantee or
otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or
otherwise, with respect to such Indebtedness or Obligation;
provided that (1) the Indebtedness of a Person
existing at the time such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary
of the Issuer shall be deemed to have been incurred by such
Restricted Subsidiary at the time it becomes a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Issuer and (2) neither the accrual of
interest nor the accretion of original issue discount or the
accretion or accumulation of dividends on any Equity Interests
shall be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness.
Indebtedness of any Person at any date means,
without duplication:
(1) all liabilities, contingent or otherwise, of such
Person for borrowed money (whether or not the recourse of the
lender is to the whole of the assets of such Person or only to a
portion thereof);
(2) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds,
debentures, bankers acceptances, notes or other similar
instruments;
(3) all reimbursement obligations of such Person in respect
of letters of credit, letters of guaranty and similar credit
transactions;
(4) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred and
unpaid purchase price of property or services, except deferred
compensation, trade payables and accrued expenses incurred by
such Person in the ordinary course of business in connection
with obtaining goods, materials or services and not overdue by
more than 180 days unless subject to a bona fide dispute;
(5) the maximum fixed redemption or repurchase price of all
Disqualified Equity Interests of such Person or, with respect to
any Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, any Preferred Stock;
(6) all Capitalized Lease Obligations of such Person;
(7) all Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any
asset of such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is
assumed by such Person;
(8) all Indebtedness of others guaranteed by such Person to
the extent of such guarantee; provided that Indebtedness
of the Issuer or its Subsidiaries that is guaranteed by the
Issuer or the Issuers Subsidiaries shall only be counted
once in the calculation of the amount of Indebtedness of the
Issuer and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis;
(9) to the extent not otherwise included in this
definition, Hedging Obligations of such Person; and
(10) all obligations of such Person under conditional sale
or other title retention agreements relating to assets purchased
by such Person.
The amount of any Indebtedness which is incurred at a discount
to the principal amount at maturity thereof as of any date shall
be deemed to have been incurred at the accreted value thereof as
of such date. The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any
date shall be the outstanding balance at such date of all
unconditional obligations as described above, the maximum
liability of such Person for any such contingent obligations at
such date and, in the case of clause (7), the lesser of
(a) the Fair Market Value of any asset subject to a Lien
securing the Indebtedness of others on the date that the Lien
attaches and (b) the amount of the Indebtedness secured.
For purposes of clause (5), the maximum fixed redemption
or repurchase price of any Disqualified Equity Interests
that do not have a fixed redemption or repurchase price shall be
calculated in accordance with the terms of such Disqualified
Equity Interests as if such Disqualified Equity Interests were
redeemed or repurchased on any date on which an amount of
Indebtedness outstanding shall be required to be determined
pursuant to the Indenture.
110
Independent Director means a director of the
Issuer who:
(1) is independent with respect to the transaction at issue;
(2) does not have any material financial interest in the
Issuer or any of its Affiliates (other than as a result of
holding securities of the Issuer); and
(3) has not, and whose Affiliates or affiliated firm have
not, at any time during the twelve months prior to the taking of
any action hereunder, directly or indirectly, received, or
entered into any understanding or agreement to receive, any
compensation, payment or other benefit, of any type or form,
from the Issuer or any of their respective Affiliates, other
than customary directors fees for serving on the Board of
Directors of the Issuer or any Affiliate and reimbursement of
out-of-pocket
expenses for attendance at the Issuers or any of their
respective Affiliates board and board committee meetings.
Intellectual Property means all patents,
patent applications, trademarks, trade names, service marks,
copyrights, technology, trade secrets, proprietary information,
domain names, know-how and processes necessary for the conduct
of the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiarys
business.
Investments of any Person means:
(1) all direct or indirect investments by such Person in
any other Person (including Affiliates) in the form of loans,
advances or capital contributions or other credit extensions
constituting Indebtedness of such other Person, and any
guarantee of Indebtedness of any other Person;
(2) all purchases (or other acquisitions for consideration)
by such Person of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other
securities of any other Person (other than any such purchase
that constitutes a Restricted Payment of the type described in
clause (2) of the definition thereof);
(3) all other items that would be classified as investments
on a balance sheet of such Person prepared in accordance with
GAAP (including, if required by GAAP, purchases of assets
outside the ordinary course of business); and
(4) the Designation of any Subsidiary as an Unrestricted
Subsidiary.
Except as otherwise expressly specified in this definition, the
amount of any Investment (other than an Investment made in cash)
shall be the Fair Market Value thereof on the date such
Investment is made. The amount of an Investment pursuant to
clause (4) shall be the Designation Amount determined in
accordance with the covenant described under
Certain Covenants Limitation on
Designation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries. If the Issuer or
any Restricted Subsidiary sells or otherwise disposes of any
Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary, or any Restricted
Subsidiary issues any Equity Interests, in either case, such
that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such
Person is no longer a Subsidiary, the Issuer shall be deemed to
have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or other
disposition equal to the Fair Market Value of the Equity
Interests of and all other Investments in such Restricted
Subsidiary retained. Notwithstanding the foregoing, purchases or
redemptions of Equity Interests of the Issuer shall be deemed
not to be Investments.
Issue Date means the date on which the
original Notes were originally issued.
Issuer means Precision Drilling Corporation,
a corporation amalgamated under the laws of the Province of
Alberta, and any successor Person resulting from any transaction
permitted by the covenant described under
Certain Covenants Limitation on
Mergers, Consolidations, Etc..
Lien means, with respect to any asset, any
mortgage, deed of trust, lien (statutory or other), pledge,
lease, easement, restriction, covenant, charge, security
interest or other encumbrance of any kind or nature in respect
of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise
perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale
or other title retention agreement, but excluding, for
certainty, deemed security interests arising under
Section 1(1) (tt) (ii) of the Personal Property
Security Act (Alberta) or similar legislation with respect
to transfers of accounts, consignments of goods and leases with
a term of more than one year that are not capital leases and do
not secure performance of a payment or other obligation.
Moodys means Moodys Investors
Service, Inc., and its successors.
111
Multijurisdictional Disclosure System means
the Canada-U.S. Multijurisdictional Disclosure System
adopted by the SEC and the Canadian Securities Administrators,
as in effect from time to time, and any successor statutes,
rules or regulations thereto.
Net Available Proceeds means, with respect to
any Asset Sale, the proceeds thereof in the form of cash or Cash
Equivalents received by the Issuer or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries from such Asset Sale, net of:
(1) brokerage commissions and other fees and expenses
(including fees, discounts and expenses of legal counsel,
accountants and investment banks, consultants and placement
agents) of such Asset Sale;
(2) provisions for taxes payable (including any withholding
or other taxes paid or reasonably estimated to be payable in
connection with the transfer to the Issuer of such proceeds from
any Restricted Subsidiary that received such proceeds) as a
result of such Asset Sale (after taking into account any
available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing
arrangements);
(3) amounts required to be paid to any Person (other than
the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary and other than under a
Credit Facility) owning a beneficial interest in the assets
subject to the Asset Sale or having a Lien thereon;
(4) payments of unassumed liabilities (not constituting
Indebtedness) relating to the assets sold at the time of, or
within 30 days after the date of, such Asset Sale; and
(5) appropriate amounts to be provided by the Issuer or any
Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, as a reserve required
in accordance with GAAP against any adjustment in the sale price
of such asset or assets or liabilities associated with such
Asset Sale and retained by the Issuer or any Restricted
Subsidiary, as the case may be, after such Asset Sale, including
pensions and other post-employment benefit liabilities,
liabilities related to environmental matters and liabilities
under any indemnification obligations associated with such Asset
Sale, all as reflected in an Officers Certificate
delivered to the Trustee; provided, however, that any
amounts remaining after adjustments, revaluations or
liquidations of such reserves shall constitute Net Available
Proceeds.
Non-Recourse Debt means Indebtedness of an
Unrestricted Subsidiary:
(1) as to which neither the Issuer nor any Restricted
Subsidiary (a) provides credit support of any kind
(including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would
constitute Indebtedness), (b) is directly or indirectly
liable as a guarantor or otherwise, or (c) constitutes the
lender; and
(2) no default with respect to which (including any rights
that the holders thereof may have to take enforcement action
against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit upon notice,
lapse of time or both any holder of any other Indebtedness of
the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to declare a default on
the other Indebtedness or cause the payment thereof to be
accelerated or payable prior to its Stated Maturity.
Obligation means any principal, interest,
penalties, fees, indemnification, reimbursements, costs,
expenses, damages and other liabilities payable under the
documentation governing any Indebtedness.
Officer means any of the following of the
Issuer or any Guarantor: the Chairman of the Board of Directors,
the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the
President, any Vice President, any trustee, the Treasurer or the
Secretary.
Officers Certificate means a
certificate signed by two Officers.
Opinion of Counsel means a written opinion
from legal counsel acceptable to the U.S. Trustee. The
counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Issuer or the
Trustee.
Pari Passu Indebtedness means any
Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor that ranks pari
passu in right of payment with the Notes or the Guarantees,
as applicable.
Permitted Business means the businesses
engaged in by the Issuer and its Subsidiaries on the Issue Date
as described in this prospectus and businesses that are
reasonably related, incidental or ancillary thereto or
reasonable extensions thereof (other than, in each case,
material exploration or production businesses).
112
Permitted Investment means:
(1) Investments by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary
in (a) any Restricted Subsidiary or (b) any Person
that will become immediately after such Investment a Restricted
Subsidiary or that will merge or consolidate into the Issuer or
any Restricted Subsidiary; provided the surviving or
continuing Person of such merger or consolidation is either the
Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary;
(2) Investments in the Issuer by any Restricted Subsidiary;
(3) loans and advances to directors, employees and officers
of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries (i) in the
ordinary course of business (including payroll, travel and
entertainment related advances) (other than any loans or
advances to any director or executive officer (or equivalent
thereof) that would be in violation of Section 402 of the
Sarbanes Oxley Act) and (ii) to purchase Equity Interests
of the Issuer not in excess of US$2.5 million individually
and US$5.0 million in the aggregate outstanding at any one
time;
(4) Hedging Obligations entered into in the ordinary course
of business for bona fide hedging purposes of the Issuer
or any Restricted Subsidiary not for the purpose of speculation;
(5) Investments in cash and Cash Equivalents;
(6) receivables owing to the Issuer or any Restricted
Subsidiary if created or acquired in the ordinary course of
business and payable or dischargeable in accordance with
customary trade terms; provided, however, that such trade
terms may include such concessionary trade terms as the Issuer
or any such Restricted Subsidiary deems reasonable under the
circumstances;
(7) Investments in securities of trade creditors or
customers received pursuant to any plan of reorganization or
similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of such
trade creditors or customers or received in compromise or
resolution of litigation, arbitration or other disputes with
such parties;
(8) Investments made by the Issuer or any Restricted
Subsidiary as a result of consideration received in connection
with an Asset Sale made in compliance with the covenant
described under Certain Covenants
Limitation on Asset Sales;
(9) lease, utility and other similar deposits in the
ordinary course of business;
(10) stock, obligations or securities received in
settlement of debts created in the ordinary course of business
and owing to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or in
satisfaction of judgments;
(11) Permitted Joint Venture Investments made by the Issuer
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in an aggregate amount
(measured on the date each such Investment was made and without
giving effect to subsequent changes in value), when taken
together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause
(11), that does not exceed US$50.0 million;
(12) guarantees of Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries permitted in accordance with
Certain Covenants Limitation on
Additional Indebtedness;
(13) repurchases of, or other Investments in the Notes;
(14) advances or extensions of credit in the nature of
accounts receivable arising from the sale or lease of goods or
services, the leasing of equipment or the licensing of property
in the ordinary course of business and payable or dischargeable
in accordance with customary trade terms; provided that
such trade terms may include such concessionary trade terms as
the Issuer or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary deems
reasonable under the circumstances;
(15) Investments existing on the Issue Date;
(16) Investments the payment for which consists of Equity
Interests (exclusive of Disqualified Equity Interests) of the
Issuer; provided, however, that such Equity Interests
will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments
under the Restricted Payments Basket;
113
(17) other Investments in any Person having an aggregate
Fair Market Value (measured on the date each such Investment was
made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value)
that, when taken together with all other Investments made
pursuant to this clause (17) since the Issue Date, do not
exceed the greater of (a) US$150.0 million or
(b) 5.0% of the Issuers Consolidated Tangible
Assets; and
(18) performance guarantees of any trade or non-financial
operating contract (other than such contract that itself
constitutes Indebtedness) in the ordinary course of business;.
In determining whether any Investment is a Permitted Investment,
the Issuer may allocate or reallocate all or any portion of an
Investment among the clauses of this definition and any of the
provisions of the covenant described under the caption
Certain Covenants Limitation on
Restricted Payments.
Permitted Joint Venture Investment means,
with respect to an Investment by any specified Person, an
Investment by such specified Person in any other Person engaged
in a Permitted Business (a) over which the specified Person
is responsible (either directly or through a services agreement)
for
day-to-day
operations or otherwise has operational and managerial control
of such other Person, or veto power over significant management
decisions affecting such other Person and (b) of which at
least 20.0% of the outstanding Equity Interests of such other
Person is at the time owned directly or indirectly by the
specified Person.
Permitted Liens means the following types of
Liens:
(1) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or
levies not yet due and payable or delinquent or that are being
contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, provided
that adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on
the books of the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the
case may be, in conformity with GAAP;
(2) Liens in respect of property of the Issuer or any
Restricted Subsidiary imposed by law or contract, which were not
incurred or created to secure Indebtedness for borrowed money,
such as carriers, warehousemens, materialmens,
landlords, workmens, suppliers,
repairmens and mechanics Liens and other similar
Liens arising in the ordinary course of business, and which do
not in the aggregate materially detract from the value of the
property of the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as
a whole, and do not materially impair the use thereof in the
operation of the business of the Issuer and its Restricted
Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;
(3) pledges or deposits made in connection therewith in the
ordinary course of business in connection with workers
compensation, unemployment insurance, road transportation and
other types of social security, regulations;
(4) Liens (i) incurred in the ordinary course of
business to secure the performance of tenders, bids, trade
contracts, stay and customs bonds, leases, statutory
obligations, surety and appeal bonds, statutory bonds,
government contracts, performance and return money bonds and
other similar obligations (exclusive of obligations for the
payment of borrowed money) or (ii) incurred in the ordinary
course of business to secure liability for premiums to insurance
carriers;
(5) Liens upon specific items of inventory or other goods
and proceeds of any Person securing such Persons
obligations in respect of bankers acceptances issued or
created for the account of such Person to facilitate the
purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;
(6) Liens arising out of judgments or awards not resulting
in a Default or an Event of Default so long as such Lien is
adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings which
may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment
have not been finally terminated or the period within which such
proceedings may be initiated has not expired;
(7) easements, rights of way, restrictions (including
zoning restrictions), covenants, encroachments, protrusions and
other similar charges or encumbrances, and minor title
deficiencies on or with respect to any Real Property, in each
case whether now or hereafter in existence, not
(i) securing Indebtedness and (ii) in the aggregate
materially interfering with the conduct of the business of the
Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries and not materially
impairing the use of such Real Property in such business;
114
(8) Liens securing reimbursement obligations with respect
to commercial letters of credit which encumber documents and
other assets relating to such letters of credit and products and
proceeds thereof;
(9) Liens encumbering deposits made to secure obligations
arising from statutory, regulatory, contractual or warranty
requirements of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary,
including rights of offset and setoff;
(10) bankers Liens, rights of setoff and other
similar Liens existing solely with respect to cash and Cash
Equivalents on deposit in one or more of accounts maintained by
the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, in each case granted in
the ordinary course of business in favor of the bank or banks
with which such accounts are maintained, securing amounts owing
to such bank with respect to cash management and operating
account arrangements, including those involving pooled accounts
and netting arrangements;
(11) any interest or title of a lessor under any lease
entered into by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, in the
ordinary course so long as such leases do not, individually or
in the aggregate, (i) interfere in any material respect
with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Issuer or any
Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) materially impair the use
(for its intended purposes) or the value of the property subject
thereto;
(12) the filing of UCC financing statements solely as a
precautionary measure in connection with operating leases,
consignments of goods or transfers of accounts or the filing of
Personal Property Security Act financing statements in
connection with operating leases, consignments of goods or
transfers of accounts, in each case to the extent not securing
performance of a payment or other obligation;
(13) Liens securing all of the Notes and Liens securing any
Guarantee;
(14) Liens securing Hedging Obligations entered into for
bona fide hedging purposes of the Issuer or any
Restricted Subsidiary not for the purpose of speculation;
(15) Liens existing on the Issue Date securing Indebtedness
outstanding on the Issue Date; provided that (i) the
aggregate principal amount of the Indebtedness, if any, secured
by such Liens does not increase; and (ii) such Liens do not
encumber any property other than the property subject thereto on
the Issue Date (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or
dividends or distributions in respect thereof);
(16) Liens in favor of the Issuer or a Guarantor;
(17) Liens securing Indebtedness under the Credit
Facilities incurred and then outstanding pursuant to
clause (1) of the second paragraph of
Certain Covenants Limitation on
Additional Indebtedness and related Hedging Obligations;
(18) Liens arising pursuant to Purchase Money Indebtedness
incurred pursuant to clause (8) of the second paragraph of
Certain Covenants Limitation on
Additional Indebtedness; provided that (i) the
Indebtedness secured by any such Lien (including refinancings
thereof) does not exceed 100.0% of the cost of the property
being acquired or leased at the time of the incurrence of such
Indebtedness and (ii) any such Liens attach only to the
property being financed pursuant to such Purchase Money
Indebtedness (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or
dividends or distributions in respect thereof) and do not
encumber any other property of the Issuer or any Restricted
Subsidiary.
(19) Liens securing Acquired Indebtedness permitted to be
incurred under the Indenture; provided that such
Indebtedness was not incurred in connection with, or in
contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary
or being acquired or merged into the Issuer or a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Issuer and the Liens do not extend to assets
not subject to such Lien at the time of acquisition (plus
improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions
in respect thereof) and are no more favorable in any material
respect to the lienholders than those securing such Acquired
Indebtedness prior to the incurrence of such Acquired
Indebtedness by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary;
(20) Liens on property of a Person existing at the time
such Person is acquired or amalgamated or merged with or into or
consolidated with the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (and
not created in anticipation or contemplation thereof);
provided that such Liens do not extend to property not
subject to such Liens at the time of acquisition (plus
improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions
in respect thereof) and are no more favorable in any material
respect to the lienholders than the existing Lien;
115
(21) Liens to secure Refinancing Indebtedness of
Indebtedness secured by Liens referred to in the foregoing
clauses (15), (18), (19), (20) and this clause (21);
provided that such Liens do not extend to any additional
assets (other than improvements thereon and replacements
thereof);
(22) licenses of Intellectual Property granted by the
Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of
business and not interfering in any material respect with the
ordinary conduct of the business of the Issuer or such
Restricted Subsidiary;
(23) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title
retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of
goods entered into by Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in the
ordinary course of business;
(24) Liens in favor of the Trustee as provided for in the
Indenture on money or property held or collected by the Trustee
in its capacity as Trustee;
(25) Liens securing Specified Cash Management Agreements
entered into in the ordinary course of business;
(26) Liens on assets of any Foreign Restricted Subsidiary
to secure Indebtedness of such Foreign Restricted Subsidiary
which Indebtedness is permitted by the Indenture;
(27) Liens securing Indebtedness incurred under
clause (16) of the second paragraph of
Certain Covenants Limitation on
Additional Indebtedness; and
(28) other Liens with respect to obligations which do not
in the aggregate exceed the greater of
(a) US$150.0 million or (b) 5.0% of the
Issuers Consolidated Tangible Assets at any time
outstanding.
Person means any individual, corporation,
partnership, limited liability company, joint venture,
incorporated or unincorporated association, joint-stock company,
trust, mutual fund trust, unincorporated organization or
government or other agency or political subdivision thereof or
other legal entity of any kind.
Plan of Liquidation with respect to any
Person, means a plan that provides for, contemplates or the
effectuation of which is preceded or accompanied by (whether or
not substantially contemporaneously, in phases or otherwise):
(1) the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all
or substantially all of the assets of such Person otherwise than
as an entirety or substantially as an entirety; and (2) the
distribution of all or substantially all of the proceeds of such
sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or
substantially all of the remaining assets of such Person to
holders of Equity Interests of such Person.
Preferred Stock means, with respect to any
Person, any and all preferred or preference stock or other
Equity Interests (however designated) of such Person whether now
outstanding or issued after the Issue Date that is preferred as
to the payment of dividends upon liquidation, dissolution or
winding up.
principal means, with respect to the Notes,
the principal of, and premium, if any, on the Notes.
Purchase Money Indebtedness means
Indebtedness, including Capitalized Lease Obligations, of the
Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary incurred for the purpose of
financing all or any part of the purchase price of property,
plant or equipment used in the business of the Issuer or any
Restricted Subsidiary or the cost of installation, construction
or improvement thereof; provided, however, that (except
in the case of Capitalized Lease Obligations) the amount of such
Indebtedness shall not exceed such purchase price or cost.
Qualified Equity Interests of any Person
means Equity Interests of such Person other than Disqualified
Equity Interests; provided that such Equity Interests
shall not be deemed Qualified Equity Interests to the extent
sold or owed to a Subsidiary of such Person or financed,
directly or indirectly, using funds (1) borrowed from such
Person or any Subsidiary of such Person until and to the extent
such borrowing is repaid or (2) contributed, extended,
guaranteed or advanced by such Person or any Subsidiary of such
Person (including, without limitation, in respect of any
employee stock ownership or benefit plan). Unless otherwise
specified, Qualified Equity Interests refer to Qualified Equity
Interests of the Issuer.
Qualified Equity Offering means the issuance
and sale of Qualified Equity Interests of the Issuer (or any
direct or indirect parent of the Issuer to the extent the net
proceeds therefrom are contributed to the common equity capital
of the Issuer or used to purchase Qualified Equity Interests of
the Issuer), other than (a) any issuance
116
pursuant to employee benefit plans or otherwise in compensation
to officers, directors, trustees or employees, (b) public
offerings with respect to the Issuers Qualified Equity
Interests, or options, warrants or rights, registered on
Form S-4
or S-8, or
(c) any offering of Qualified Equity Interests issued in
connection with a transaction that constitutes a Change of
Control.
Rating Agencies means Moodys and
S&P.
Real Property means, collectively, all right,
title and interest (including any leasehold estate) in and to
any and all parcels of or interests in real property owned,
leased or operated by any Person, whether by lease, license or
other means, together with, in each case, all easements,
hereditaments and appurtenances relating thereto, all
improvements and appurtenant fixtures and equipment, all general
intangibles and contract rights and other property and rights
incidental to the ownership, lease or operation thereof.
Redesignation has the meaning given to such
term in the covenant described under Certain
Covenants Limitation on Designation of Unrestricted
Subsidiaries.
refinance means to refinance, repay, prepay,
replace, renew or refund.
Refinancing Indebtedness means Indebtedness
or Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary
incurred in exchange for, or the proceeds of which are used to
redeem, refinance, replace, defease, discharge, refund or
otherwise retire for value, in whole or in part, any
Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (the
Refinanced Indebtedness); provided that:
(1) the principal amount (and accreted value, in the case
of Indebtedness issued at a discount) of the Refinancing
Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount (and accreted
value, as the case may be) of the Refinanced Indebtedness plus
the amount of accrued and unpaid interest on the Refinanced
Indebtedness, any reasonable premium paid to the holders of the
Refinanced Indebtedness and reasonable expenses incurred in
connection with the incurrence of the Refinancing Indebtedness;
(2) the obligor of the Refinancing Indebtedness does not
include any Person (other than the Issuer or any Guarantor) that
is not an obligor of the Refinanced Indebtedness;
(3) if the Refinanced Indebtedness was subordinated in
right of payment to the Notes or the Guarantees, as the case may
be, then such Refinancing Indebtedness, by its terms, is
subordinate in right of payment to the Notes or the Guarantees,
as the case may be, at least to the same extent as the
Refinanced Indebtedness;
(4) the Refinancing Indebtedness has a Stated Maturity
either (a) no earlier than the Refinanced Indebtedness
being repaid or amended or (b) no earlier than 91 days
after the maturity date of the Notes;
(5) the portion, if any, of the Refinancing Indebtedness
that is scheduled to mature on or prior to the maturity date of
the Notes has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time
such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred that is equal to or
greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the
portion of the Refinanced Indebtedness being repaid that is
scheduled to mature on or prior to the maturity date of the
Notes; and
(6) the proceeds of the Refinancing Indebtedness shall be
used substantially concurrently with the incurrence thereof to
redeem, refinance, replace, defease, discharge, refund or
otherwise retire for value the Refinanced Indebtedness, unless
the Refinanced Indebtedness is not then due and is not
redeemable or prepayable at the option of the obligor thereof or
is redeemable or prepayable only with notice, in which case such
proceeds shall be held in a segregated account of the obligor of
the Refinanced Indebtedness until the Refinanced Indebtedness
becomes due or redeemable or prepayable or such notice period
lapses and then shall be used to refinance the Refinanced
Indebtedness; provided that in any event the Refinanced
Indebtedness shall be redeemed, refinanced, replaced, defeased,
discharged, refunded or otherwise retired for value within one
year of the incurrence of the Refinancing Indebtedness.
Registration Rights Agreement means
(i) the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of the Issue
Date among the Issuer the Guarantors and the initial purchasers
of the Notes issued on the Issue Date, together with any joinder
agreement executed thereafter by the Guarantors and
(ii) any other registration rights agreement entered into
in connection with an issuance of Additional Notes in a private
offering after the Issue Date.
117
Restricted Payment means any of the following:
(1) the declaration or payment of any dividend or any other
distribution (whether made in cash, securities or other
property) on or in respect of Equity Interests of the Issuer or
any Restricted Subsidiary or any payment made to the direct or
indirect holders (in their capacities as such) of Equity
Interests of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, including,
without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or
consolidation involving the Issuer or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries but excluding (a) dividends or distributions
payable solely in Qualified Equity Interests or through
accretion or accumulation of such dividends on such Equity
Interests and (b) in the case of Restricted Subsidiaries,
dividends or distributions payable to the Issuer or to a
Restricted Subsidiary (and if such Restricted Subsidiary is not
a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, to its other holders of its Common
Stock on a pro rata basis);
(2) the purchase, redemption, defeasance or other
acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interests of
the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer held
by Persons other than the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary
(including, without limitation, any payment in connection with
any merger or consolidation involving the Issuer);
(3) any Investment other than a Permitted
Investment; or
(4) any principal payment on, purchase, redemption,
defeasance, prepayment, decrease or other acquisition or
retirement for value prior to any scheduled maturity or prior to
any scheduled repayment of principal or sinking fund payment, as
the case may be, in respect of Subordinated Indebtedness (other
than any Subordinated Indebtedness owed to and held by the
Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary permitted under
clause (6) of the definition of Permitted
Indebtedness).
Restricted Payments Basket has the meaning
given to such term in the first paragraph of the covenant
described under Certain Covenants
Limitation on Restricted Payments.
Restricted Subsidiary means any Subsidiary
other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
Sale and Repurchase Agreement means the Sale
and Repurchase Agreement, dated as of December 23, 2008, by
and between the Issuer and Precision Drilling Oilfield Services
Corporation, as in effect on the Issue Date, and any other sale
and repurchase agreements or similar agreements among the Issuer
or any of the Guarantors entered into after the Issue Date;
provided that any restrictions on dividends or
distributions, loans or advances or transfers of property
contained in such other agreements are no more restrictive to
the Issuer or any Guarantor in all material respects as the
analogous restrictions in the Sale and Repurchase Agreement,
dated as of December 23, 2008, and the applicable covenants
therein are qualified so as to permit exceptions thereto
(i) for the purpose of permitting payment of principal,
interest and any other obligations under the Notes and the
Indenture to the same extent in all material respects as the
qualifications contained in the Sale and Repurchase Agreement,
dated as of December 23, 2008, (ii) to permit the
granting of Liens under the Notes and the Indenture and
(iii) to subordinate any Liens (including backup Liens)
thereunder to any Liens under the Notes and the Indenture.
S&P means Standard &
Poors Ratings Services, a division of the McGraw-Hill
Companies, Inc., and its successors.
SEC means the U.S. Securities and
Exchange Commission.
Secretarys Certificate means a
certificate signed by the Secretary of the Issuer.
Securities Act means the U.S. Securities
Act of 1933, as amended.
Significant Subsidiary means (1) any
Restricted Subsidiary that would be a significant
subsidiary as defined in
Rule 1-02
of
Regulation S-X
promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act as such Regulation
was in effect on the Issue Date and (2) any Restricted
Subsidiary that, when aggregated with all other Restricted
Subsidiaries that are not otherwise Significant Subsidiaries and
as to which any event described in clause (7) under
Events of Default has occurred and is
continuing, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary under
clause (1) of this definition.
118
Specified Cash Management Agreements means
any agreement providing for treasury, depositary, purchasing
card or cash management services, including in connection with
any automated clearing house transfers of funds or any similar
transactions between the Issuer or any Guarantor and any lender,
including, without limitation, the centralized banking agreement
among the Issuer, Precision Limited Partnership, Precision
Drilling Canada Limited Partnership and Royal Bank of Canada
providing for the administration of and netting of balances
between Canadian bank accounts maintained by the Issuer and
certain Subsidiaries with Royal Bank of Canada, as amended,
restated or otherwise modified from time to time including, but
not limited to, through the addition of new Subsidiaries as
parties thereto and withdrawals of Subsidiaries therefrom from
time to time, and including any replacement thereof entered into
by the Issuer and any Subsidiaries with Royal Bank of Canada or
any other lender from time to time.
Stated Maturity means, with respect to any
Indebtedness, the date specified in the agreement governing or
certificate relating to such Indebtedness as the fixed date on
which the final payment of principal of such Indebtedness is due
and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption
provision, but shall not include any contingent obligations to
repay, redeem or repurchase any such principal prior to the date
originally scheduled for the payment thereof.
Subordinated Indebtedness means Indebtedness
of the Issuer or any Guarantor that is expressly subordinated in
right of payment to the Notes or the Guarantees, respectively.
Subsidiary means, with respect to any Person:
(1) any corporation, limited liability company,
association, trust or other business entity of which more than
50.0% of the total voting power of the Equity Interests entitled
(without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in
the election of the Board of Directors thereof is at the time
owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or
one or more of the other Subsidiaries of such Person (or a
combination thereof); and
(2) any partnership (a) the sole general partner or
the managing general partner of which is such Person or a
Subsidiary of such Person or (b) the only general partners
of which are such Person or of one or more Subsidiaries of such
Person (or any combination thereof).
Unless otherwise specified, Subsidiary refers to a
Subsidiary of the Issuer.
Trust Indenture Act means the
Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.
Unrestricted Subsidiary means (1) any
Subsidiary that at the time of determination shall be designated
an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Board of Directors of the
Issuer in accordance with the covenant described under
Certain Covenants Limitation on
Designation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries and (2) any
Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
U.S. Government Obligations means direct
non-callable obligations of, or guaranteed by, the United States
of America for the payment of which guarantee or obligations the
full faith and credit of the United States is pledged.
Voting Stock with respect to any Person,
means securities of any class of Equity Interests of such Person
entitling the holders thereof (whether at all times or only so
long as no senior class of stock or other relevant equity
interest has voting power by reason of any contingency) to vote
in the election of members of the Board of Directors of such
Person.
Weighted Average Life to Maturity when
applied to any Indebtedness at any date, means the number of
years obtained by dividing (1) the sum of the products
obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then
remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other
required payment of principal, including payment at Stated
Maturity, in respect thereof by (b) the number of years
(calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between
such date and the making of such payment by (2) the then
outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.
Wholly-Owned Subsidiary means a Restricted
Subsidiary, all of the Equity Interests of which (other than
directors qualifying shares) are owned by the Issuer or
another Wholly-Owned Subsidiary.
119
CERTAIN
FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS
Certain
United States Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Exchange
Offer
The exchange of outstanding notes for exchange notes in the
exchange offer will not constitute a taxable event to holders
for United States federal income tax purposes. Consequently, you
will not recognize gain or loss upon receipt of an exchange
note, the holding period of the exchange note will include the
holding period of the outstanding note exchanged therefor and
the basis of the exchange note will be the same as the basis of
the outstanding note immediately before the exchange.
In any event, persons considering the exchange of outstanding
notes for exchange notes should consult their own tax advisors
concerning the United States federal income tax consequences in
light of their particular situations as well as any consequences
arising under the laws of any other taxing jurisdiction.
Certain
Canadian Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Exchange
Offer
The following summary describes the principal Canadian federal
income tax considerations generally applicable, as of the date
hereof, to a holder of the outstanding notes who participates in
the exchange offer and who, for purposes of the Income Tax
Act (Canada) (the Tax Act) and at all relevant
times, is not and is not deemed to be resident in Canada, does
not use or hold and is not deemed to use or hold the outstanding
notes or the exchange notes in carrying on a business in Canada,
holds the outstanding notes and the exchange notes as capital
property, deals at arms length and is not affiliated with
Precision, and deals at arms length with any transferee
resident or deemed to be resident in Canada to whom the holder
assigns, transfers or otherwise disposes of an outstanding note
or an exchange note (a Holder). Generally, the
outstanding notes and the exchange notes will be capital
property to a Holder provided the Holder does not acquire or
hold such notes in the course of carrying on a business of
trading or dealing in securities or as part of an adventure or
concern in the nature of trade.
This summary is not applicable to a Holder that is an insurer
that carries on an insurance business in Canada and elsewhere
within the meaning of the Tax Act. Any such holder should
consult its own Canadian tax advisors with respect to the
acquisition, holding or disposition of the outstanding notes and
the exchange notes.
This summary is based upon the provisions of the Tax Act and the
regulations thereunder as of the date hereof, all specific
proposals to amend the Tax Act and the regulations thereunder
(the Tax Proposals) which have been publicly
announced by or on behalf of the Minister of Finance (Canada)
prior to the date hereof and the administrative policies and
assessing practices of the Canada Revenue Agency published in
writing prior to the date hereof. Except for the Tax Proposals,
this summary does not take into account or anticipate any
changes in law or administrative policy and assessing practice,
whether by way of judicial, regulatory, legislative or
governmental decision or action, nor does it take into account
other federal or provincial, territorial or foreign income tax
legislation or considerations, which may differ from the
Canadian federal income tax considerations discussed herein. No
assurances can be given that the Tax Proposals will be enacted
as proposed or at all.
This summary is of a general nature only and is not intended
to be, and should not be construed to be, legal or tax advice to
any particular Holder. This summary is not exhaustive of all
Canadian federal income tax considerations. Accordingly, Holders
should consult their own Canadian tax advisors with respect to
the Canadian income tax considerations associated with
participating in the exchange offer.
For the purposes of the Tax Act, the exchange of the outstanding
notes for the exchange notes should not constitute a taxable
transaction.
120
CERTAIN
ERISA CONSIDERATIONS
The following is a summary of certain considerations associated
with the purchase and holding of the notes by employee benefit
plans that are subject to Title I of the U.S. Employee
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended
(ERISA), plans, individual retirement accounts and
other arrangements that are subject to Section 4975 of the
U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the
Code), or provisions under any other federal, state,
local,
non-U.S. or
other laws or regulations that are similar to such provisions of
ERISA or the Code (collectively, Similar Laws), and
entities whose underlying assets are considered to include
plan assets of any such employee benefit plan, plan,
account or arrangement (each, a Plan).
General
Fiduciary Matters
ERISA and the Code impose certain duties on persons who are
fiduciaries of a Plan subject to Title I of ERISA or
Section 4975 of the Code (an ERISA Plan) and
prohibit certain transactions involving the assets of an ERISA
Plan and its fiduciaries or other interested parties. Under
ERISA and the Code, any person who exercises any discretionary
authority or control over the administration of such an ERISA
Plan or the management or disposition of the assets of such an
ERISA Plan, or who renders investment advice for a fee or other
compensation to such an ERISA Plan, is generally considered to
be a fiduciary of the ERISA Plan.
In considering an investment in the notes of a portion of the
assets of any Plan, a fiduciary should determine whether the
investment is in accordance with the documents and instruments
governing the Plan and the applicable provisions of ERISA, the
Code or any Similar Law relating to a fiduciarys duties to
the Plan including, without limitation, the prudence,
diversification and prohibited transaction provisions of ERISA,
the Code and any other applicable Similar Laws.
Prohibited
Transaction Issues
Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code
prohibit ERISA Plans from engaging in specified transactions
involving plan assets with persons or entities who are
parties in interest, within the meaning of ERISA, or
disqualified persons, within the meaning of
Section 4975 of the Code, unless an exemption is available.
A party in interest or disqualified person who engaged in a
non-exempt prohibited transaction may be subject to excise taxes
and other penalties and liabilities under ERISA and the Code. In
addition, the fiduciary of the ERISA Plan that engaged in such a
non-exempt prohibited transaction may be subject to penalties
and liabilities under ERISA and the Code. The acquisition
and/or
holding of notes (including the exchange of outstanding notes
for exchange notes) by an ERISA Plan with respect to which we or
a subsidiary guarantor is considered a party in interest or a
disqualified person may constitute or result in a direct or
indirect prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA
and/or
Section 4975 of the Code, unless the investment is acquired
and is held in accordance with an applicable statutory, class or
individual prohibited transaction exemption. In this regard, the
U.S. Department of Labor has issued prohibited transaction
class exemptions, or PTCEs, that may apply to the
acquisition and holding of the notes. These class exemptions
include, without limitation,
PTCE 84-14
respecting transactions determined by independent qualified
professional asset managers,
PTCE 90-1
respecting insurance company pooled separate accounts,
PTCE 91-38
respecting bank collective investment funds,
PTCE 95-60
respecting life insurance company general accounts and
PTCE 96-23
respecting transactions determined by in-house asset managers.
In addition, Section 408(b)(17) of ERISA and
Section 4975(d)(20) of the Code provide limited relief from
the prohibited transaction provisions of ERISA and
Section 4975 of the Code for certain transactions, provided
that neither the issuer of the securities nor any of its
affiliates (directly or indirectly) have or exercise any
discretionary authority or control or render any investment
advice with respect to the assets of any ERISA Plan involved in
the transaction and provided further that the ERISA Plan pays no
more than adequate consideration in connection with the
transaction. There can be no assurance that all of the
conditions of any such exemptions will be satisfied.
Because of the foregoing, the notes should not be acquired or
held by any person investing plan assets of any
Plan, unless such acquisition (including the exchange of
outstanding notes for exchange notes) and holding will not
constitute a non-exempt prohibited transaction under ERISA and
the Code or a similar violation of any applicable Similar Laws.
121
Representation
Accordingly, by acceptance of a note (including an exchange of
an outstanding note for an exchange note), each purchaser and
subsequent transferee will be deemed to have represented and
warranted that either (i) no portion of the assets used by
such purchaser or transferee to acquire or hold the notes
constitutes assets of any Plan or (ii) the acquisition and
holding of the notes by such purchaser or transferee will not
constitute a non-exempt prohibited transaction under
Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or a
similar violation under any applicable Similar Laws.
The foregoing discussion is general in nature and is not
intended to be all inclusive. Due to the complexity of these
rules and the penalties that may be imposed upon persons
involved in non-exempt prohibited transactions, it is
particularly important that fiduciaries, or other persons
considering purchasing the notes (including exchanging
outstanding notes for exchange notes) on behalf of, or with the
assets of, any Plan, consult with their counsel regarding the
potential applicability of ERISA, Section 4975 of the Code
and any Similar Laws to such investment and whether an exemption
would be applicable to the purchase and holding of the notes.
122
PLAN OF
DISTRIBUTION
Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own
account pursuant to the exchange offer must acknowledge that it
will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of the
exchange notes in the United States. This prospectus, as it may
be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a
broker-dealer in connection with resales of exchange notes in
the United States received in exchange for outstanding notes
where the outstanding notes were acquired as a result of
market-making activities or other trading activities. We have
agreed that, for a period of 180 days after the expiration
date, we will make this prospectus, as amended or supplemented,
available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any
such resale. In addition, all dealers effecting transactions in
the exchange notes may be required to deliver a prospectus.
We will not receive any proceeds from any exchange of
outstanding notes for exchange notes or from any sale of
exchange notes by broker-dealers. Exchange notes received by
broker-dealers for their own accounts pursuant to the exchange
offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions
in the
over-the-counter
market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of
options on the exchange notes or a combination of these methods
of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at
prices related to the prevailing market prices or at negotiated
prices. Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or
through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the
form of commissions or concessions from any broker-dealer
and/or the
purchasers of any exchange notes. Any broker-dealer that resells
exchange notes that were received by it for its own account
pursuant to the exchange offer and any broker or dealer that
participates in a distribution of the exchange notes may be
deemed to be an underwriter within the meaning of
the Securities Act and any profit of any resale of exchange
notes and any commissions or concessions received by these
persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the
Securities Act. The letter of transmittal states that by
acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a
prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it
is an underwriter within the meaning of the
Securities Act.
For a period of 180 days after the expiration date, we will
promptly send additional copies of this prospectus and any
amendment or supplement to this prospectus to any broker-dealer
that requests such documents in the letter of transmittal. We
have agreed to pay all expenses incident to the exchange offer
other than commissions or concessions of any brokers or dealers
and, except in certain circumstances, the expenses of counsel
and other advisors of the holders and will indemnify the holders
of outstanding notes, including any broker-dealers, against
certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities
Act.
123
CANADIAN
SECURITIES LAWS MATTERS
Each holder of outstanding notes that tenders such notes in the
exchange offer and is resident outside of Alberta will be deemed
to have certified that such holder is not a resident of Alberta
and will be deemed to acknowledge that: (1) no securities
commission or similar regulatory authority in Canada has
reviewed or passed on the merits of the exchange notes,
(2) there is no government or other insurance covering the
exchange notes, (3) there are risks associated with the
exchange offer, (4) there are restrictions on the
holders ability to resell the exchange notes to residents
of Canada and it is the responsibility of the holder to find out
what those restrictions are and to comply with them before
selling the exchange notes, (5) we have advised the holder
that we are relying on an exemption from the requirements to
provide the holder with a prospectus qualifying the distribution
of the exchange notes in Canada and to sell securities through a
person or company registered to sell securities under the
Securities Act (Alberta) and, as a consequence, certain
protections, rights and remedies provided by the Securities
Act (Alberta), including statutory rights of rescission or
damages, will not be available to the holder in connection with
the exchange offer, and (6) each exchange note will contain
a legend relating to resale restrictions to the following effect:
UNLESS PERMITTED UNDER SECURITIES LEGISLATION, THE HOLDER OF
THIS SECURITY MUST NOT TRADE THE SECURITY TO A RESIDENT OF
CANADA BEFORE THE DATE THAT IS FOUR MONTHS AND A DAY AFTER THE
DISTRIBUTION DATE.
124
LEGAL
MATTERS
The validity of the exchange notes and the related guarantees
offered hereby will be passed upon by Simpson
Thacher & Bartlett LLP, New York, New York and Bennett
Jones LLP, Calgary, Alberta, will pass on matters of Canadian
law.
EXPERTS
The consolidated financial statements of Precision as of
December 31, 2010 and 2009, and for each of the years in
the three-year period ended December 31, 2010, and
managements assessment of the effectiveness of internal
control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010
have been incorporated by reference herein in reliance upon the
reports of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting
firm, incorporated by reference herein, and upon the authority
of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
125
PROSPECTUS
US$650,000,000 principal amount of our 6.625% Senior Notes
due 2020, which have been registered under the Securities Act of
1933, for any and all of our outstanding 6.625% Senior
Notes due 2020.
Until the date that is 90 days from the date of this
prospectus, all dealers that effect transactions in these
securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may
be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the
dealers obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as
underwriters with respect to their unsold allotments or
subscriptions or otherwise.